Issuu on Google+

WELCOME TO

MT. HOOD COMMUNITY COLLEGE TABLE

OF

CONTENTS

26000 SE STARK STREET GRESHAM, OREGON 97030

GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................. 2-28 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS .................................................29 Transfer Information ............................................................... 30-31 Transfer Curriculums ............................................................. 32-52 Professional-Technical Programs ....................................53-119 Special Studies ......................................................................120-124 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................125-242 STUDENT INFORMATION........................................243-247 Executive Staff & College Board ................................248-249 Professional Staff .................................................................250-258 Index ..........................................................................................259-261

VISIT US ON THE INTERNET

For a world of information about Mt. Hood Community College, visit our home page on the World Wide Web:

www.mhcc.edu

Located in the shadow of majestic Mount Hood, MHCC enrolls over 30,000 people annually. Classes are offered on the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, Oregon, as well as satellite campuses throughout the district. The MHCC district comprises an area of about 950 square miles with a population of more than 216,000.

1


2

Equal Opportunity It is the policy of MHCC to provide equal educational and employment opportunities and to provide service benefits to all students and employees without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, disability or any other status or characteristic protected by applicable state or federal law. This policy is in accordance with the laws enforced by the Department of Education and Department of Labor, including Presidential Executive Order 11246, as amended, Title VI and Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act as amended by the Civil Rights Act of 1991, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Veteran’s Readjustment Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Acts of 1974-75. the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Oregon Revised Statute 659.030. Inquiries regarding application of these and other regulations should be directed to either the college’s Human Resources Office 503-491-7200, the office of the Vice President of Student Development and Services 503-491-7317, or TDD 503-4917202; the Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education Office, Seattle, Washington; or to the office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor, San Francisco, CA.

The information provided in this catalog is available in alternative format for persons with disabilities. For information call 503-491-6923 (503-491-7670 TDD). While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, Mt. Hood Community College has the right to make changes at any time without prior notice. This catalog is not a contract between Mt. Hood Community College and current or prospective students. Some policies and procedure are subject to change. See quarterly schedules for details.


The College Accreditation Mt. Hood Community College is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges and is approved as a veterans training institution by the Veterans Administration. Accreditation documentation is available in the President’s Office. In addition, these Professional Technical programs are accredited by the following accrediting associations: Automotive: NATEF (National Automotive Technician Education Foundation) Aviation Professional Pilot : Training approved by Federal Aviation Administration Dental Hygiene: Commission on Dental Accreditation, American Dental Association

Vision The College is dedicated to: · Student learning as the most important outcome. · Being a comprehensive community college with initiatives in information, engineering, biomedical and biological technologies. · Seamless transfer opportunities to colleges, universities and career. · Continued, directly applicable, learning at all stages of career and life. · Striving to meet learning needs when and where students prefer. · Providing learner support.

Values

Early Childhood Education: National Academy of Early Childhood Programs

The core values statements are as follows:

Funeral Service Education: American Board of Funeral Service Education

Integrity: infusing high standard into all MHCC efforts.

Medical Assistant: American Association of Medical Assistants Nursing: National League for Nursing Occupational Therapy Assistant: Accreditation Council of Occupational Therapy Education Physical Therapy Assistant: Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education Surgical Technology: Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology Respiratory Care: Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education Welding: AWS (American Welding Society)

Mission A Commitment to the Community Mt. Hood Community College affords all people a knowledge-based education, giving them the ability to make life choices; adapt to change; build strong communities; contribute to and derive benefit from the new economy; and become part of a skilled workforce.

Respect: showing thoughtful consideration for all MHCC community members. Innovation: promoting creativity and flexibility in all aspects of the MHCC experience. Service: enhancing opportunities for student achievement and success.

College Goals Goal #1. Knowledge-Based Workf o r c e . P r ov i d e k n o w l e d g e - b a s e d educational offerings to meet student and community needs, with a complementary set of student and community support services. Goal # 2 . Access and Diversity. Provide affordable and attractive options for members of the community seeking a post-secondary education and/or careers, including the creation of an environment in which diversity thrives. Goal #3. Requirements of Economic Development. Develop programs in emerging technologies with emphasis on information, engineering, biomedical and biological technologies. Goal #4. Transitions. Provide seamless transfer opportunities to colleges, universities and careers. Goal #5. Student Success. Provide infrastructure and support services to ensure student success.

MHCC Philosophy of General Education Mt. Hood Community College holds that general education should accomplish two major objectives. One of these objectives is to provide students with knowledge that will help them attain their full potential as informed and responsible members of society. General education courses offer knowledge that enables students to communicate effectively, to explain relationships among societies, to articulate what it is to be human, to develop artistic expression, to analyze the natural world, and to make informed decisions about physical and mental health. A second purpose of general education is to equip students with the mental skills they must possess if they are to learn independently. Mental skills such as listening, speaking, writing, computing, analyzing, synthesizing and deliberating logically will enable students to learn on their own throughout their lives. A core of general education instruction permeates each of the college’s three degrees (AAS, AGS, AA-OT) and all certificates, offering students many opportunities to acquire the knowledge and mental skills they must possess to become lifelong learners and responsible citizens. The core of general education instruction falls into the following five major categories: COMMUNICATION: Communication courses develop the student’s ability to read, write, listen and speak effectively in formal and informal situations, in the workplace and at home. They develop, furthermore, the student’s ability to analyze and interpret spoken and written discourse. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Health and Physical Education courses are designed to enable students to enjoy the personal benefits of physical activity and healthy life-styles. Activity classes develop foundation skills for lifelong participation in physical activities. Health classes equip students to make healthful living choices.

3


The College, continued

4

History THE HUMANITIES: Studying the humanities instills in students the ability to articulate what it is to be human. Students learn to recognize, for example, fundamental characteristics of humankind and to articulate enduring human concerns. Humanities courses at MHCC include philosophy, languages, literature, and the visual and performing arts. MATHEMATICS; SCIENCE; COMPUTER SCIENCE: These courses enable students to explore, describe and apply the different types of functions, processes, natural laws and relationships that exist in the world. Mathematics, life sciences, physical sciences and computer sciences fall into this category. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: The social sciences help equip students to interact effectively in relationships with others, understand an individual’s role in a given society, and analyze and explain the relationship of one society to another, past and present. The social sciences also enable students to comprehend and describe the significant forces and factors that have helped shape the many facets of human history and contemporary society. Mt. Hood Community College intends that students who complete general education classes in the various categories listed above shall possess the kinds of knowledge and the kinds of mental skills essential if they are to develop their potential as individuals and as citizens. General education requirements are aimed at conveying to students the knowledge that each person is valuable and that communities of people are valuable. They are designed to prepare students to promote their own personal well-being and that of society. Quality with Diversity. MHCCD will strive to maintain effective, quality education within a comprehensive range of learning experiences to include traditional and non-traditional offerings.

Flexible Curriculum. MHCCD will maintain a curriculum responsive to the changing educational needs of its district residents. The learning experiences provided will include consideration of theory and practical application. Open- Door Admission. MHCCD learning opportunities will be open to all who seek to benefit from the experience, although entrance to some programs is limited by academic qualifications. Student Services. MHCCD will provide opportunities outside of the classroom for students to become aware of their needs, interests and potential as well as to gain experience in democratic living, self-determination, cooperative endeavor, economic realities and leadership. Community Services. MHCCD will offer a comprehensive program of community services including cultural, recreational and civic activities which are in response to the expressed needs of district residents. Well-Served Public. MHCCD will strive to provide learning opportunities to serve its public, both in the percentage of district residents served and in the quality and effectiveness of its education systems.

District The district comprises an area of approximately 950 square miles with a population of over 216,000. The district lies adjacent to the eastern boundary of the city of Portland and is bounded on the north by the Columbia River. It includes all of Multnomah County east of Portland School District Number 1, the area of Sandy Union High School District and Gresham Union High School District in Clackamas County and the area of the Port of Cascade Locks in Hood River County. The majority of the population in the district is concentrated in the western portion.

Mt. Hood Community College opened in 1966 and now enrolls nearly 30,000 students each year. Classes are offered at the 200-acre main campus in Gresham, the MHCC Maywood Park Campus, Thompson Center and evening education centers at district public schools. The college is financed by local property tax funds, state reimbursement funds and student tuition. Local voters established the college tax base in 1968 and approved tax base increases in 1970 and 1980. The college has developed an ongoing partnership with business and industry to meet the needs of a current and future workforce. Board members are elected to four-year terms, meet the second Wednesday night of each month and serve without pay. The first president of the college was Dr. Earl Klapstein. He served until 1976 and was followed by Dr. R. Stephen Nicholson until November 1985. Dr. Paul E. Kreider served as president from February 1986 to June 1996. Dr. Joel E. Vela became the college’s fourth president in 1996 and served through September of 2000. The college is currently under the direction of Dr. Robert Silverman.

MHCCD Foundation The Mt. Hood Community College District Foundation is a non-profi t organization established in 1969 to receive, hold and disburse private funds in support of the educational programs and students of the college. The direction of the Foundation is vested in its board of directors, composed of citizens from a broad spectrum of the community. Working in small groups and committees, Foundation members assist in forming, developing and promoting a number of worthwhile objectives, such as scholarships, equipment purchases and support for faculty development projects. For more information, call the Foundation office at 503-491-7206.


Admissions and Registration Who Can Enroll 1. Graduates of accredited high schools who can benefit from the instruction may be admitted as regular* students. 2 . Applicants who have received the GED certificate prior to their first term at MHCC, and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 3. Non-high school graduates 18 years of age and over whose high school class has been graduated, and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 4. High school students who have completed their high school requirements and not yet received their diplomas as of the seventh semester (if four-year high school), and who can benefit from the instruction, may be admitted as regular* students. 5. Students 16 and 17 years of age who have not completed high school, whose class has not yet been graduated and who are not currently enrolled in high school must secure a release from compulsory attendance from their high school. The students that can benefit from instruction may be admitted as students. 6. Students 16 years and older who have not graduated or who have not been released from compulsory attendance, and who can benefit from the instruction, may take classes with written authorization from their high school. 7. Students under the age of 16 years who are still enrolled in school will be required to request permission for admission through the Vice President of Student Development and Services. Requests must be filed seven (7) working days in advance of the beginning of classes for the term of desired enrollment. 8. Students who are currently being homeschooled and can benefit from the instruction will follow one of the specific procedures as previously outlined. They will be required to submit documentation of home schooling as needed by the Vice President of Student Development and Services (if under the age of 16) or by the Dean of Career Development Services (age 16 and older). 9. Students who are citizens of other countries, and who can benefit from the instruction, will be asked to meet certain federal immigration and college requirements before being admitted into the college. The Admissions and Records Office has special application materials for international students. Please see International Student Admission below.

* A regular student is defined as a student who is beyond the age of compulsory high school attendance or has the recognized equivalent of a high school diploma or GED and enrolled in coursework for the purpose of obtaining a recognized degree or certificate offered by MHCC.

Limited and Restricted Entry Programs

International Student Admission. To be considered for admission to Mt. Hood Community College the following must be submitted to the admissions office: 1. An International Student Application Form and application fee. 2. Official transcripts of all secondary and post-secondary schools attended. The level of previous schooling must be comparable to American high school graduation. 3. A Declaration of Finances Form, referred to as an Affidavit of Support. 4. Proof of college-level English ability. Minimum TOEFL score of 450 (paper based) or 133 (computerized) is required for admission to degree seeking programs. 5. Students who score the minimums on the TOEFL must take the College Placement Test - Levels of Proficiency in English, in order to take English as a Non-Native Language (ENL) courses at MHCC during their first year. These students will be eligible to take ENL courses, only. 6. Documentation of Immunization and Tuberculosis testing.

Students with Disabilites

Note: All international students (F-1 Visa) must have health and accident insurance before being enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College.

How to Enroll Most programs involve three basic steps: 1. Student Admissions/Data Sheet Form each student must complete this form. It is available on our web site at www.mhcc. edu or in the Admissions and Records Office. 2 College Placement Test - each student must have their skill sin reading, writing and math assessed to ensure they register for the appropriate classes. The test is non-timed, free, and scores are available upon completion of the test. Call 503-491-7678 for testing center hours and further details. 3 Advising - once the first two steps have been taken students are ready to meet with an academic adviser to plan their class schedule. Registration workshops are offered to help students select classes and become oriented in how to register. Call 503-491-7315 for further details.

These programs have additional steps for students to take before they are considered for admission. Please see the catalog section entitled Limited and Restricted Entry Enrollment. If you need academic adjustments or auxiliary aids, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Placement Testing and Orientation New students enrolling in six or more credits are required to take the College Placement Test (CPT). The CPT enables students and their advisers to assess the students’ academic readiness. The results of the CPT will help students choose classes that will fit their present skill level in reading, writing and mathematics. New student advising and registration session information is available through the Academic Advising and Transfer Center. For more information concerning new student advising and registration workshops, call 503-491-7315. For CPT information call 503-491-7678. Picture ID is required for the CPT test and to register for classes. CPT testing is offered in room AC 2335. Students enrolling in an English composition course, WR101 or WR102, a mathematics course, certain chemistry courses or a reading class are required to take the CPT regardless of credit hours. Testing for non-native English speakers. If English is not the first language you learned, you will take the College Placement Test—Levels of English Proficiency. Call 503-491-7678 for testing information. Guided Studies. Guided Studies is a program designed for students who need additional academic preparation for success in college-level studies. The program is tailored to students according to their educational needs. Guided Studies students are required to take the appropriate preparatory courses and are restricted from other courses until their preparation is completed. Guided Studies students have two terms to complete these preparatory classes. To continue at Mt. Hood beyond this time requires students to petition, through the appeal procedure, the Dean of Enrollment Services.

5


Admissions and Registration, cont.

6

How to Register

Reciprocity

Registration instructions and dates are published each term in the term class schedule which is available upon request. Registration is available at the Gresham campus and the MHCC Maywood campus and by touch-tone telephone. Mail-in registration is available for Continuing Education classes only.

Tuition and Residency Tuition. Tuition is set by the MHCCD Board of Education and may be changed at any time. Please check the quarterly schedule for current tuition and fees. 12 credit hours constitute full-time status. Loads over 20 credit hours require approval of The Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the Dean of Enrollment Services.

In-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Additional Credits over 15: 16-18 credits, per credit hour Over 18 credits, per credit hour

$45.00 $1.50 $2.00 $48.50

Student Service Fees. Student service funds are disbursed on a comprehensive program basis for student government activities and for intercollegiate sports. The statement of philosophy of this financial support can be found in the Appendix of Board Policy and College Regulations. Residency. Determination of residence for admission and other purposes will be made according to the following definitions: Residence is defined as a person’s domicile, his/her true fixed and permanent home and place of habitation. It is the place where one intends to remain, and to which one expects to return when one leaves without intending to establish a new domicile elsewhere. Domicile is not established by mere attendance at the college. A valid Oregon driver’s license, permit or ID card is required for in-state tuition rates except for residents of California, Idaho, Washington & Nevada. See Reciprocity section on this page. In-District Student : An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained residence in the Mt. Hood Community College district 90 days prior to the beginning of classes.

$154.00 $1.50

Out-Of-District Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has maintained a residence in Oregon for at least 90 days prior to the beginning of classes but not in the Mt. Hood Community College district.

$2.00 $157.50 $154.00

International Tuition and Fees Tuition per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Over 15 credits, per credit hour:

Special Fees. Certain classes require tools, uniforms, equipment, lab fees, insurance, etc., which are not covered by tuition.

$45.00 $22.50

Out-of-State Tuition and Fees 1-15 Credits: Tuition, per credit hour Student fee, per credit hour ($22.50 maximum) Technology fee, per credit hour ($30.00 maximum) Total cost per credit hour Over 15 credits, per credit hour:

Auditing students (no credit or grade) pay in accordance with the fee schedule above. The quarterly tuition includes both tuition and student service fees.

$175.00 $1.50 $2.00 $178.50 $175.00

In-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. Out-Of-State Student: An American citizen or immigrant who has not established residency in Oregon 90 days prior to the beginning of classes. International Student: A citizen of another country here on a visa other than an immigrant visa.

Washington, California, Idaho and Nevada state residents may attend Mt. Hood Community College and pay in-state tuition (see Residency section).

Your Financial Responsibilities By enrolling or having enrolled as a student at Mt. Hood Community College, you agree to be responsible for all charges on your student account and abide by college policies as described herein, as well as in the current or applicable catalogs, brochures, and schedules. Non-attendance or non-payment does not remove charges from your account. To have tuition charges removed, you must process a drop or withdrawal form through the Admissions and Records Office during the refund period (see Refund section). Full payment is dues by the first day of each term. If you register after the term begins, you must pay the same day. Failure to pay by the payment due date may result in late payment penalties, denial of future registrations, withholding of transcripts and/or grades, denial or cancellation of credit arrangements, impairment of credit history and additional assessment of collection costs and attorney’s fees. · You are responsible for full payment of all charges on your account by the payment due date, even if your account is being paid by another party. · Receipt of a billing statement is not a prerequisite for payment of an outstanding balance on your account. It is your responsibility to notify the Admissions and Records Office of any change in your mailing address or name. Failure to receive a billing statement will not dismiss your obligation to pay on time. · If you are under 18 years of age, you will be held liable for all charges on your account under Oregon Revised Statutes (ORS 348-105). · You are responsible for all late payment fees. A $10 late fee is assessed on past due charges every 30 days past due with a maximum of $30 per term. Delinquent accounts 90 days past due may be turned over to a collection agency. You are responsible for reasonable collection costs, attorney’s fees and Oregon Department of Revenue charges related to the collection of all delinquent debts owed to the college. Your social security number may be used for internal and external credit reporting and collection purposes for all delinquent charges incurred.


Adding or Dropping Classes Payment Options Mt. Hood Community College accepts cash (U.S. only), checks, VISA and MasterCard. Third party payment arrangements are also accepted. These include agency or company payment authorizations, financial aid and scholarships. For additional details refer to the class quarterly schedule. Payment due dates are explained in each class quarterly schedule. All charges on a student’s account must be paid in full before you can register for another term. An installment payment note is available to students who qualify. This allows students to pay their tuition and fee charges in up to three installment payments. The class quarterly schedule outlines the qualifications and instructions.

Golden Age Program Mt. Hood Community College offers Golden Age program privileges to in-district residents who are 62 years old or older. Residents are entitled to reduced rates for college classes. Service and material fees indicated in the Fee-A and B columns must still be paid. All Golden Age members receive student rates for college activities and events, and may use the swimming pool and hydrotherapy pools at a discount. For more information, call the MCC admissions Office at 503-491-7393.

Refunds Refunds are calculated when your account has a credit balance resulting from an overpayment or from charges being removed which were previously paid. Charges are only removed when a drop or withdrawal form is processed through the Admissions and Records Office during the refund period. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Refunds are applied to unpaid charges on a student’s account or other institutional debt, even if payment is not yet due. Late registration or class additions may result in little or no refund. Refunds involving a check payment are held two weeks from the date of the original payment. Credit balances resulting from payments made by third party sponsors, financial aid or scholarships will be returned to the originator. Refer to the class quarterly schedule for more information.

Cancellations Course cancellation by the college will result in a 100 percent refund providing a refund is due.

Attendance See class schedules, course descriptions and specific course syllabus. Students should be aware that mandatory attendance the first week of classes is required for some classes. Failure to attend may result in the student being removed from the class roster. It is still the student’s responsibility to process a drop or withdrawal in the Admissions and Records Office for classes they do not want. Please see No-Show Drop Procedure.

No-Show Drop Procedure Effective Summer 2002, MHCC has changed its No-Show Drop Procedure. Students who do not attend class may be dropped at the discretion of the instructor during the first four weeks of class (or the equivalent for nonstandard length courses). IMPORTANT: It is still the student’s responsibility to process a drop or withdraw from classes they do not attend. Non-attendance does not guarantee that you will be dropped from your classes. A failing grade may result based on non-attendance.

Adding a Class Adding a class is a formal change made by the student in the Admissions and Records Office. The last day to register or add a standard term-length class is normally the first Friday of instruction for classes that are open. The instructor’s signature is required after the first class has met for those classes that are closed. Mathematics, English composition, some chemistry, developmental education and computer classes require instructor’s signature during the first week. To register or add during the second week of instruction, the instructor’s signature is required for open and closed classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for further clarification and the last day to register or add a non-standard term-length class. Caution: Students should be aware that registering for classes after instruction has begun is detrimental to their learning. Also, any student entering a course late will be held responsible for all materials previously covered. Students are not guaranteed make-up privileges. Late add or registration may result in little or no refund period.

Waiting Lists Waiting lists are available only until a course begins. After classes begin, students must obtain an instructor’s signature for all closed courses. If, while on a waiting list, a seat becomes available, the student will officially be added to the class; therefore, the student is responsible for knowing his/her position on the waiting list or class list. If added to a class, students are responsible for any additional tuition and/or fees. Students will not be added to the class if it creates a schedule conflict or if the student is already registered in another section of the same course. If on multiple waiting lists for the same class, the student will be added to the first opening and dropped from all other waiting lists. Students must notify the Admissions and Records Office immediately if they no longer want to be on the waiting list. Only officially registered students may attend classes. Students whose names do not appear on the instructor’s class list are not officially registered and will not receive credit or grades. Open Entry/Open Exit. All registration for open entry/open exit classes closes two weeks prior to the end of the term. At that time registration for open entry/open exit classes will be recorded for the following term.

Dropping a Class Standard term-length classes dropped within the first two weeks will not appear on the transcript. If a student drops or withdraws after the two-week period, a “W” grade will be assigned. Non-attendance is not a basis for a refund or nonpayment of tuition. Registration constitutes liability unless a formal drop or withdrawal is processed within the refund period through the Admissions and Records Office. The refund date for each class is printed on the student class schedule. Please note: The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. A student may drop any standard-length class through the Friday of the seventh week of instruction. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for the last day to drop nonstandard-length classes. After the last official day to drop a course, students may file a written appeal with the with the Dean of Enrollment Services in the Admissions & Records Office for extenuating circumstances only. Students signing a deferment of funds are still liable even if the aid is denied unless they withdraw in writing in the Admissions and Records Office within the refund period.

7


Adding or Dropping Classes cont.

8

Withdrawing From College Formal withdrawal from the college is defined as dropping ALL classes and must be processed through the Admissions and Records Office. The student has the option to totally withdraw from college through the last day of instruction but before final exams. Students finding it necessary to withdraw from college should obtain a withdrawal form from the Admissions and Records Office. Upon presentation of this form to the Admissions and Records Office, the student is granted honorable dismissal. Refunds and grades are determined according to regulations printed in the schedule. Students unable to withdraw in person must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing or by telephone, 503-491-7393, by the last day of instruction but before final exams. If a student withdraws from college within the first two weeks of the term or the equivalent, the classes will not appear on the transcript. If a student withdraws from college after the second week of the term, the classes with a grade of “W” will appear on the transcript. However, any grade earned to date in nonstandard term-length or miniterm classes will remain, and the “W” grade will be assigned only to classes not yet completed. Students who merely stop attending classes without formally withdrawing will receive the grades assigned by their instructors and will not receive a refund of tuition and fees. Please note: The refund date for single weekend computer courses is the Wednesday before the course begins. Students are advised to consult their instructors prior to withdrawal. Students receiving veterans’ benefits also must notify the veterans’ clerk of intention to withdraw. Failure to do so may result in overpayment which will need to be returned to the Veterans Administration. Students receiving financial aid also must notify the financial aid office of their intention to withdraw.

Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment Limited and Restricted Entry Programs Admission of all students is centralized in the Admissions and Records Office. The course requirements for MHCC programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements either for the year the student is officially admitted to the program or the year the student is completing the program. Applications are for one academic year only. You must reapply each year if not selected. Admission to the college does not guarantee admission to a special program. Applicants to professional-technical programs with college-approved criteria for selection will be required to complete all prescribed application materials and meet the minimum selection criteria for their chosen program. All applicants for professional-technical programs that do not have a limited or restricted entry will be admitted on the same basis as lower division collegiate applicants; first-come, first-served on a space available basis.

Limited-Entry Programs These programs generally begin once a year in the fall term. Applicants are admitted on a space available basis after academic criteria has been met. Application packets for these programs are available on our web site at www.mhcc.edu or in the Admissions and Records Office. The following professional-technical programs are considered “limited entry”: · Architectural Engineering Technology · Civil Engineering Technology · Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology · Electronics Technology · Fisheries Technology · Forest Resources Technology · Import – Automotive Technology · Instructional Assistant · Integrated Natural Resource Technology · Machine Tool Technology · Mechanical Engineering Technology · Mental Health/Human Service · Surgical Technology · Welding Technology

Students must apply within the time period prescribed annually by the Admissions and Records Office. Upon notice of acceptance into the program by the Admissions and Records Office, the applicant must indicate his/her intention to enroll by completing registration prior to an established deadline.

Restricted-Entry Programs Applicants for a restricted-entry program must complete the admissions application procedures and meet program criteria before being considered for acceptance into the program. The following programs have restricted-entry: · Cosmetology · Dental Hygiene · Ford ASSET Automotive Technology · Funeral Service Education · Graphic Design · Nursing · Occupational Therapy Assistant · Professional Photography · Physical Therapist Assistant · Radio Broadcasting · Respiratory Care · Television Production


Academic Regulations

Limited & Restricted Entry Enrollment cont. Student Progress

Credit for Coursework

Application packets for these programs are available on the web site at www.mhcc.edu or in the Admissions and Records Office. These packets include the information and forms necessary for applicants to apply for the program in which they are interested. The packet must be completed accurately and returned. Only completed packets meeting minimum criteria will be considered. The deadline for submitting a completed packet varies for each program, so it is important to check the specified deadline date for each program. The return of an admission packet does not guarantee that the applicant has satisfied minimum criteria.

Students in these programs are expected to complete the curriculum within the normal two-year period. However, a program may be extended given permission from the program faculty advisor. Because of enrollment limitations, extending a program beyond two years must be on a space available basis.

The regular college year is divided into three quarters of approximately 11 weeks each. One credit is generally allowed for each discussion or laboratory period per week. The discussion period consists of 50 minutes of lecture or discussion; the laboratory period may consist of two or more clock hours.

If the student’s studies are interrupted by two or more years, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree.

Summer terms usually include terms of 12, 10, eight and five weeks, with class periods proportionately extended.

The Admissions and Records Office will notify applicants of their status within 30 days after the completion of the selection process.

Students who are unable to maintain satisfactory progress may, through a process of review, be removed from a program. This is especially true in regard to clinical education in which patient safety is involved.

Selection Process Program personnel and a selection committee will review applicants who have satisfied the minimum selection criteria. Applicants will be selected for program admission or as alternates by one or more of the following methods. · Residency for admissions purposes First priority consideration is given to applicants who reside in the MHCC district. Second priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where there is no similar program offered. Third priority is given to applicants who reside in the State of Oregon where similar programs are offered. Fourth priority is given to out of state applicants where no similar program is offered. Other Factors: · College placement test scores · High school coursework · College coursework · Related job experience · Orientation/interview · Prior application to the program · Employment opportunities Most core classes in the limited and restricted entry programs are offered during the day. Some classes (electives), however, may be offered during the evenings or weekends.

Advanced Standing Students with previous training may be admitted to programs with advanced standing. This may be possible where students have partially completed similar programs at other institutions or where related oneyear certificates have been completed. Examples of this are Licensed Practical Nurse or Certified Respiratory Therapist programs. The nursing program offers a special assessment for LPN applicants wishing to be given advanced standing toward an associate degree. Application materials for advanced placement consideration are available in the Admissions and Records Office. Acceptance is on a space-available basis.

For each period of lecture or discussion, students are expected to spend at least two hours on outside preparation. An average course load of 15 credits per quarter will normally give a student sufficient hours of credit to graduate in two years. These hours should be chosen according to an organized curriculum. No student may take more than 20 hours per quarter without approval of an overload committee. (See Academic Advising and Transfer Center for petition form prior to registration.)

Course Numbering System COURSES NUMBERED 1-4 (not section numbers) do not carry grades or credit. Tuition is charged per clock hour. COURSES NUMBERED 5-9 may be graded (letter grade) or ungraded (pass/fail) or audit only. These courses may be credit or noncredit. Courses numbered 5-9 may not be applied toward a MHCC degree or certificate unless stated in specific AAS curriculums. COURSES NUMBERED 1-49 that do not carry credit cannot be applied to any degree or certificate. COURSES NUMBERED 10-99 may be graded or ungraded and may carry credit applicable to a MHCC professional/technical degree or certificate. Professional/technical certificate/degree programs provide up to two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry. Exception: Please see Developmental Education Courses. COURSES NUMBERED 100-299 are acceptable for a MHCC degree or certificate and may or may not be eligible for transfer to four-year institutions. However, students should be aware the course or courses may be accepted as elective credit only or not at all if the credits do not fit in the student’s major discipline or major. Transfer acceptability is at the discretion of the receiving institution.

9


Academic Regulations cont.

10

Courses identified by the following course alpha prefixes do not normally transfer to a four-year institution. However, specific transfer articulation agreements may exist. The interested student should consult with the appropriate staff at the four-year institution. Up to 12 credits may be used as elective credit toward the Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree. The following identify professional-technical alpha prefixes currently used at Mt. Hood Community College. Please check prior catalogs for additional prefixes or call 503491-7384 for more information. AC Accounting Technology AH Allied Health-General AM/AMF Automotive Technologies AV/AVH Aviation BT Business Technology DH Dental Hygiene ECE Early Childhood Education ET Architectural Engineering Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering EET Electronic Systems Technology EMT Emergency Medical Technology EHS Environmental Health and Safety FI Fisheries Technology FSE Funeral Service Education FT Forest Resources Technology GD Graphic Design HOR Horticulture HS Mental Health/Human Services HT Hospitality and Tourism Management INR Integrated Natural Resources LA Business Technology (Legal Administrative Assistant) MFG Machine Tool Technology NUR Nursing PHO Professional Photography PTA Physical Therapist Assistant RB Radio Broadcasting RT Respiratory Care SMT Sheet Metal Technology ST Surgical Technology TV Television Production WLD Welding Technology

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT degree.

Developmental Education Courses The following are all Developmental Education classes and are not acceptable for any MHCC degree or certificate: All DE prefix courses ESL 91, 92, 93, 94 HD90 RD 9, 10, 90 (formerly RD11), and RD95 MTH 8 and 10 (formerly MTH 9) SKH 20, 30, 35 WR 9, 10, 20 and 90 (formerly WR10)

Course Number Change In the event a course number has been changed from a professional/technical number to a transfer level number, the transfer level number will appear on the permanent record only for those who took the class after the change was approved. When available, an equivalent night class may be taken in lieu of a day class. Equivalency is determined by the division dean. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/certificate requirements for graduation.

Transfer Credits Transferring from MHCC. Transfer students are responsible for determining the requirements of the institution and program to which they plan to transfer. Transferring to MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College accepts college-level credits earned in academic certificate and degree programs from colleges and universities accredited by regional accrediting associations and with an “AG” symbol for credit acceptance as indicated in Transfer Credit Practices of Selected Educational Institutions. Students must request a transcript evaluation from the Admissions and Records Office if transfer courses are to be applied toward an MHCC certificate or degree. This evaluation will not be done until the student has enrolled at Mt. Hood Community College and is not official until a graduation application has been processed. Upon completion of the certificate or degree program, the transfer credits applied will be recorded on the MHCC student transcript. Students should send official transcripts to the Admissions and Records Office.

Transfer course work from foreign institutions will be evaluated in accordance with the institutions and policies listed in Transfer Credit Practices. Coursework must be considered to be at a post-secondary level, have comparable MHCC accreditation status and be parallel in content to MHCC coursework. Credit may be granted for military courses based upon The Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services and if the courses apply to the student’s MHCC major. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate Degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required. Under a cooperative agreement with the University of Portland, MHCC students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (AFROTC) program offered on the University of Portland campus. The purpose of the program, which is administered by the Aerospace Studies faculty at the University of Portland, is to select and train students to serve as officers in the United States Air Force. AFROTC is available to men and women with a minimum of two years of college remaining. Scholarships are available on a competitive basis for those who qualify. Students who qualify may elect to pursue either, and credits earned are accepted as transfer credits to meet MHCC’s total credit requirements for graduation. For more information, check out the web site at www.up.edu/academics/special_program/ air_force_rotc and contact the Program Counselor at airforce@up.edu or 503 943-7216.

Non-Traditional Credit A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The college provides a number of ways a student may earn credit toward a degree or certificate in addition to classroom experience: CHALLENGE, CLEP (College Level Examination Program), and APP (Advanced Placement Program). A maximum of 45 non-traditional credits can be applied toward an MHCC degree. The office of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures as follows:


Academic Regulations cont. College Level Examination Program (CLEP). MHCCD is an official CLEP testing center. Students enrolled at MHCC may receive credit for certain college courses by submitting official scores from the College Level Entrance Examination Program (CLEP). School policy currently allows credits to be granted based on scores of 500 and above for the humanities, social sciences and natural sciences general exams. Minimum scores of 46-54 are accepted on certain subject area exams. CLEP credit is not given for general exams of English and math. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. Successful CLEP exam results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as CLEP. The office of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. Challenge. Students who believe that they have the knowledge and skills from life experience, industry training or professional certification, may request to challenge a course by petition or by an examination in lieu of class attendance. (Laboratory classes may be challenged with the approval of the Division Dean.) Successful challenge results in grade and credit on the MHCC permanent record identified as credit for challenge. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records and the Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. A student may not drop or withdraw from a challenge. Financial aid recipients CANNOT use financial aid dollars to “challenge” classes. Please check with the Office of Financial Aid. Advanced Placement Program (APP). High school seniors who participate in the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program may seek advanced placement in a variety of disciplines. An entering freshman who has taken the APP tests should have the results sent to the Admissions and Records Office. Advanced placement and/or college credit may be granted upon recommendation of the appropriate Division Dean. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCCD. The office of Admissions and Records and Academic Advising and Transfer Center can provide interested students with procedures. International Baccalaureate Diploma Program. The International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma Program is a demanding pre-college course of study that leads

to examinations. MCC awards credit to students who receive a five or higher on any Higher Level IB exam. College credit can be earned in English Composition, first and second year foreign language, history, economics, geography, psychology, biology, physics, chemistry, theatre arts and general electives. A complete list of MHCC courses satisfied by international baccalaureate examinations is available from the Admissions and Records Office. Students must indicate that they would like official IB test scores sent to MHCC Admissions and Records Office. Credit may be granted only after the student has earned 12 or more credit hours at MHCC.

High School Plus—Jump Start College Mt. Hood Community College, in cooperation with MHCC district high schools, offers high school students the opportunity to earn MHCC college credit while enrolled in high school. Credits can be earned in both lower-division college transfer courses and professional-technical courses. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination, completion of course standards as approved by MHCC instructional staff or as detailed in program articulation agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Earning MHCC credit at district high schools does not automatically enroll a person in a MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. A list of courses approved to earn MHCC credit during high school is available in each high school’s counseling office or the MHCC High School Plus office. The list of High School Plus approved courses varies among high schools.

Absences Students are responsible for their attendance in courses for which they are enrolled. Absence due to serious illness may be excused. However, students who miss classes lose some of the content of the course. Being excused in no way excuses students from the work covered during absences. Students are not automatically excused from other classes to attend field trips or intercollegiate functions. When schedule conflicts occur because of field trips, students should notify instructors of classes to be missed and, in cooperation with that instructor, make arrangements for completing the work missed. In case of an unsolvable conflict, students will not be

penalized for missing the class or the field trip, whichever the case may be. Students whose absences are due to participation in intercollegiate functions and other cocurricular trips arranged by the college will be excused from class attendance but not from the responsibility to the work that they may miss during their absence for approved functions. A veteran’s failure to attend classes may result in reduction or termination of benefits.

President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.85 or above with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.

Vice President’s Honor Roll Students who achieve a grade point average of 3.65 to 3.84 inclusive with a minimum of 12 credit hours will be listed on the Vice President’s Honor Roll for that quarter.

Phi Theta Kappa Phi Theta Kappa is the international honor society for two year colleges. Rho Theta is the Mt. Hood Community College chapter of Phi Theta Kappa. To enter Rho Theta, a student must have achieved at least a 3.5 term GPA while taking six or more credits toward an associate’s degree and have accumulated a total of 12 credits at Mt. Hood. You must also maintain at least a 3.0 accumulative GPA. Additional information and application forms are available at the College Center desk.

Transcripts It is the student’s responsibility to arrange for correcting any errors in the MHCC transcript record within four academic terms (including summer). A MHCC transcript will be released upon written request of the student. Requests and payments for transcripts are made in the Admissions and Records Office. Please allow up to five business days for processing faxes or mailed requests. A student’s academic transcript may be held for any indebtedness to the college. Program advisers may obtain MHCC advising transcripts for their advisees. Document Replacement Fee. There will be a fee charged for a request to replace or duplicate an MHCC document such as a previously awarded degree, certificate, or recognition of completion. For information on the release of student records refer to pages 246-247.

11


Academic Regulations cont.

12

Grade Point Average A

Excellent: 4 points for each credit hour

B

Above Average: 3 points for each credit hour Average: 2 points for each credit hour Below Average: 1 point for each credit hour Failing: 0 points for each credit hour Unsatisfactory: 0 points per credit hour

C D F U

Following are not included in GPA calculations: S Satisfactory: 0 points per credit hour I Incomplete: 0 points per credit hour K Continuing Progress: 0 points per credit hour X Audit: 0 points per credit hour W Withdrawal: 0 points per credit hour NR Not received from instructor Grades are assigned based on work completed at the end of the scheduled class time. Additional work or make-up after the ending date of the class is not justified unless an Incomplete was assigned. Grades and/or records found to be fraudulent will be changed. Incompletes. A student may be assigned an “I” (Incomplete) when insufficient work to justify a grade has been done by the student due to excusable reasons. Though individual circumstances may warrant unique decisions, it is commonly expected that the student will have completed at least 75 percent of the course requirements. Incompletes are to be made up prior to the end of the following term unless the student is no longer enrolled. Under these circumstances, the work must be made up in the term of the return with only a four-quarter maximum (including summer) permitted. Incompletes not made up within these timelines do not automatically revert to a grade. They remain an “I,” unless changed by the instructor. K Grade. A “K” (continuing progress) indicates that a student was registered for the course, was in attendance, met some of the

objectives but did not advance far enough to receive credit for completion. This grade designation is limited to developmental education courses and to open entry/open exit courses (where the student is permitted to proceed at one’s own pace). A student who receives a “K” grade must reregister, repay, and pass the class satisfactorily to receive credit. The K grade remains on the transcript. A student completing a developmental education course may receive a “K’ grade up to two times for the same course and may only take the course a third time with the recommendation of the developmental education instructor and the Dean of Enrollment Services. Note: Students attempting a course for a third time who are receiving financial aid, veterans’ benefits or athletic eligibility must reregister for these credits above and beyond the hours necessary to maintain benefits. Pass/Fail Option. Certain courses offer the student an option to receive a grade of S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) instead of letter grade (A, B, C, D, or F). This option must be exercised at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes. S Grade. For evaluation and transferability purposes, the S grade is equivalent to a grade of C or better. Audit Option. Students electing to audit a class (no grade, no credit) must choose this option at the time of registration or no later than the end of the seventh week of instruction for standard term-length classes. Check with the Admissions and Records Office for last day to change grading status for nonstandard term-length classes. Auditing students pay in accordance with the tuition schedule and participate to a degree determined by them and the instructor. Grade Point Average Adjustment. A student may petition for a grade point average adjustment when a course has been repeated for a higher grade. Both courses must have been taken at Mt. Hood Community College and the initial course must have been completed spring term 1985 or later. Only one petition per course will be accepted. A course previously passed, when repeated, does not count toward gradua-

tion. For GPA adjustments processed on courses transcripted prior to SU96, both the term and cumulative GPA is adjusted. For GPA adjustments process on courses transcripted SU96 or after, only the cumulative GPA is adjusted. Since some colleges count all grades in computing the GPA, a student should be aware that this possibility exists should the student transfer. See the Admissions and Records Office for more information.

Catalog Exception Under certain circumstances, a student is allowed to deviate from a prescribed curriculum and still meet graduation requirements. A student who wishes to waive a required course may petition the Dean of Enrollment Services via a recommendation for catalog exception form. Students are advised to discuss the proposed exception with their academic adviser. If the adviser and instructional dean approve the recommendation, the student is responsible for securing a second dean’s signature if the course is in an area other than the major. All approvals necessary for a catalog exception must be completed prior to the term the required course or replacement course is offered. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within a two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/certificate requirements for graduation. NOTE: The course requirements for professional-technical programs are subject to change each academic year. For MHCC certificate/degree requirements, a student must follow the program requirements the year the student is OFFICIALLY ADMITTED to the program or the year the student is COMPLETING the program.

For Standards of Academic Progress, please see page 244.


Degree Requirements Associate of Applied Science (Professional-Technical Programs) The Associate of Applied Science Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. (Some programs may require more than 90 credit hours.) 2. Successfully complete all required courses in a professional-technical curriculum as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes (e.g., course prefixes such as DH, EET, NUR, etc.) 5. Successfully complete required general education courses. Students who are pursuing an MHCC Associate of Applied Science (AAS) degree at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the AAS degree. However, students must complete or have completed course requirements within

an AAS degree. General Education Courses must be selected from an approved list. A. Health/Physical Education A minimum of three credits in Physical Education (PE) or in Health Education (HE/HPE). B. Communications Three quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 or WR121 C. Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters) Three quarter credit hours in the social sciences and/or humanities. D. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Three quarter credit hours of science, mathematics (MTH20 or higher) and/or computer science. E. Distribution Six additional quarter credit hours from any of the following areas: Social Science/Humanities (Arts and Letters), Science/Mathematics/Computer Science and Communications. (Maximum of three credit hours in skill-oriented classes, including humanities catagory .) 6. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit

A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE292SWT, PE294

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits) BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (3 credits) (ARTS AND LETTERS) Humanities (Arts and Letters) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213,*ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART257B, *ART258B, *ART259B, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, ASL101, ASL102, ASL103

(College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge, Experience-Based Credit) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 7. Complete the application process and pay a nonrefundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Note: A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AAS degree. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program adviser.

ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275, ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FA257, FA258, FA266 FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150, FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213 GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203 HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210 JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213

13


AAS Degree Requirements cont.

14

Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued *MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232,SOC291

D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER credits)

SCIENCE (3

AC110, AC120 AH11 BA211, BA212, BA213, BA231 BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208,

BOT203

R210, R211, R212

BT103

RD117

CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243

RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203,

*CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133PF, CS133PS, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240

TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA144, TA148, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill oriented class

Social Sciences ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232 EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212 J211 PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS232, PS241, PS242, PS297 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255 G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198 MTH20, MTH33**, MTH34**, MTH35**, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

* See 1994 Catalog Course Description ** These classes are accepted as meeting the science/mathematics/computer science and distribution requirement for the Automotive, Machine Tool Technology, Welding and Apprenticeship AAS degrees only.

E. Distribution (6 credits) Six credits from any of the following areas: Communications Social Science/Humanities Science/Mathematics/Computer Science


Degree Requirements cont. Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree The Oregon Transfer Degree (Associate of Arts) is a program of study that community college students can follow to fulfill all their lower division general education requirements for a bachelor’s degree. It is an agreement between the Oregon State System of Higher Education and Oregon’s community colleges to provide transfer of community college coursework to an Oregon state four-year institution. Completion of the Oregon Transfer Degree can lead to junior standing, for registration purposes, for any student admitted to a college or university in the Oregon State System of Higher Education: University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Western Oregon University, Southern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology and Eastern Oregon University. However, some school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or grade point average may not be fulfilled by this program. Students considering transfer to private and out-of-state institutions will find the Oregon Transfer Degree to be excellent preparation for upper division study. A similar transfer agreement also exists between Mt. Hood Community College and Warner Pacific College. Upon enrolling at Mt. Hood Community College, you need to be ready for collegelevel mathematics, writing and science in order to complete the Oregon Transfer Degree in two years. If you lack the necessary skills, MHCC offers excellent preparatory courses and tutorial assistance to help you get on track quickly. This represents the Oregon Transfer Degree which Oregon University System institutions will accept as meeting institutional lower-division general education requirements but not necessarily school, department or major requirements with regard to courses or GPA. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of Arts Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. See #6 for an explanation (Some majors may require more than 90 credit hours.)

2. Successfully complete all required courses. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher and maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree. 4. Successfully complete the following: Courses (except for elective credits) must be selected from the list of approved general education courses. The list is available on the following pages and in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser.

General Requirements

A. Computer Literacy/Proficiency One quarter credit hour of college level computer-based coursework. B. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. C. Mathematics Four quarter credit hours of college level mathematics with a grade of C or better (any mathematics course that has MTH95 or intermediate algebra or a higher course as a prerequisite, except MTH211). D. Oral Communication/Rhetoric Three quarter credit hours of a speech course with a grade of C or better. E. Writing Nine quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR121, 122, 123, or 227 with grades of C or better in each course. F. Distribution Requirements* 1. Humanities (Arts and Letters): A minimum of 12 credits chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. Only six credits of skill-oriented classes can be used to meet humanities requirements. NOTE: In Arts and Letters, a second year of a foreign

language may be included, but not the first year. American Sign Language is considered a foreign language. 2. Social Sciences: A minimum of 15 credits, chosen from at least two disciplines, with no more than nine credits from one discipline. 3. Sciences/Math/Computer Science: A minimum of 15 credits (including at least 12 credits in biological or physical sciences with laboratories) chosen from at least two disciplines. * Each course must be at least three credits. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete elective courses to reach a total of 90 credits. The courses must be numbered 100 or above. However, only up to 12 credit hours of professional/technical courses numbered 100 or above may be applied as electives toward this degree. Professional/technical courses offered at community colleges in Oregon are identified by specific alpha prefixes. Please see page 10 for a list of the professional-technical alpha prefixes offered at Mt. Hood Community College. 7. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

15


AA-OT Degree Requirements cont.

16

Note: A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT Degree. The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from your program adviser.

A. COMPUTER LITERACY (1 credit) ART214, ART225, ART226, ART227 BA231 BT210 *CS105, CS105L, *CS106, CS125, CS133JA, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS145, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 GE102 *See 1994 Catalog Course Description

B. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295 PE185, PE285OL, PE292SWT

C. MATHEMATICS (4 credits) MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261

D. ORAL COMMUNICATION / RHETORIC (3 credits) SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218

E. WRITING (9 credits) WR121, WR122, WR123, WR227

F. DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Humanities (Arts and Letters) (12 credits) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258, *ART259, *ART261, *ART262, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART296 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250C, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275 FA257, FA258, FA266 FR201, FR202, FR203 GER201, GER202, GER203 HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210 JPN201, JPN202, JPN203 MUS101, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113,

*MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263 PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208 R210, R211, R212 RD117 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203 TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, WR248 *Skill Oriented Class

Social Sciences (15 credits) ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232 EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294 INTL110, IS210 (3 - 6 credits only), IS211 (3 - 6 credits only), IS212 (3 - 6 credits only) J211 PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297 PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239 SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232, SOC291

Science/Mathematics (15 credits, 12 being lab science) BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188C, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273 BOT203 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243 *CS105/L, *CS106, CS133JA, CS133SQL, CS133XML, CS133VB, CS140, CS144, CS16l, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254 G148C, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GSl98C MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213 *See 1994 Catalog Course Description


AGS Degree Requirements cont. Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the degree in general studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100-299,” for more information. The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. Courses (except for electives) must be selected from a list of approved general education courses. The list is available in the Admissions and Records Office, the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or from the program adviser.

A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credits which must include at least one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HPE291 Lifeguard Training or PE285OL Wilderness Survival (3 credit) satisfies the total HPE requirement. PE285OL Wilderness Survival for two credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters) (maximum of six credit hours in skill oriented classes). D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science / Mathematics / Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours. A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher.

A. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3 credits) HE202, HE204, HE205, HE206, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE253, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE291, HPE295, PE185, PE194, PE285OL, PE292SWT, PE294

B. COMMUNICATIONS (3 credits) BA205, RD117, SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP218, WR101, WR102, WR121, WR122, WR123

C. SOCIAL SCIENCE/HUMANITIES (3 credits) (ARTS AND LETTERS) Humanities (Arts and Letters) ART115, ART116, ART117, ART197, ART201, ART202, ART203, ART211, ART212, ART213,*ART214, *ART219, *ART225, *ART226, *ART227, ART231, ART232, ART233, *ART234, *ART240, *ART241, *ART254, *ART255, *ART256, *ART257, *ART258,

4. Maintain a 2. 00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree/certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the coursework. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). The following is a list of general education courses that are currently offered at Mt. Hood Community College. For additional approved general education courses no longer offered, please check the master list available in Admissions and Records, Academic Advising and Transfer Center, or from your program adviser.

*ART259, *ART257B, *ART263, *ART264, *ART265, *ART266, *ART271, *ART272, *ART273, ART281, *ART288, *ART289, *ART291, *ART292, *ART293, *ART294, *ART295, *ART296, ASL101, ASL102, ASL103 ENG104, ENG105, ENG106, ENG107, ENG108, ENG109, ENG112, ENG113, ENG201, ENG202, ENG203, ENG204, ENG205, ENG206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG218, ENG221, ENG222, ENG250, ENG253, ENG254, ENG255, ENG263, ENG275, ENL201R, ENL201S, ENL201W FA257, FA258, FA266 FR101, FR102, FR103, FR111, FR112, FR113, FR150, FR151, FR201, FR202, FR203, FR211, FR212, FR213

17


AGS Degree Requirements cont.

18

Humanities (Arts and Letters) Continued

INTL110, IS210, IS211, IS212

GER101, GER102, GER103, GER111, GER112, GER113, GER201, GER202, GER203

J211

HUM100, HUM106, HUM110, HUM111, HUM112, HUM202, HUM210

PS104, PS105, PS200, PS201, PS203, PS204, PS205, PS217, PS220, PS225, PS241, PS242, PS297

JPN101, JPN102, JPN103, JPN111, JPN112, JPN113, JPN201, JPN202, JPN203, JPN211, JPN212, JPN213 *MUP101, *MUP105, *MUP114, *MUP115, *MUP121, *MUP123, *MUP125, *MUP131, *MUP146, *MUP171192, *MUP201, *MUP205, *MUP214, *MUP215, *MUP221, *MUP225, *MUP231, *MUP246, *MUP271292, MUS101, MUS104, MUS105, MUS111, MUS112, MUS113, *MUS114, *MUS115, *MUS116, *MUS117, *MUS118, *MUS119, *MUS124, *MUS125, *MUS126, *MUS131, *MUS132, *MUS133, *MUS137, *MUS138, *MUS139, *MUS147, *MUS148, *MUS149, *MUS161, *MUS162, *MUS163, *MUS191, MUS205, MUS208, MUS211, MUS212, MUS213, *MUS214, *MUS215, *MUS224, MUS261, MUS262, MUS263, *MUS265, *MUS292, *MUS297

PSY101, PSY151, PSY201, PSY202, PSY203, PSY214, PSY216, PSY231, PSY232, PSY235, PSY236, PSY237, PSY239

PHL201, PHL202, PHL203, PHL208, R210, R211, R212 RD117 RUS111, RUS112, RUS113 SP100, SP111, SP112, SP114, SP115, SP130, SP218, SP229, SP262 SPAN101, SPAN102, SPAN103, SPAN111, SPAN112, SPAN113, SPAN150, SPAN151, SPAN201, SPAN202, SPAN203, TA101, TA106, TA107, TA109, TA141, TA142, TA143, TA148, TA241 WR226, WR241, WR242, WR244, WR245, WR246, *WR247, WR248 *Skill oriented class

Social Sciences ANTH101, ANTH102, ANTH103, ANTH180, ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213, ANTH215, ANTH231, ANTH232 EC115, EC201, EC202, EC203, EC204 GEOG105, GEOG106, GEOG107, GEOG206, GEOG214, GEOG290 HST104, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST195, HST201, HST202, HST203, HST204, HST211, HST212, HST213, HST225, HST237, HST240, HST264, HST270, HST271, HST272, HST292, HST293, HST294

SOC204, SOC205, SOC206, SOC213, SOC214, SOC215, SOC216, SOC223, SOC225, SOC232,SOC291

D. SCIENCE/MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE (3 credits) AH11 BA231 BI101, BI102, BI103, BI121, BI122, BI132, BI145, BI188, BI211, BI212, BI213, BI231, BI232, BI233, BI234, BI235, BI240, BI273 BOT203 BT103 CH104, CH105, CH106, CH151, CH170, CH221, CH222, CH223, CH241, CH242, CH243 *CS105/L, *CS106, *CS107, CS133JA, CS133PF, CS133PS, CS133SQL, CS133VB, CS133XML, CS140, CS144, CS161, CS162, CS233JA, CS233VB, CS234JA, CS234VB, CS244, CS260 ENGR201, ENGR202, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213 F240 FN225 FW251, FW252, FW253, FW254, FW255 G148, G165, G201, G202, G203 GE101, GE102, GE115 GS104, GS105, GS106, GS107, GS142, GS145, GS146, GS147, GS150, GS153, GS198 MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH95, MTH105, MTH111, MTH112, MTH211, MTH212, MTH213, MTH231, MTH241, MTH243, MTH244, MTH251, MTH252, MTH253, MTH254, MTH255, MTH256, MTH261 PH109B/C, PH121, PH122, PH123, PH127, PH201, PH202, PH203, PH211, PH212, PH213

*See 1994 Catalog Course Description


Degree Requirements cont. Certificate Requirements The one-year certificate will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Successfully complete all required courses in a one-year certificate program as listed in the catalog. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit.

Degree and Certificate Notes: Repeated courses may be counted only once toward graduation unless specified in the course description or unless specifically required in a program curriculum.

2. All programs of study of an academic year or more in length for which certificates are granted require a recognizable body of instruction in program-related areas of 1) communication, 2) computation, and 3) human relations. Refer to the individual program for the specific courses.

Please refer to the Course Numbering System and Developmental Education courses with regard to courses not applicable toward a Mt. Hood Community College degree or certificate.

Students who are pursuing an MHCC certificate at MHCC who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited institution of higher education will have satisfied the general education requirements for the certificate. However, students must complete or have completed the program specific general education course requirements within a certificate. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the certificate and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the candidate’s major classes. 5. Satisfactorily earn 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the certificate is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program, Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. 6. Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable graduation application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term).

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS or AAS degree. A maximum of 15 credits of the highest level of ENL courses may be applied as electives only toward the AA-OT degree.

Incomplete applications for graduation will remain in the Admissions and Records Office for a period of one year from the last term of attendance or one year from date of application. After that time, your application will be destroyed and you will need to re-apply for graduation.

Graduation Process 1. Students desiring to earn a degree or certificate from Mt. Hood Community College must process the graduation application with the Admissions and Records Office two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (e.g., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Spring and summer graduates not participating in commencement ceremonies must notify the Admissions and Records Office in writing on the graduation application in order to receive their degree cover in the mail. This also allows seat planning arrangements to be made more efficiently. Fall term and winter term graduates may participate in the following commencement if they wish and are requested to so indicate on the graduation application. 2. Students have their choice of following the curriculum in either the catalog of the year they began the program or the year they are ending the program but NOT a combination. Students admitted to a degree program are expected to complete the curriculum within the

normal two-year period. If the student’s studies are interrupted by two years or more, or if the course of study extends beyond five years, degree requirements for graduation may have changed and the student may be asked to complete current requirements in order to earn the certificate or degree or have prior approval or equivalent coursework substitutions. 3. Students should secure their graduation application forms from the Admissions and Records Office, complete the application and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office two academic terms prior to the anticipated completion of their degree. 4. The graduation application fee should be paid in the business office and a copy of the receipt attached to the graduation application. 5. Credits from accredited colleges or universities previously attended that are to apply toward a MHCC degree or certificate must be submitted via official transcripts and be on file in the Admissions and Records Office. 6. The Admissions and Records Office will evaluate the application and notify the student by mail with an evaluation of progress (part II of the graduation application). Students should complete part II of the graduation application with their adviser and return the application to the Admissions and Records Office. The student will be notified by mail of any deficiencies. 7. Final approval of the application for a degree or certificate is given only after grades have been posted for the last quarter’s work. Degrees or certificates are mailed to the student following this process. Advisers and other college employees are available to help, but students have final responsibility for satisfying degree/ certificate requirements for graduation.

19


Career Development Services 20

Graduation from Mt. Hood Community College makes one an automatic alumnus and eligible for membership in the alumni association.

The Academic Advising and Transfer Center The Mt. Hood Community College Academic Advising and Transfer Center provides a variety of services including test information, academic advising, and transfer information. You are welcome to stop by; however, drop-in visits may be time-limited. The best time to receive extended services is during non-registration periods, when appointments are available. For information call 503-491-7315.

Academic Advising Through academic advising, students learn to set educational goals and the strategies to achieve them. Professional Academic Advisers and Counselors provide guidance to new students and are the ongoing advisers for students still exploring options for careers and majors, and students preparing to enter limited- and restricted-entry programs. They assist students with information about program options, educational planning, degree and major requirements, college policies and procedures, and selection of courses. Students with declared majors are assigned a faculty program adviser who guides them through their major requirements. While MHCC advisers provide help and information to students working toward degree requirements, students must take the responsibility for satisfying those requirements.

Transfer Center Located in the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, the MHCC Transfer Center provides easy access to transfer information for students. This includes transfer advising guides for popular majors, college catalogs, college reference guides, college and university videos and CDROMS, transfer admissions information, and Internet access to college and university Web sites. The Transfer Center sponsors a quarterly Transfer Day bringing college and university representatives to campus. In addition, admission representatives from area universities regularly offer transfer information sessions in the Transfer Center.

Career Planning and Counseling Center 503-491-7432; room AC 2162; www.mhcc. edu

Career Decisions If you are looking for help in making career decisions or in changing careers, you may want to visit the Career Planning and Counseling Center. Career professionals are available to assist you in choosing the most appropriate service(s) to help you make career choices and effectively reach your goals. The services we have available are career development and planning courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development), career counseling (please call for an appointment), career information workshops (call for more information), and the resources of the Career Center (below).

Personal Counseling If you have a personal issue that affects your ability to do well in college, you may receive short-term, solution-focused counseling from a trained, professional counselor. Typical problems for college students may include family and relationship issues, test anxiety, depression, chemical dependency, eating disorders and other addictions, adjustments to having a disability, and general transition issues. To see a counselor, please call for an appointment. Students in crisis will be accommodated on a drop-in basis.

Career Center The Career Center assists students with ongoing career development and the accomplishment of career goals. The center houses resources to aid in selecting careers and finding employment. Resources include a career resources library, computerized career assessments, web resources for career development, employment listings, materials to assist in resume writing, interviewing, and the job search, and a series of career placement courses (in the quarterly schedule under Human Development). There is no charge for the use of our services. The Career Center’s list of employment opportunities includes part-time, temporary and summer employment, Cooperative Education/Internship positions, and fulltime career placement opportunities.

Business and Industry – The Career Center also assists business and industry in student recruitment for part-time, temporary, summer, Cooperative Education/Internship positions, and for full-time employment. Employers are encouraged to contact the center for assistance in recruiting students. Recruitment activities range from posting opportunities to setting up information tables to arranging interviews on campus for students.

Testing Testing services include the administration of the College Placement Test (CPT), GED, and CLEP. Other types of assessments to assist students with career exploration and personal concerns are also available to students working with a counselor or through the Career Planning & Counseling Center. For CPT and GED testing information and scheduling, call 503-491-7678. If you are disabled and require special testing accommodation, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Disability Services The Disability Services Office (DSO) strives to empower students to reach their potential and fosters independence of the individual. The DSO coordinates auxiliary aids/accommodations/services for persons with disabilities at Mt. Hood Community College. These services may include interpreters for deaf students, note taking assistance, readers, taping of textbooks, lab modification, enlarging material, testing accommodation, etc. The Disability Services Office operates and provides training in our Access Technology Lab on personal computers with a wide range of adaptive equipment. Study aids are also available to assist students in exploring new methods of learning and modifying study habits. Counseling and advising assistance is also available. Students are required to apply for services through DSO and submit documentation verifying their disability. Students requesting accommodations must contact DSO a minimum of two weeks prior to the beginning of the term to guarantee the availability oft he services for each term.


Career Development Services cont. MHCC is an accessible campus. Ample disabled parking is available on campus and disabled parking permits are obtained through the Oregon Department of Motor Vehicles. Elevators are located in the lobby of the Library, the College Center, and the Allied Health wing of the Academic Center. Disability Services does not provide transportation to the school or between buildings at the campus; however, DSO has information available on access to public transportation. For additional information concerning services or requests for accommodations, contact the Disability Services Office at 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

Health and Wellness Center Health Services Health services are available to everyone on campus at the Health and Wellness Center and are provided without charge. The office is staffed by a registered nurse, acting under the direction of a consulting physician. Services include first aid and illness care, some immunizations, appropriate referrals, health insurance information, prevention education and wellness activities. Equipment is also available for women who are breastfeeding to express breast milk while they are away from their babies. Visit the Health and Wellness Center (Room AC 2161) for evaluation information or counseling about any health concern or problem, or for referral to community and private health care facilities.

Student Health Insurance Students at MHCC are responsible for their own medical coverage. This is not included in student fees. Health insurance brochures, including information on the Oregon Health Plan are available. A student health insurance plan can be purchased on a term-by-term basis for students registered for six or more credit hours. Those needing care for a minor illness or injury, or referral, please contact the College Health Coordinator, 503-491-7600.

International Student Services Application processing, orientation, crosscultural counseling, and other services for international students are also available at Mt. Hood Community College. For new student orientation assessment and placement, prospective students should contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center, 503-491-7315. For other information, please contact the following: Applications ...............................503-491-7165 Advising .......................................503-491-7315

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a two-week program during summer session. We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.

Transitions/Transiciones Program If you are a single parent or a displaced homemaker the Transitions program may be for you. The program provides free classes that help participants plan a career and prepare for school. Topics include life transitions, self-esteem, and communication skills, as well as career planning and college success skills. Transitions also offers financial assistance to qualifying individuals, as well as counseling, advising and support from mentors. Contact Transitions at 503-491-7680. The Transiciones program serves single parents and displaced homemakers who are native Spanish speakers. Students receive bilingual career development classes and services, financial assistance for English classes, and help transitioning into college programs. For information, please class 503-491-6972.

Financial Aid Financial Aid (503-491-7262, FAX 503-491-7379, Room 1152) The Office of Financial Aid administers a variety of local, state and federal aid programs in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment to eligible students who need money to attend college.

Federal/State Student Aid Programs (Title IV) General Information: MHCC will accept all financial aid applications but students who plan to attend here should complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Returning students may either complete the “Renewal Application” (which usually will come to them by mail before January 1) or file a new FAFSA. The FAFSA is available in the Office of Financial Aid as early as mid-December. The FAFSA is also in electronic format on the Internet at www.fafsa.ed.gov. You and your parents (if you are dependent) must get a Personal Identification Number (PIN) before filing an electronic FAFSA. If you do not, you must be sure to click on the “submit” button and print out AND submit a “signature page.” If no printer is available, the processor will send you a form to sign. All required documentation must be received before April 1 to assure priority processing for the following academic year. Allow eight weeks for processing. Bank loans are separate applications (available in the financial aid office after loan counseling attendance) that require an additional two to three weeks for processing. The need for student aid is based on expected family contribution (as determined through the Congressionally mandated need analysis process) and average educational and living cost estimates for MHCC. Upon completion of the application review process, awards depend on eligibility for and availability of funds. Bank loans can help make up for a lack of grant, work or Perkins loan federal financial aid. Official grade transcripts are required from every school a student has attended, even if they did not apply for financial aid. Records of prior financial aid at prior colleges are collected electronically.

21


Financial Aid cont.

22

Students must be at least 16 years old, a U. S. citizen or eligible noncitizen with a high school diploma or GED and be in pursuit of a degree or certificate in an eligible program. Men 18 years or older must be registered with selective service. Students at least 18 years old without a high school diploma or GED must have an adequate college placement test score for financial aid eligibility. MHCC does offer training programs that are not aid eligible. Eligible short-term certificate programs must be at least 24 credits or six months long. One-year certificate programs must require at least 36 credits. Occupational extension programs are not aid eligible. Students should talk to the Office of Financial Aid and/or consult the term class schedule if there is any question regarding the aid eligibility of their education program. (SEE INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS)

Grants (Funds that do not need to be repaid) Oregon State Opportunity Grant: A state grant available to full-time undergraduate Oregon residents based on income. Twelve months in Oregon prior to the start of school constitutes residency. Federal Pell Grants: A federal grant offered to undergraduates enrolled in at least one college credit and based on income. Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG): A federal grant through the school, based on need and offered to undergraduates who will receive a maximum Pell Grant (and attending at least 6 credits.)

Loans (Funds that must be repaid) Loans are financial aid. All students wanting loans must attend a loan counseling class or a computerized session prior to obtaining their first MHCC bank loan application. Students with loans from prior colleges must also attend. Later loans do not have this requirement. Students must contact the Office of Financial Aid to sign up for one of the sessions. Exit counseling is required for all loans (except PLUS) through the Business Office the term prior to leaving MHCC. Undergraduate students who have not defaulted on prior educational loans may apply for these loans based on need and/or the cost of education. First time borrowers at MHCC must complete 30 days of that term before bank loan funds can be released.

MHCC deadlines for bank loan applications are approximately the eighth week of each term. Specific dates are available in the Office of Financial Aid. Students must repay loans regardless of satisfaction with the educational services of MHCC. Federal Perkins/Nursing Loan: A 5 percent interest federal loan(s) through the school, to be repaid beginning nine months after enrollment drops below half-time. Students are eligible based on need. Federal Subsidized / Unsubsidized Stafford Loan: Loans through a bank (or other lender), to be repaid at a variable interest rate no higher than 8.25%. Repayment of the Federal Stafford Loan begins six months after enrollment drops below half-time. The Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan requires students to pay all of the interest that accumulates during their time of enrollment, their grace period, and periods of repayment and deferment. The Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan does not accrue interest until the repayment date. Federal Parents’ Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS): A loan through a bank (or other lender) to a student’s parent, to be repaid while the student is in school. Parents of dependent undergraduate students can apply for funds to assist with educational costs regardless of college calculated need, but are limited to the amount of the student’s budget. Neither the parent or student may owe a refund or be in default on past educational grants or loans. Note: MHCC academic transcripts will not be released for students who owe an overpayment on federal aid programs or who default on educational loans through MHCC.

Employment Federal Work Study Program (FWS): A part-time employment program in which funds are paid as monthly pay checks. FWS is awarded based on need and student request. Awarded students must contact the Office of Financial Aid at 503-491-7424 to make an appointment for a student employment orientation, which is required before beginning work. Student Aide: A non-financial aid parttime employment program in most college departments for MHCC students enrolled at least six credits per term.

Receiving Awarded Funds Notification Procedure: An “Offer of Financial Aid” is mailed to each eligible student when their awarding process is completed. Students not eligible for grants, FWS or Perkins/Nursing loans are notified of bank loan eligibility. Offer letters must be signed and returned by the due date or offers of aid are withdrawn. Payment of Awards: Awards are divided into each term attended. Students may charge tuition and fees to the aid they have been awarded (except bank loans) when they preregister. Beginning the first day of the term, a check for the unused portion of the funds is released in the Business Office; picture ID and an “Attendance Verification” form are required. These funds are to be used to help offset additional educationalrelated expenses. Checks may be picked up after normal business hours if the Business Office is contacted and can agree to a time. Grant and loan checks are not mailed. Students cannot pick up funds if they are not enrolled for the minimum number of credits for which their aid was awarded. Checks not picked up are cancelled. Attendance Verification: All students awarded Federal or State funds are required to attend class. Students pick up an “Attendance Verification” form in the Business Office or the Office of Financial Aid and take it to be completed and signed by one of their instructors each time a check is picked up. They then take the completed form to the Business Office to pick up their check. Even aid recipients with no funds to be picked up or who receive only FWS must turn in an Attendance Verification form. The form is only valid for seven days from the signature date. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP): Financial aid recipients are required to maintain “satisfactory progress” each term and to understand what that means. Basically, the following applies: SAP is measured by completed credits and GPA on a term-by-term basis. Students must complete their “contracted credits” at a minimum 2.00 GPA to make SAP. Contracted credits means the number of credits the student agreed to attend based on the signed “Offer of Financial Aid.” Full-time is 12 or more credits, threequarter-time is 9 - 11, half-time is 6 - 8 and less than half-time is 1 - 5. These are noted on the “offer” as 12, 9, 6 or 3 respectively. Students with pre-financial aid credits must have a 2.00 cumulative GPA and have completed two-thirds of their attempted credits to be considered for aid.


Veterans’ Services

Financial Aid cont. Eligible students are aid eligible automatically up to 108 credits; all prior credits attempted at any postsecondary institutions attended, regardless of the degree or certificate pursued, are counted in this total. The Office of Financial Aid will require academic transcripts from all prior schools to be submitted to them as a part of the application process. An appeal must be submitted to (or to continue to) receive financial aid. All credits will be evaluated, in relation to their major, when the student awardee’s credits approach the 108 credit hour level. A successful appeal will state a specific academic path to follow to continue to receive financial aid. Transfer students must be making grade SAP at the time they come to MHCC. The 108 credit limit applies. A maximum of 12 credits for Cooperative Work Experience will be allowed for financial aid purposes unless more are REQUIRED in the program. SAP Appeal Process: If students in an aid denied status want to be considered for aid or if they want to get funds reinstated, they must file an official appeal form with the Office of Financial Aid. Note: A complete copy of our SAP rules and the financial aid appeal process is mailed with each first award offer. Student responsibilities are extensive, so it is important to read that document and ask questions if items or terms are not understood.

Revising Enrollment Status Adding/Dropping Classes: Students should make all changes to finalize their enrollment status (file a “Revision form” at the Office of Financial Aid) BEFORE picking up financial aid unless their only aid is from private sources. Checks that arrive late in the term may not be released if the student is not enrolled for enough credits (see SAP policy.) Withdrawing From College: Students’ remaining financial aid for the academic year will be cancelled when they completely withdraw from college after receiving financial aid for the term. (See “SAP Appeal Process” above.) Students must officially withdraw through the Office of Admissions and Records within the full refund period or they will be required to pay for the classes.

Refund and Repayment Policy MHCC’s formal policy for tuition refund for students who withdraw from school is published in the MHCC catalog and quarterly schedules. The refund policy regarding recipients of Title IV financial aid funds is available in the Office of Financial Aid (see SAP policy, also).

Additional Assistance SCHOLARSHIPS (Funds that do not need to be repaid): Awards offered through private donors as well as MHCC may reduce the amount of financial aid that has been or will be awarded. (Pell and Oregon State Opportunity grants will not be reduced.) Application information is available in the Office of Financial Aid. Individual applications are required. Eligibility (both initial and continuing) is dependent on the requirements of the donor. Private Scholarships: Announcements of competitive scholarships through private sources are posted throughout the academic year as the Office of Financial Aid is notified of availability. Recognition Awards: Tuition waivers are offered by the MHCCD Board of Education for several categories of students. These are offered the third week of each term for use the following term. Talent Grants: Tuition waivers awarded by MHCC to students who have demonstrated outstanding ability and achievement in such areas as athletics, performing arts or student government. Contact the adviser, coach, or instructor most directly related to your skills for application information. MHCCD Foundation Scholarships: Scholarships are offered at various times throughout the year. Additional information is available at the Office of Financial Aid.

Ineligible Programs Students receiving financial aid must first be pursuing a degree or certificate program and, secondly, that program must be an ELIGIBLE PROGRAM. Not all college programs are aid eligible. If students are pursuing INELIGIBLE PROGRAMS while receiving financial aid, they jeopardize future aid opportunities and will have to pay back any aid they received. Financial aid applicants are required by the Office of Financial Aid to clearly state, in writing, the degree or certificate they are pursuing and their major. If the program is ELIGIBLE, the student is expected to pursue that declared and specific program as it appears in the current college catalog and not take classes outside that specific curriculum. All financial aid recipients are encouraged to read the financial aid section in each of the quarterly schedule of classes carefully and pay attention to various class messages as they register for classes each term. The financial aid office does provide considerable student consumer information in these quarterly schedules that, if followed, could eliminate challenges for aid recipients.

Veterans’ Services The Office of Veterans’ Services, located in the Admissions and Records Office on the main campus, provides a one-stop, centrally located area for the student to deal with veteran-related problems. The office handles VA educational paperwork, changes in program, address, dependency status and problems with late or inappropriate benefit checks. The office also can refer students to agencies specializing in discharge upgrading, militaryrelated problems and psychological and drug counseling. Eligible students should contact the veterans’ clerk for certification. The Veterans Administration Regional Office keeps a central file on each person receiving benefits and all enrollment information must first be processed by the college before any award is made. The veterans’ office continually audits the transcripts of each student receiving VA benefits to ensure that the veteran’s work leads toward the stated degree. Any class or grade which does not lead toward that degree will not apply to VA benefits. Veterans registering for classes which meet for less than the standard 10-11 week session will be certified by the number of credits for the class and paid accordingly. Two (2) credit hours of PE185 credit may be granted toward an Associate degree at Mt. Hood for completion of military basic training. A copy of the DD214 form is required.

Other Veterans’ Services Deferred Tuition. Initiating VA educational benefit checks generally takes six to eight weeks. Because of this, many veterans are unable to pay tuition at the time of registration. A note deferring tuition must be signed by the veterans’ clerk stating that the veteran will be receiving benefits. This note is an I. O. U. between the individual and the Business Office to register for and attend classes, and pay tuition once the VA check comes. Tutorial Assistance. Veterans and dependents needing extra help with class work, and unable to receive tutoring through the Independent Study Center, may have the cost of hiring a tutor reimbursed by the VA.

Veterans’ Satisfactory Progress Standards

23


Student Services

Veterans Services cont.

24

1. All veterans or other eligible persons who receive veterans’ benefits must demonstrate satisfactory progress toward their educational degree/certificate goals to remain eligible to receive such benefits. 2. Students should enroll for and successfully earn credit for only those credit hours for which they have been certified to the Veterans Administration. A 2.00 GPA must be maintained. Full-time........................................12 credits 3/4 time .................................... 9-11 credits 1/2 time .................................... 6-8 credits Less than 1/2 time ......... under 6 credits

Full-time equivalency is defined as regularly enrolled for 12 or more credit hours. Students certified for less than full-time will have their eligibility proportionately extended. 3. Eligible students who fail to make satisfactory progress will be so notified. They will be granted one term of probation unless notified to the contrary. Students not achieving satisfactory progress during the probationary term will be reported to the Veterans Administration at the end of said term except in the case of extenuating circumstances. Students placed on probation may have their certification extended beyond one term due to extenuating circumstances. See No. 12. 4. Students transferring to MHCC from any post secondary educational institution, or who have otherwise been granted college credit, must submit a transcript of all prior credit records for evaluation and determination of prior credit granted as substitutions for MHCCD curriculum requirements prior to the end of the first term in residence. Appropriate reduction in the time allowed for completion of the student’s educational objectives will be noted on the transfer transcript evaluation. 5. Since the permanent record must reflect a withdrawal and re-enrollment in any course for which there was a withdrawal, this mark will not be replaced by a subsequent grade. A Subsequent grade will be entered on the transcript at the time the grade is achieved. A “W” grade may not be changed or erased for any reason. The date of receipt of this non-punitive grade will be reported to the VA Regional Office. 6. A written statement signed by both the student and the instructor must be on file with the veterans’ clerk in order for the student to repeat a course.

7. A veteran student who fails all classes is deemed not to be making satisfactory progress. 8. MHCCD will make available to the VA records that will substantiate whether the student is progressing satisfactorily at the rate for which he is certified. 9. Within restrictions imposed by the VA, students may be allowed to enroll in and receive benefits for a given deficiency course for a period not to exceed one academic term including summer session. Exceptions may be allowed when the course instructor recommends in writing that the student repeat. 10. All students covered by this regulation will be apprised of the MHCCD Satisfactory Progress Standards at the time of their initial certification for benefits. 11. All veteran students who drop or withdraw from any class after the fourth week and their credit-clock hour load is reduced to a lesser category (threequarter time, quarter-time, etc.) than the one for which they were certified will be liable for repayment of funds. 12. Extenuating Circumstances. Veteran students who fail to meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards may be partially or totally excused by filing documentation for one of the following reasons: a. Death in the immediate family. b. Serious illness extending over a period of three weeks or more must be documented by physician’s statement. c. Clerical error determined by the Dean of Enrollment Services to be an institutional error. d. Student improperly placed according to placement and/or diagnostic testing. 13. The Dean of Enrollment Services will review and make disposition of any appeal for reinstatement or modification of benefit reduction. 14. Students and the VA Regional Office will be notified in writing within 30 days of the date unsatisfactory progress has been determined. 15. Students are expected to maintain a cumulative 2.00 grade point average to meet graduation requirements for degrees and certificates. NOTE: Veterans must notify the VA clerk of any changes in their enrollment status (adds, drops, etc.) in addition to processing through the registration office. Failure to do so may result in overpayment of benefits.

Student Government, Student Clubs, and Co-curricular Activities The activities of student government committees, departmental interest groups, and other student organizations provide exciting and interesting opportunities that are an important part of student life at MHCC. There are many reasons why students participate in activities. For students interested in leadership, there are dozens of roles with student-managed organizations that provide direct leadership experiences. Many students participate in student-managed organizations and events because they are an enjoyable break from their academic pursuits. Other students create or join groups out of a desire to provide service to their community. Involvement offers students unique opportunities for rewarding personal and social growth that are an integral part of the educational experience offered at MHCC. The range of activities offered at MHCC is impressive. Students initiate whitewater rafting trips, sponsor Halloween pumpkin carving contests, organize environmental conferences, and make decisions as student representatives on important institutional planning committees. Each year the student government prepares a sizable budget providing funding for numerous student projects. The student government supports the operations of the forensics team providing students competitive opportunities in debate and speech tournaments. The Gallery and Performance Program Committee brings musical groups and performers to the campus along with a series of art shows displayed in the College Center. Club sports, political groups, and organizations promoting cultural awareness provide numerous other activities each year. New groups are created each year to meet the changing needs of students at MHCC. The office of Student Life in the College Center can provide information on the full array of opportunities available.

Child Care As a practicum and observation site for a number of MHCC instructional programs, primarily Early Childhood Education, the center offers child care for children ages 10 months to five years of age. MHCC students have first priority for child care spaces. The center offers a developmentally appropriate educational programs for each age group. Planned curriculum in each class offers a balance of individual and group experiences designed to promote creativity, self-esteem, language development, cognitive skills, fine and gross motor skills,


Student Services cont. physical fitness, environmental awareness and social skills. Center professional staff is assisted by Early Childhood Education students, college work study placements, and student aids. The Child Development Center is a state certified, and nationally accredited child care facility and operates year round Monday - Friday from 7:00am - 6:00pm. The center is closed on legal holidays and any day when MHCC does not hold classes. Enrollment and fees are scheduled by the school term. For additional information, fees, and applications, please call 503-491-7169.

Campus Store The campus store is designed to serve the MHCC campus’ needs in course-related materials, supplies and services. In addition the store carries a wide variety of other items to enhance your academic life. Some of these items are academically priced computer software, reference materials and art supplies. The store also has a wide variety of greeting cards, magazines, snacks and insignia clothing. Among the services the store provides are Tri-Met tickets/passes, postage stamps and prepaid phone cards. The store also offers “Grab-n-Go” prewrapped sandwiches, juice and water after the food service facilities have closed for the day. M & K Caffe’, located in the store, offers an outstanding array of espresso drinks and Italian sodas.

College Center The College Center serves as a primary location for students, faculty and staff to gather for meetings, special events, and for informal social interactions. The Fireplace Lounge is often considered the living room of the campus. A variety of services are based in the College Center including food services, housing information bulletin boards, vending machines, an open computer lab, a FAX machine, a poster making machine, copy services, lockers, recreational games and access to public telephones. The building houses the offices of the Associated Student Government, the Student Activities Board, student clubs and other student groups. Friendly staff members answer questions all day at the campus information desk. Tri-Met bus schedules are available there as well. The College Center is the location where many student activities and public forums are organized. Speakers on environmental, political and religious topics are common along with musical performances and cultural arts programs. Art exhibits are a regular feature of the College Center, and

“Scrooge Lives” is an annual craft fair held in the building during the holiday season. Seasonal activities include Welcome Week, Women’s History Month, Winter Celebration, Black History Month, spring awards banquet and many other annual events.

Library Resource Center The Mt. Hood Community College Library is located on the upper level of the Academic Center (see the map provided in the catalog) and is used by a quarter of a million people each year. The Library is open Monday through Thursday from 7:30 am to 7:00 pm; Friday from 7:30 am to 5:00 pm; and Saturday from 10:30 am to 6:30 pm during the regular academic year. For current information on Library hours, including summer, break and holiday schedules call 503-491-7161. Students may obtain a library card at the circulation desk in the Library; the card is valid as long as the student is enrolled. The MHCC Library also provides services to eligible community members and local high school students. However, college regulations and federal law require all persons under 18, who are not enrolled in a College course, to be accompanied by a parent. Library resources consist of more than 56,000 books, 475 periodicals and 3,206 media titles. On-line databases and eBooks give access to thousands of journals and electronic books. Access to the library’s collection is through an online catalog available in the Library or via the Web. Other services in the Library include Internet access, media listening and viewing facilities, microform reader/printers, photocopiers, interlibrary loan, and eight Internet workstations for accessing email. Word processing is only available in a separate computer lab. This lab is located in the library facility and the hours are posted on the lab doors. Faculty librarians provide reference assistance, give library tours, and teach information literacy classes. The Library also publishes a number of guides to assist library users. The MHCC Library augments its own resources by cooperation with other libraries in a fifteen library consortium called PORTALS. Access to the catalogs of the PORTALS libraries catalogs is available through MHCC’s Library catalog and information about obtaining reciprocal borrowing privileges is available at the circulation desk.

Planetarium MHCC planetarium shows, demonstrations and tours for the public are offered on a regular basis. Call 503-491-7297 for information.

Publications The student publications program at MHCC provides excellent opportunities for students to express their opinions and gain experience in the development of a campus newspaper (The Advocate), student news magazine (Venture), and a campus literary publication (Perceptions). These three formats provide writers with a diverse and challenging set of writing venues. Students write the material and manage the organizations that produce these publications. Contact the College Center Information Desk for information on how to be involved with these groups.

Sports Mt. Hood’s intercollegiate athletic programs include volleyball, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s basketball, baseball, softball and men’s and women’s track and field. The Saint’s athletic teams compete in the Southern Region of the NWAACC (Northwest Athletic Association of Community Colleges). A diversified intramural program consisting of over 15 activities is available to all students.

Aquatic Center The Mt. Hood Aquatic Center is a fourpool complex open to the public as well as students. There are three indoor pools; a six lane 25-yard pool, a warm water therapy pool and a hot tub. The outdoor 50-meter by 25-yard pool is open in the summer season. The Aquatic Center offers a full range of programs from children’s lessons to adult exercise. For more information or to obtain a complete schedule please call 503-491-7243.

Mt. Hood Rock Wall Introduce yourself to the exciting sport of rock climbing in a safe, controlled environment. The indoor wall features 1,800 square feet of climbing area, thousands of handholds and a variety of terrain to challenge you. The rock wall is located inside the Aquatic Center and is open to students, staff and the general public.

Tri-Met In cooperation with Tri-Met, your student association encourages you to POOL-IT. For more information and a list of people who are interested in car pooling, you may contact Carpool, 520 SW Yamhill Street, Portland, OR 97204. Located at the main focal point of the campus, the Office of College Information functions as MHCC’s information office. Persons arriving on campus seeking directions and those seeking specific information in person or by telephone are served by this office.

25


College and Visitor Information 26

Located at the main focal point of the campus, the Office functions as MHCC’s information office. Persons arriving on campus seeking directions and those seeking specific information in person or by telephone are served by this office.

Extended Learning and Instructional Technology The Extended Learning and Instructional Technology division is comprised of the Distance Education Program, Instructional Technology, and the Self-Paced Learning Center. The Distance Education Program offers courses to students who are separated by time and/or space from the instructor. The program increases student flexibility and provides them with alternative methods of access to the educational offerings of the college. Courses are offered in a variety of modalities including: Telecourses: A telecourse is a learning system based on a series of television programs. These programs may be viewed through the local cablecast company for students residing with the MHCC perimeter. If you do not subscribe to AT&T cable, live West of I-205 or in Clackamas County, you can view these programs in the MHCC Library or have the option of renting the tapes from an outside company. Telecourses are supplemented by printed material and may have on-campus meetings. Telecourse with a Web Wrap Around: This is a series of television programming supplemented by printed material and the use of the Web. These courses required access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and email. On-line Courses: Many courses are offered over the Internet. These courses require access to a computer, Internet service, web browser, and email. Testing may be done on-line or through the use of a proctor. For additional information, please visit our web site at http://classes.mhcc.edu. Distance Learning students have a full range of student services available to them including financial aid, phone registration, library, advising, and the bookstore which are now available on-line. For term by term Distance

Extended Learning cont. Education Program offerings, please refer to the current term schedule under “Learning at a Distance”. For additional information, please contact the Extended Learning and Instructional Technology staff at 503-4916995 or email dep@mhcc.edu. Learn computers at your own pace and convenience at the Self-Paced Learning Center! Self-paced computer courses are designed to be done in the lab, at home, or on the job. Classes range from beginning to advanced levels, and can be taken for credit or noncredit. Courses are designed to meet the most current job market needs. • Open seven days a week, including some evenings. • Register any time throughout the term, begin immediately, and take up to ten weeks to complete a course. • Instructors available on site to help guide you through your course. For additional information, please contact the Self-Paced Learning Center staff at 503-491-6122.

Community Use of College Facilities Community groups and organizations are invited to use college facilities when space is not being used for instruction or student activities. Facilities are available for meetings, banquets, workshops, and presentations. Catering is available through the college food service vendor. Community groups are frequent users of the Town and Gown Room, the Vista Dining Center, theatres, classrooms and tiered lecture rooms. Priority is given to groups within the MHCC District. For further information about fees and availability, contact MHCC at 503-491-7107.

Adult Basic Skills Adult Basic Skills (ABS) Free Adult Basic Skills classes are available to any adult, age 16 or over, who wants to improve basic skills. Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. A volunteer literacy project provides tutoring for those who need to improve basic reading, writing and spelling skills. For more information call 503-491-7333.

General Educational Development (GED) The General Educational Development program offers classes, in both English and Spanish, designed to develop the skills needed in reading, math, science, social studies, and writing to pass the GED tests. Adults age 16 or older are eligible to enroll. Those under age 18 must be released from the high school of legal residence. Classes are offered on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses at various times during the day and evening. For more information call 503-491-7333. GED testing is available on campus. Call 503-491-7678 for scheduling. There is a fee for GED testing.

English As A Second Language (ESL) Non-Credit English as a Second Language classes include speaking, listening, reading and writing. There are beginning, intermediate and advanced classes held on the MHCC Gresham and Maywood campuses and at several community locations. Students are required to buy books. For more information call 503-491-7366.

English As A Second Language (ESL) Credit Credit ESL courses provide skills in reading, writing and speaking to help them transition from non-credit to credit courses. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books for credit ESL courses.

English As A Non-Native Language (ENL) English as a Non-native Language classes are for non-native English speakers and are offered for students who want to improve their English reading, writing and speaking skills. ENL is an intensive multi-level program designed to develop the students’ competence in English language skills at the college level. These classes are offered at the MHCC Gresham campus for credit. Students are required to pay tuition and buy books. Financial aid may help with these costs. For more information call 503-491-7415 or 503-491-6912.


Developmental The Center for Community Education and Workforce Development Citizenship Citizenship is a free class that prepares students to apply for and pass the United States Citizenship Test. For more information call 503-491-7366.

Developmental Education The Language and Literature Division offers students an opportunity to build specific academic skills, develop learning strategies and, therefore, strengthen self-confidence. Students are encouraged to enroll in these success-oriented, skill-building courses. Developmental Education courses below the 100 level do not count toward graduation.

Reading Reading classes at all levels are available. Placement is made according to test scores or individual classroom testing. Instruction may include lecture and/or practice in the Learning Assistance Center. For more information call 503-491-7366.

Study Skills Study Skills courses improve students’ learning efficiency. Tips for time management, effective note taking and test taking skills improve academic performance. Memory and learning styles units are also included.

Spelling and Vocabulary Improvement These lab courses are for students who want to improve their basic spelling and vocabulary. Instructor permission is required.

Developmental Writing Students needing review or preparation in writing are required to take WR90, a fourcredit course. Students study and apply grammar, usage, punctuation and composition skills needed for college-level writing. RD90 or above is a co-requisite.

Tutorial Services The MHCC Learning Assistance Center (LAC) provides free tutoring to students in many academic subjects. Qualified tutors are available at scheduled hours, which are posted in the center. Study groups may be arranged by contacting the LAC coordinator. For more information call 503-491-7108.

Computer Access Instruction Under the auspices of the Disabilities Services Office, students with disabilities are evaluated for appropriate computer access devices. Basic computer applications are taught using recommended adaptives. For information call 503-491-6923 or 503-491-7670 TDD.

The Center for Community and Workforce Development is designed to establish and maintain meaningful and lasting partnerships between Mt. Hood Community College and local businesses, industries, professional organizations, community groups, local school districts and individual residents. The primary purpose of Community and Workforce Development is to meet the needs of its students/clients by providing quality educational offerings, training activities and lifelong learning opportunities. The Center offers over 800 courses per year and serves over 12,000 students/clients. Courses and training activities are offered on a regular basis in 27 different off-campus sites.

Center Programs Business Development Center Provides free counseling, affordable workshops and up-to-date resources to help business owners solve problems and implement profitable business strategies.

Starting a Business Confidently A free, two-hour consulting workshop is held bi-weekly to get your new business off to a good start.

Workshops For Busy Business Owners

Continuing Education Continuing Education offerings are primarily non-credit classes and workshops located at various sites including eight area high schools, churches and community centers. The majority of classes are evening and weekends with flexible scheduling ranging from one day to 10 weeks. Special interest courses include work and family issues, art, music, physical exercise, personal growth, and professional supplemental education. Tuition and fees vary according to the type and length of each class. Call 503-491-7428.

Professional Development Professional Development offerings provide career improvement and professional upgrading. They include workshops, short courses and seminars specifically designed to meet the needs of the professional. Tuition and fees vary according to the length and type of each class. Most offerings are non-credit but do provide continuing education hours required by professional licensing agencies. Call 503-491-7394.

The Microelectronics Training Center

An extensive library of small business books, directories, video and audio tapes and free access to a hands-on computer lab.

The Microelectronics Training Center (MTC) is the result of continuing partnerships with LSI Logic Corporation; area school districts; Multnomah County; and MHCC. The purpose of the MTC is to provide quality training for east Multnomah County residents that will lead to stable employment in family wage jobs.

Small Business Management Program

Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium

Nominally priced short-term workshops to conveniently develop specific skills.

Business Resource Center

This 10-month series places a small business professional at your business location every month to develop over a year’s time the financial, marketing and management tools needed to oversee a stable business. Call 503-491-7658.

Training and Employee Development The Training and Employee Development program is designed to meet the increasing demand for training opportunities and state-of-the-art information necessary for organizations to operate effectively. The program assists clients in developing and delivering individualized training programs for their employees, offering flexible times, dates and locations, custom-designed curriculum, high quality and affordable costs. Services offered include: group training activities, custom-designed training, professional upgrading, industry-based training and employee development opportunities, cooperative workshops and seminars with hospitals, businesses and professional associations.

The Mt. Hood Regional Education Consortium is an education partnership between Mt. Hood Community College and the eight high schools within the MHCC service district. The focus of the Consortium is to provide area high school students with various program links from their high school to MHCC programs and beyond to university.

27


MHCC Maywood Park Campus 28

MHCC Maywood Park Campus 10100 NE Prescott, Portland, Oregon 97220 Telephone: 503-491-6100 The MHCC Maywood Park Campus offers a variety of education services for the community. • Registration services • Business Office • Bookstore to purchase books and supplies for classes offered at the Maywood Park Campus • Academic advising • Financial aid assistance • Scholarship application assistance • Career exploration services • College Placement Testing • Child care referral • Social services referral Maywood Park Campus courses provide opportunities for: • Personal enrichment • Vocational studies • Job and career training • Skills upgrading • Cultural awareness • Leisure time activities • Self-Paced learning

Adult Basic Education/GED • ABE-GED courses serve individuals at all levels • Upgrade existing skills • Set learning goals • Assistance in attaining the General Educational Development (GED) Certificate • GED taught in Spanish available

Workforce Connections Looking for a job or preparing for a career change? Workforce Connections could be the resource you are looking for. Workforce Connections is a federally funded re-employment program. Our Resource Center is available weekdays & Tuesday evenings to the public. Certain services require meeting eligibility and program guidelines. Services include... • One Stop Employment Services • Full-service resource center • Job search workshops • Labor market information • Career and skill assessment • Career counseling • Computer classes and computer lab • Vocational training and skills updating • English as a Second Language classes Call 503-252-0758 for information.

English as a Second Language • Non-native English speakers learn to speak, read, write and understand English.

Child Development and Family Support Program • Head Start/Oregon Head Start Pre-kindergarten Program: Comprehensive preschool program including health, social services and parent involvement opportunities located at sites throughout the community. • Even Start: Family Literacy Program providing GED classes for parents and on-site preschool for children. • Parents as Teacher Program: Home visit and weekly group experience for parents with children ages 0-5. • Community Placements Program: Head Start services in family child care homes and child care centers for working families needing full-day/full-year child care services. • Services are available to low income families and families with special needs residing in East County outside the Portland Public School District. • Administrative Offices located at Maywood Park Campus. • Call 503-491-6111 for further information.

The Self-Paced Learning Center Learn computers at your own pace and convenience! Self-paced computer courses are designed to be done in the lab, at home or on the job. Classes range from beginning to advanced levels, and can be taken for credit or noncredit. Courses are designed to meet the most current job market needs. • Open seven days a week, including some evenings. • Register any time throughout the term, begin immediately, and take up to ten weeks to complete a course. • Instructors available on site to help guide you through your course. Other course offerings include, Medical Vocabulary, Electronic Calculator, keyboarding, basic mathematics, reading, and writing. Call 503-491-6122 for more information.

Steps to Success 1415 SE 122nd Portland, Or 97233 503-256-0432 The Steps to Success program, currently in its 14th year of operation, provides comprehensive educational, social and employment services to AFS clientele to enable them to gain the skills and qualifications necessary to obtain permanent jobs which will lead to economic self-sufficiency. The program, administered by MHCC through a contract with Oregon Adult and Family Services Division (AFS), is funded by federal and state dollars. Steps to Success offers participants skills and aptitude assessments, counseling, basic education, GED preparation, job skills training, work experience, job placement assistance, and a range of support services (such as help with child care, transportation, and clothing costs) to enable each student to be successful. To be eligible for Steps to Success, participants must be referred by their AFS case manager.


29

EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS

• Transfer Information • Professional/ Technical Programs • Special Studies


Transfer Information 30

Transfer Information Mt. Hood Community College is an excellent starting place for students who wish to pursue a bachelor’s degree. MHCC students can complete all or most of the general education requirements for both public and private colleges and universities. In addition, MHCC’s transfer subject areas allow students to begin work on the requirements of their chosen majors. The advantages of starting a four-year program at MHCC include smaller classes, lower costs, instructors’ focus on teaching excellence, and the availability of courses for improvement of skills in reading, writing and mathematics.

Planning for Transfer Different colleges and universities have different general education and graduation requirements. Therefore, it is vital to plan ahead for transfer by reviewing catalogs and transfer advising guides for the various transfer schools.The MHCC Academic Advising and Transfer Center has information on colleges and universities and the degrees that they offer. Planning for transfer is an important part of one’s educational preparation. For example, some intended majors may require an early start on mathematics, or other courses. Certain majors include essential coursework at the sophomore level, so students may need to be attending their transfer schools after only one year at MHCC. Professional academic advisers, faculty advisers, and counselors are available to help students develop educational plans that will meet the requirements of their chosen majors and transfer schools.

Transfer Departments and Advisers Students can prepare for more than 60 transfer majors at MHCC! Those majors may lead toward hundreds of potential careers.The subject areas for transfer study are listed below. Advisers in major areas are assigned to assist students with appropriate educational planning, selection of transfer schools, and keeping updated on changing requirements and standards. Faculty advisers in the various major areas provide expertise to students majoring in their fields. Lists of advisers for all majors are updated annually. Students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center or the college departments listed below for the names of advisers in their chosen majors.

The Academic Advising and Transfer Center ............503-491-7315 · Undecided and/or exploring majors

Business and Computer Technology ...503-491-7196 · · · ·

Business Administration Business Education Health Care Administration Hotel, Restaurant, and Tourism Management

Communication Arts ......503-491-7410 · Journalism · Speech

Health and Physical Education .....................503-491-7452 · Health and Health Education · Physical Education

Industrial Technology......503-491-7470 · Industrial Management · Manufacturing Technology

Language & Literature ......503-491-7290 · English · Foreign Languages · International Studies

Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics ..........503-491-7292 · · · ·

Computer Science Engineering Engineering Technologies Mathematics

Performing Arts .............503-491-6969 · Music · Theater

Science ..........................503-491-7364 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

Agriculture Agri-Business Biochemistry & Biophysics Biology Chemistry Chemistry-Business Chiropractic College (pre-professional) Dental Hygiene Dentistry (pre-professional) Entomology Environmental Sciences Fisheries and Wildlife Science Forest Resources (pre-professional) General Science General Studies in Science Geology Medical Technology (pre-professional) Medicine (pre-professional) Microbiology Nursing (pre-professional) Occupational Therapy (pre-professional)

· · · · · ·

Optometry (pre-professional) Pharmacy (pre-professional) Physical Therapy (pre-professional) Physics Veterinary Medicine (pre-professional) Zoology

Social Science ...............503-491-7480 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

Anthropology Criminal Justice Administration Economics Education General Social Science Geography History Peace Studies Philosophy Political Science Psychology Religious Studies Sociology

Visual Arts ....................503-491-7309 · Fine Arts · Art Education · Art History

Academic Advising and Transfer Center Many resources can be used to research potential transfer colleges, and to learn about their major programs and requirements. MHCC’s Transfer Center offers a wealth of such resources for student use. The center’s resources include a library of college catalogs from all over the country, comprehensive college directories, and transfer advising guides for Oregon colleges and universities.View books and videos produced by various colleges are also available for students to review. Students may use the center’s computer to access Web pages for hundreds of colleges and universities. They can pick up current applications for many of Oregon’s public and private schools. Regular visits by transfer college representatives also enable MHCC students to make personal inquiries related to their transfer plans.

Transfer Days Each fall, winter and spring term, representatives from colleges and universities visit MHCC for Transfer Days. These conveniently scheduled and located “fairs” give students the opportunity to investigate several colleges at one time. Personal contact with college reps offers a chance to ask for detailed information about transfer subjects and procedures. For information on upcoming Transfer Days, students may contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center in AC 2182, or call 503-491-7315.


Transfer Information cont. Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree This is a degree designed for students planning to complete an associate’s degree before transferring into a bachelor’s degree program at one of Oregon’s public universities (University of Oregon and Oregon State University; Eastern, Western, and Southern Oregon Universities; Portland State University; Oregon Institute of Technology). All of these universities accept the AA-OT as a “block transfer,” enabling a student to enter as a junior with all of the transfer school’s lower division general education requirements met. The AA-OT offers students the flexibility to choose courses that interest them and still meet requirements at their transfer schools (see the AA-OT degree requirements on pages 15-16). A limited number of private and out-ofstate institutions also accept the AA-OT. These include Concordia University, Pacific University, Warner Pacific College George Fox University and Marylhurst University in the Portland area, as well as Boise State University, Seattle Pacific University, and Washington State University. Some of these schools have unique general education requirements that must also be met. Advisers and counselors can assist students planning for those courses. It is important to note that the AA-OT is not the best choice for all majors, even when students are transferring to schools that accept the degree (see below, “Direct Transfer”). Also, lower division courses required for admissions to specific programs (e.g., Business Administration) are not automatically met through completion of the AA-OT. Students should consult advisers in their major areas for educational planning related to required (or “tool”) courses in their majors.

Direct Transfer Transfer without an AA-OT is also a viable option for MHCC students. Students in certain majors may need to transfer after one year, in order to take advantage of critical major courses offered in the sophomore year. Or, a student may select a major and transfer school, then take only the specific courses required for that major and/or college. When a student opts for direct transfer, MHCC courses are evaluated and accepted on a course-by-course basis by the transfer school.

Direct transfer students must meet the transfer schools’ requirements for transfer credits and grade point averages. Students with fewer than the minimum number of transfer credits must apply as freshmen and meet more stringent admissions requirements. Catalogs from transfer institutions contain information about credit-hour requirements and transfer application procedures. The Associate of General Studies degree may be a useful alternative for direct transfer students (see degree requirements on pages 17-18).This flexible degree option enables a student to complete an associate’s degree that is tailored to the general education requirements of the transfer school. Students must exercise caution in using the AGS option, as the degree does not guarantee transferability of courses completed. Educational planning for the Associate of General Studies should be done with the help of an adviser or counselor. It is each student’s responsibility to learn the program requirements of any prospective transfer school, and to keep up to date on changes in those requirements. Therefore, students should periodically contact the Academic Advising and Transfer Center and/or the transfer schools for updates.

Successful Transfer Success in the transfer process is largely the result of careful planning and attention to the requirements of transfer colleges. Transfer success is a student’s individual responsibility. However, prudent use of available resources and advising can help to ensure smooth transition to a four-year institution. Students can benefit from following these tips for successful transfer: · Plan Ahead: Enroll in HD100: College Success and/or contact an adviser during your first term at MHCC to develop an educational plan. If you need help with choosing a major or career, enroll in HD110 or HD208. · Maintain Contact: Establish early contact with admissions representatives and major advisers at MHCC and transfer colleges. Keep in touch with them in order to keep up to date on major and transfer requirements. · Know the Rules: Pay attention to GPA and transfer credit policies, application deadlines and both general education and major course requirements of transfer schools. · Confirm Transferability of Courses: Not all 100-200 level courses transfer to all four-year schools. Transfer colleges have the “last say” on transferability. · Utilize Transfer Resources: This catalog, the Transfer Center, quarterly Transfer Days; and MHCC faculty advisers, academic advisers, and counselors are key sources of information and guidance. · Ask for Help: Make sure you have current and complete information; ask for what you need to complete the transfer process successfully.

Transfer Hotline If a student has a problem transferring classes to a college or university, the student should first try to resolve the problem through contact with the transfer school. MHCC advisers and counselors may be of assistance in such cases. However, if after some effort, such a problem cannot be resolved, the student may call the Transfer Problem Hotline at the Oregon Department of Education for help. The hotline number is 503-378-8609, ext 367.

31


Biology, Botany, General Science, Zoology (Transfer Curriculum)

32

Biology is a tremendously diverse field of study devoted to examining life processes. Courses offered by the Department of Life Science are tailored to allow graduating students to function as informed citizens or to move on to careers as practicing scientists, educators and health professionals. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter BI211 CH221 MTH251 WR121

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

17 Second Quarter BI212 CH222 MTH252 WR122

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 General Chemistry II ...................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Computer Literacy requirement1 ................................ 1

18 Third Quarter BI213 CH223 WR123

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Comp./Research ................................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ....................................... 3

19 Fourth Quarter CH241 PH201 SP111

Organic Chemistry I2 ...................................................... 5 General Physics I.............................................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

19 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH202

Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics II ............................................................ 5 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirements1 ....................................... 6

19

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH203

Organic Chemistry II2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics III ........................................................... 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. 2

MHCC Advisers: (Division of Science and Industrial Technology) Lee Mitchell, 503-491-7441, Room AC 2595 mitchell@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/biology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors. html University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/Biology.shtml Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Business

(Transfer Curriculum) If your goal is to earn a four-year degree in Business, start that degree at MHCC. Mt. Hood Community College courses in Business offer tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in transferring to a four-year degree school. Students can do the first two years of course work at MHCC and transfer their college credits to the 4-year institution. The objective of this degree is to satisfy all or most of the lower division requirements of the 4-year school, and/or the school of Business within that college or university.The following is an outline of the coursework that will prepare the student for direct transfer to a four-year school. CS105/L EC201 EC202 WR121 PSY201 BA101 BA205 BA206 BA211 BA212 BA213

Computing Fundamentals and Lab .............................. 4 Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3 Principles of Economics (Macro) ................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 Business Communications ............................................. 4 Management Fundamentals ........................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4

Students should see a Business program adviser for guidance regarding specific courses and requirements. MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/business/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu Oregon State University - http:/www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Students/index.htm University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/ Business/offcampus.html Concordia University - http:www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/BusinessAdmin.cfm Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/asns-management.html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

33


Business - Accounting (Transfer Curriculum)

34

Accounting has often been characterized as the language of business. As such, a solid foundation in accounting allows a myriad of choices in business career paths. Examples are Chief Financial Officers, Controllers, and Finance VP’s.To enhance their career options, many students combine accounting with other majors or minors such as Finance or Information Technology. MHCC students have transferred to many four-year coleges. Examples include PSU, Eastern Oregon University, and University of Portland. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU School of Business Administration transfer. Students who wish to transer to other schools must contact that school for course advising.

First Quarter BA101 BA211 MTH241 SP111 WR121

Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Calculus.............................................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

18 Second Quarter BA212 CS105 CS105L MTH243 PHL202 WR122

Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

17 Third Quarter BA213 BA231 MTH244 PHL203 WR123

Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter BA226 BI101 EC201 MTH251 PS200

Introduction to Business Law ....................................... 3 General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3

17 Fifth Quarter BI102 EC202 MTH252 PS201 SP112

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 American Government .................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3

17

Sixth Quarter BA206 BI103 EC203 PHL201 PSY201

Business Communications ............................................. 4 General Biology III........................................................... 4 Principles of Economics III............................................. 3 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3

MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 Room AC 2682 kohlerJ @mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 Room AC2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.edu/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ bctma/bhtc/accounting/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.sba.pdx.edu Oregon State University - http://www.bus.orst.edu/Prospective_Students/index.htm University of Oregon - http://lcb.uoregon.edu/ Eastern Oregon University (Portland) - http://redtail.eou.edu/sebp/ Business/offcampus.html Concordia University - http://www.cu-portland.edu/admissions/majors/BusinessAdmin.cfm Marylhurst Universitsy - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/asns-management.html Disclaimer This information is meant to searve as a general guide for students intending to major in Business Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Chemistry/Biochemistry (Transfer Curriculum)

The science of chemistry deals with the composition, analysis, structure, and properties of matter and the various transformations matter may undergo. Chemical processes are the foundation of many diverse systems that are of great interest to mankind, including biological functions, the natural and polluted environment, industrial processes, food and agriculture, etc. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Chemistry/Biochemistry at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions.These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Third Quarter CH223 MTH253 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter CH241 MTH254 PH211

Organic Chemistry I2 .................................................... 5 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

17 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH212 SP111

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3

16

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH213

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools. Check with your transfer institution to determine any additional Organic Chemistry requirmenets.

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Michael Russell 503-491-7348 Room AC 2596 russellm@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/chemistry.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/chem/ Portland State University - http://chem.pdx.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.chem.orst.edu/ or http://oregonstate.edu/dept/biochem/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/chem.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~chem/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/physci//chem. html Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Chemistry/Biochemistry. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

35


Computer Science (Transfer Curriculum)

36

The Computer Science Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College provides a solid foundation for the student who wishes to earn a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science at a four-hear institution. A bachelor’s degree in Computer Science prepares a student for careers in the computing industry or for graduate school. A computer Science graduate might work for a software development firm, a research organization, or a commercial or manufacturing firm. A graduate might be involved in designing and writing commercial application programs, companyproprietary applications, or projects such as operating systems, compilers, computer architecture, artificial intelligence, or database management systems. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. It is intended to lead the student to graduate from MHCC with the AAOT degree. The curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division Computer Science program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and Applied Science - Computer Science, and of other professional Computer Science schools. This in intended, specifically, for Computer Science and Computer Engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Computer Science. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. The recommended high school preparation is four years of mathematics, science and English. High school programming or computer applications courses should not be taken in place of other college preparatory courses. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC Computer Science transfer program adviser or The Academic Advising and Counseling Center (see below). You should also make early contact with an adviser at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so because the requirements at each institution may vary by Computer Science specialty. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Computer Science. Specific classes outside the major that are part of the associate degree are the responsibility of the student to select. It is highly recommended that you meet with the program adviser prior to beginning your first term. Computer Science-related Curriculum

First quarter CS161 MTH251 PH211 WR121

Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus .................................... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CS162 MTH252 PH212 WR122

Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3

16

Third Quarter CS260 MTH253 PH213 WR227

Data Structures ............................................................... 4 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

Total

16 48

Other General Curriculum related to AAOT degree: Other General Education courses: Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education requirement1 .......... 3 Humanities1 .................................................................... 12 Social Sciences1 .............................................................. 15 Electives (such as): SP111

BI211, CH221, MTH254, CS133VB, CS233VB CS234VB Total Other Credits 45+ 1 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements.

No more than 108 credits are generally transferable to four-year institutions; minimum 90 required for AAOT degree and junior standing. Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Student should consult with the four-year school to which they plan to transfer for specific general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science discipline and a four-year Computer science school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer. MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division) David Todd, Ph.D. 503-491-7198 - Room AC 2783 toddd@mhcc.edu The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315 Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Computer Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Criminal Justice Administration (Transfer Curriculum)

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying criminal justice at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with knowledge about the nature and causes of crime and delinquency, law and the legal system in American society, and the decision processes of criminal justice agencies. A criminal justice major is broadly educated and also provided with courses that directly apply to careers in law and the justice system. Students from MHCC frequently transfer to Western Oregon University to work toward a bachelor of arts degree in criminal justice. The courses listed below have been selected in accordance with an established articulation agreement with Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions, including Portland State University. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CJA111 MTH111 MUS101 SOC204 WR121

Introduction to Criminal Justice: Law Enforcement ....................................................... 3 Pre-Calculus I .................................................................. 4 Music Fundamentals ....................................................... 3 General Sociology .......................................................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CJA112 SOC213 ENG105 MTH112 WR122

Intro. to Criminal Justice: The Court System ........ 3 Race Relations in the U.S. ............................................ 3 Introduction to Literature: Drama............................ 3 Pre-Calculus II ................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking .................... 3

16 Third Quarter ART115 CJA113 GEOG107 SP111 TA106 PE185_

Basic Design I ................................................................... 3 Introduction to Criminal Justice: The Corrections System ......................................... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography......................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter BI101 CJA230 HPE295 PSY201 CS161

General Biology I ............................................................ 4 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process..... 3 Health and Wellness for Life ....................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4

17

Fifth Quarter GEOG106 BI102 CJA214 PHL202 PSY239

World Regional Geography ......................................... 3 General Biology II ........................................................... 4 Introduction to Criminal Investigation ..................... 3 Fundamental Ethics ........................................................ 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ..................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter BI103 CJA219 CJA123 WR227 PE185 PS201

General Biology III ......................................................... 4 Introduction. to Community Policing ....................... 3 Contemporary Issues In Criminal Justice ................ 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 Physical Education .......................................................... 1 American Government ................................................. 3

17 MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675 gorsekc@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/criminal_justice/criminal_justice.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.upa.pdx.edu/AJ/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ criminaljusticedept.htm Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Criminal Justice Administration. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

37


Education Elementary/Secondary Education (Transfer Curriculum)

38

The education transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the lower division educational requirements of the universities educational program. The courses listed fulfill both the AAOT associate degree as well as lower division course requirements or the baccalaureate degree in elementary or secondary education. Some colleges and universities have specific requirements beyond the list of recommended classes. Contact the education advisor at Mt. Hood Community College for more detailed information. For information on elementary and secondary education at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Composition WR121, 122, 123 English Composition............................................ 9 Humanities ENG104, 105, 106 Literature .............................................................. 9 PHL201 Introduction to Philosophy ................................. 3 SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

MTH105

Intro to Contemporary Mathematics, or above (for Secondary Education Social Science, and Humanities majors) .............. 4 MTH211, 212, 213 Fundamentals of Elementary Math I, II, III (for Elementary Education majors) ...................... 9 MTH251, 252, 253 Calculus I, II, II (for Secondary Education Mathematics majors) ............................................. 12 *** In terms of the AAOT degree, MTH211 is an elective only and not eligible as a general education math distribution. Education ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED260 Computers CS105

Fine Arts ART115 MUS101 TA101

Basic Design ..................................................................... 3 Music Fundamentals or MUS105 Music Appreciation ............................................................... 3 Appreciating Theatre..................................................... 3

Health and Fitness HPE295 PE185

Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Physical Education Activity .......................................... 2

Social Science GEOG107

Intro to Cultural Geography or PS201 American Government or SOC204 General Sociology ................................... 3 HST110, 111, 112 World Civilizations or HST201, 202, 203 History of the United States .............................................................. 9 PSY201 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 PSY231 Human Development .................................................... 4 Science* BI101, 102 BI103 GS104

General Biology I, II ....................................................... 8 General Biology III (optional**) ................................. 4 Physical Science-Physics or GS105 Physical Science-Chemistry or GS106 Physical Science-Geology .......................... 4

* Science majors must take 200 level science sequence classes. ** In terms of the AAOT degree, BI103 is optional for only Elementary Education and Secondary Education - Math majors. Math***

Introduction to Education ............................................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum (both) ................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3

Computing Fundamentals or above....................... 1-4 Transfer electives (see adviser)**** ...................... 0-5

Total Credits ....................................................................................... 94-97 **** The number of transfer electives needed to complete the AAOT requirements vary because of the different curriculum requirements of each transfer major. Please see your adviser. MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts) Dave Shields 503-491-6965 - Room AC 2671 shieldsd.mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Education. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Engineering (Transfer Curriculum)

The Engineering Transfer curriculum offered at Mt. Hood Community College is designed to closely follow the pre-engineering program at Oregon State University and to meet the eligibility requirements of Portland State University’s School of Engineering and other professional engineering schools. This is intended, specifically, for Civil, Electrical and Mechanical engineering majors. In all cases, the transfer student must make application to the transfer institution AND also the College (School) of Engineering. This is not a MHCC Associate Degree program. The MHCC curriculum has entry-level expectations of the student for skills in reading, writing, and mathematics. Prior to fall term registration, it is highly recommended that you consult the MHCC engineering transfer program adviser or The Academic Advising and Transfer Center (see below. You should also make early contact with an advisor at the institution to which you plan to transfer. It is especially important to do so, because the requirements at each institution may very by engineering fired. In addition, you will need to keep abreast of any current changes in the program of your choice. It is your responsibility as a student to learn the program requirements from the school that you plan to attend. The curriculum outline below consists of courses available for students pursuing a typical baccalaureate degree in Engineering. A bachelor’s degree in engineering prepares a student to plan, design, and build projects in both private industry and the public sector, with high income earning potential. The Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree is not recommended for this major. Additional classes other than those listed below will be required to acquire an associate degree. It is highly recommended that you meet with the MHCC program adviser prior to beginning your first term. General Curriculum

First Quarter GE101 MTH251 CH221 WR121

Cr

Engineering Orientation ............................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 6 English Composition ...................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter GE102 MTH252 CH222 SP111

Engineering Computations........................................... 3 Calculus II ......................................................................... 4 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 3

19 Third Quarter GE115 MTH253

Engineering Graphics ..................................................... 3 Calculus III ........................................................................ 4 General Education Requirements .............................. 9

16

Fourth Quarter ENGR201 ENGR211 MTH254 PH211

Electrical Fundamentals I .............................................. 5 Statics ................................................................................. 4 Vector Calculus I ............................................................ 4 General Physics with Calculus I .................................. 5

18 Fifth Quarter ENGR202 ENGR213 MTH256 PH212

Electrical Fundamentals II............................................. 4 Strength of Materials ..................................................... 4 Differential Equations .................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II ................................ 5

17 Sixth Quarter ENGR212 PH213

Total

Dynamics........................................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus III ............................... 5 General Education Requirements .......................... 6-9

15-18 101-104

(Necessary to meet four-year college general education requirements.) Notes 1. General education requirements vary from institution to institution. Student should consult with the four-year school to which they plan to transfer for specific general education requirements. 2. The curriculum shown above consists of all of MHCC’s Computer Science courses, and some of the other math and science courses available at MHCC that are required during the first two years of a typical pre-Computer Science curriculum. Not every course required by the various programs at different schools is offered at MHCC. 3. Upon selection of a particular Computer science discipline and a four-year Computer science school, students should review their planned curriculum with the MHCC Computer Science adviser and an adviser at their four-year school. This will ensure smooth transfer. MHCC Advisers: (Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division) Nikolene Schulz 503-491-7463 - Room AC 2581 or AC 2459 schulzn@mhcc.edu For additional information: Engineering, Computer Science and Mathematics Division 503491-7292 The Academic Advising and Transfer Center 503-491-7315 Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Engineering. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

39


Environmental Science (Transfer Curriculum)

40

Environmental Science is designed to equip students with a general understanding of the environmental challenges facing our world. It is as interdisciplinary science that prepares students for positions in a variety of fields including environmental policy, natural resource management, pollution control, conservation, lobbying, environmental education, and environmental communication. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science at Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 G201 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

16 Third Quarter CH223 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Compositin: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 6 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

17 Fourth Quarter BI211 EC201 MTH243 PH201

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 General Physics I.............................................................. 5

17 Fifth Quarter BI212 EC202 MTH244 SP111

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

15

Sixth Quarter BI213 EC203

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 Prnciples of Economics III.............................................. 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............ 3 Humanities Requirement1 .......................................... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: ( Science and Industrial Technology Division) Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/enviro_science.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=aes Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/ES/ University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~ecostudy/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Environmental Studies. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Fine Arts

(Transfer Curriculum) The Mt. Hood Community College Fine Arts Department prepares students for entrance into Visual Arts programs at four-year colleges, universities, and art institutes for the completion of a Bachelors of Arts/Fine Arts. MHCC art courses are designed to fulfill typical humanities elective requirements of such schools, and as major requirements for the art major transfer degrees. The University of Oregon, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, Marylhurst University, Pacific Northwest College of Art, Oregon College of Arts and Crafts are typical schools to which many interested students transfer. Students interested in completing a fine arts degree, are encouraged to work toward a transfer degree or emphasize a direct transfer of credits from MHCC. MHCC Visual Arts courses generally transfer to most Oregon four-year educational institutions. However, it is highly recommended that students contact their transfer institution of choice immediately to begin the process of degree planning and to fulfill requirements for application and acceptance. MHCC art faculty and advising staff will assist students in communicating with transfer institutions and assessing methods for meeting the school’s requirements.

DIRECT TRANSFER First year Foundation courses (27 credits) Basic Design Art History Drawing

ART115, ART116, ART117 ART201, ART202, ART203 ART231, ART232, ART233

Elective courses Choose 6-9 credits of the following courses: Digital Art Drawing: Cartooning Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Beginning Watercolor I, II, III

ART225, ART226, ART227 ART240, ART241 ART254, ART255, ART256 ART257, ART258, ART259 ART271, ART272, ART273 ART281, ART282, ART283 ART288, ART291 ART294, ART295, ART199WC

Second year Foundation courses (9 credits) Life Drawing

ART234, ART235, ART236

Elective courses Choose 18-24 credits of the following courses: Ceramics I, II, III Jewelrymaking I, II, III Printmaking I, II, III Painting I, II, III Sculpture: Beginning Watercolor I, II, III

ART254, ART255, ART256 ART257, ART258, ART259 ART271, ART272, ART273 ART281, ART282, ART283 ART288, ART291 ART294, ART295, ART199WC

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Mary Girsch 503-491-7416 - Room VA 30 girschm@mhcc.edu Stephen Mickey 503-491-7149 - Room VA 30 mickeys@mhcc.edu Howard Neufeld 503-491-6967 - Room VA 30 neufeldh@mhcc.edu Tamsie Ringler 503-491-6968 - Room VA 30 ringlert@mhcc.edu Georganne Watters 503-491-6947 - Room VA 30 wattersg@mhcc.edu Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/arts/ Portland State University - http://www.art.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/art.shtml University of Oregon - http://art-uo.uoregon.edu/ Marylhurst University - http://www.marylhurst.edu/attend/undergrad/fna-art.html Pacific Northwest College of Art - http://www.pnca.edu/bfa/index. php Oregon College of Arts and Crafts - http://www.ocac.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fine Arts. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

41


Fish and Wildlife Science (Transfer Curriculum)

42

Fish and Wildlife Science is a diverse field of study devoted to examining our natural resources and the effect of human impact. It provides individuals with the knowledge necessary to address issues of conservation, sustainable use and ecosystem restoration. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in Fish and Wildlife Science at Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

Fifth Quarter BI212 CH242 FW255 G202

19 Sixth Quarter BI213 MTH244 G203

First Quarter CH104 MTH251 WR121

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I or CH221 General Chemistry I .............................. 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Social Sciences Requirements1 ................................... 6

18

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Wildlife Techniques .......................................................... 2 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division)

Second Quarter

Fisheries:

CH105

Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room AC 2588 hannat@mhcc.edu Wildlife:

FW251 WR122

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II or CH222 General Chemistry II............................. 5 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ............................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ...................................... 3

17 Third Quarter CH106 WR123

General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III or CH223 General Chemistry III ........................... 5 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Health and Physical Education Requirement1 .......... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

Dr. Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 shrinerw@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/fisheries.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://fw.oregonstate.edu

18 Disclaimer

(Optional Summer Quarter) SP111

Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

3 Fourth Quarter BI211 CH241 G201 MTH243 SP111

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 Organic Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking............................... (3)

18-21

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Fish and Wildlife Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Forest Resources (Transfer curriculum)

Opportunities to study Forest Management, Forest Engineering, Forest Recreation, Natural Resources or Forest Products exist at many universities throughout the United States and Canada. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from institution to institution, but in general, most programs require a year of Biology, a year of Chemistry and Mathematics through Calculus. In addition, most programs offer a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree, so taking only those courses that transfer is usually more cost and time efficient than pursing an Associate of Arts degree. The following is a transfer guide for Forest Management at Oregon State University F111 F112 F141 F240 FT122 FT222 FT220 FT235 FT228 BI211 BI212 BI213 CH104, CH105 CH106

Introduction to Natural Resources1 .......................... 3 Computer Applications in Forestry2 ......................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification3 .................................... 3 Forest Biology and Ecology4 ........................................ 4 Forest Measurements I5 ............................................... 3 Forest Measurements II5 ............................................... 4 Aerial Photointerpretation5 ......................................... 3 Outdoor Recreation6 .................................................... 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems7 .. 3 Biology I8 .......................................................................... 5 Biology II8 ......................................................................... 5 Biology III8 ....................................................................... 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I9 ............................................ 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry II9 ............................................ 5 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry III9 ........................................ 5

Equivalent to OSU Requirements as follows for the Forest Management degree. 1

FOR111 Introduction to Forestry

2

FOR112 Forestry Computer Applications FOR141 Tree and Shrub Identification

3 4

FOR240 Forest Biology

FOR220 Aerial Photointerpretation & Forest Measurements (in combination) 5

6

GEO265 Geographic Information Systems

7

FOR251 Recreation Resource Management

8

BI211, 212, 213 Principles of Biology I, II, III

9

CH121, 122, 123 General Chemistry

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

43


Geography

(Transfer Curriculum)

44

This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying geography at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts – Oregon Transfer Degree and transferring to a four-year college or university to work towards a bachelor’s degree. Courses provide students with general theoretical knowledge of the field of geography, as well as the ability to work as a field researcher or a computer map technician (using GIS – a Geographic Information System). Many of our students transfer to such schools as Portland State University, the University of Oregon and Oregon State University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions of their choosing. These institutions may require different courses within the various General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to any four-year college or university after attending MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter ART201 GEOG105 MTH111 SOC204 WR121

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3 Pre-Calculus I ................................................................... 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter ART202 CS105/L GEOG106 MTH112 WR122

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 Introduction to World Regional Geography ............ 3 Pre-Calculus II .................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3

17 Third Quarter ART203 ART261 GEOG107 GEOG180 SP111

Introduction to the History of Art .............................. 3 Photography I ................................................................... 3 Introduction to Cultural Geography .......................... 3 Map Reading and Interpretation................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

15 Fourth Quarter BI101 FT226 GEOG206 HPE295 HST 110

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping ............................ 3 Geography of Oregon .................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3 World Civilizations: Ancient World – 1000 AD ....... 3

16 Fifth Quarter BI102 FT228 GEOG214 GEOG290 HST111

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ... 3 Geography of Mexico and Central America .............. 3 Environmental Problems ................................................ 3 World Civilizations: 1000 AD – 1800 AD .................. 3

16

Sixth Quarter BI103 HST112 PE185 PS205 WR227

General Biology III........................................................... 4 World Civilizations: 1800 AD to Present ................... 3 Physical Education ........................................................... 1 International Relations ................................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3

14 MHCC Adviser: (Social Sciences, Performing and Visual Arts) Chris Gorsek 503-491-7321 - Room AC 2675 gorsekc@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/geography/geography.htm Professional Association and Transfer Schools’ Web Links Association of American Geographers - http://www.aag.org/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/geography. html Portland State University - http://geogres.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://geography.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geography. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Geology

(Transfer Curriculum) Geology is the science discipline that seeks to describe, classify and analyze the earth’s physical and chemical characteristics and catalog the history of earth and its life forms. It is deeply concerned with the ties between the nature of our physical environment and the quality of human life. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Geology at Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

18 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR22

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Social Science Requirements1 ..................................... 3

Sixth Quarter G203 PH203

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 General Physics III or PH213 General Physics with Calculus III .............. 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

18 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Rick Bolesta 503-491-7361 - Room AC 2564 bolestar@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/geology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/geosciences/ Portland State University - -http://www.geol.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/geology.shtml University of Oregon - http://darkwing.uoregon.edu/~dogsci/

15 Disclaimer

Third Quarter CH223 MTH253 WR123

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

18 Fourth Quarter G201 MTH254 PH201 SP111

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics I or PH211 General Physics with Calculus I................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................... 1

17 Fifth Quarter G202 PH202

Principles of Geology...................................................... 4 General Physics II or PH212 General Physics with Calculus II ............... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

15

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Geology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

45


Hospitality and Tourism Management (Transfer Curriculum)

46

The Mt. Hood Community College Hospitality and Tourism Program offers tremendous opportunities to the student who might be interested in a 4-year degree transfer program. Students have transferred to numerous colleges and universities in programs ranging from Hotel/Resort Management, Restaurant and Foodservice Management,Travel and Tourism Operations, Convention and Meetings Management, and Recreation and Leisure Management. Active transfer agreements exist with the Portland State University School of Business, Southern Oregon State University, University of NevadaLas Vegas, United States International University - San Diego, Hawaii Pacific University, and Sierra Nevada College in Lake Tahoe. The following curriculum is designed for the PSU, School of Business Administration transfer.

First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 MTH243 WR121

Introduction to Travel and Tourism.............................. 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry .................... 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ..................................... 3 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) HT41 HT240 CS105 CS105L MTH244 SP111

Customer Service Management ................................... 3 Convention and Meetings Management ..................... 3 Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 3 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3

17 Third Quarter (Spring) HT105 HT181

HPE295 BA101 PSY201

Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concepts to Customers ........................................... 3 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry or HT180_ Airline Computer Reservations System Training ............................................................ 3 Health and Fitness for Life............................................. 3 Introduction to Business ................................................ 4 General Psychology......................................................... 3

16 Fourth Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4

Fifth Quarter (Fall) HT204 HT205 HT242 HT260 BA211 CSX30IN

International Hospitality and Tourism ......................... 3 Travel and Tourism Marketing ....................................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry.................................................... 3 Hospitality Industry Marketing ..................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I .............................................. 4 Beginning Internet ........................................................... 1

17

Sixth Quarter (Winter) HT160 HT170 BA212 CS125HTF EC201 GEOG105

Hotel/Resort Operations Management...................... 3 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls ................. 3 Principles of Accounting II ............................................. 3 Beginning HTML .............................................................. 1 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................ 3 Introduction to Physical Geography ............................ 3

16 Seventh Quarter (Spring) HT230 BA205 BA213 BA231 EC202

Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ........................................ 3 Business Communications ............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting III ............................................ 4 Information Technology in Business ............................ 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) .............................. 3

18 Eight Quarter (Summer) WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................... 4 EC203 Principles of Economics III (optional1) ........................ 3 Students may take course during the summer or wait and take an upper division course after transfer.

1

MHCC Advisers: (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements for the transfer school.


Journalism

(Transfer Curriculum) This curriculum is recommended for students interested in studying journalism at MHCC, earning an Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer Degree, and transferring to a four-year college or university to work toward a bachelor’s degree in journalism. This is not a degree in journalism. Students from MHCC most often transfer to the University of Oregon to work toward a bachelor of arts/science degree in journalism. The courses listed below have been selected with the University of Oregon program in mind as part of current articulation agreement discussions. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree in journalism, communications or new media also transfer to other institutions, including Southern Oregon University, University of Portland, Oregon State University, Washington State University, the University of Washington and Marylhurst University. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

Pre-Fall Quarter (First and Second Year) J215B Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 This special session is required for journalism majors. It runs from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. for 2 1/2 weeks just prior to the start of fall quarter. See fall course schedule for exact dates. The course includes rientation sessions, skill-building drills and production of the first newspaper of the year.

First Quarter J211 J215A J216 J226 CS125QRK

Second Quarter J215A J217 PH122 WR121

13

Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Copyediting ....................................................................... 3 Pre Calculus I: Elementary Functions .......................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Creative Expository Writing ......................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................... 3

Fourth Quarter J204 J215B BI101 EC201 HST201

13

Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Reporting II ........................................................................ 3 General Astronomy ......................................................... 3 English Composition. ....................................................... 3 Humanities Literature course1....................................... 3

Third Quarter J215A J218 MTH111 WR122 WR226 WR227

Cr

Introduction to Mass Communication ......................... 3 Publications Lab ................................................................ 1 Reporting I ......................................................................... 3 Introduction to Journalism Production ...................... 2 Quark XPress for Journalism ................................ 1 Humanities Literature course1 ...................................... 3

17

Visual Communication ................................................... 4 Publications Lab ............................................................... 2 General Biology I .............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics I (Micro) ................................. 3 History of the United States .......................................... 3

16

Fifth Quarter J215B BI102 EC202 HST202 WR248

Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 General Biology II ............................................................. 4 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................... 3 History of the United States .......................................... 3 Strategies for Revision: Advanced Professional Writing ................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter J202 J215B HPE295 SP111

15

Information Gathering ..................................................... 4 Publications Lab ................................................................ 2 Health and Fitness for Life .............................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking. .................................. 3 Lab Science Course2 ...................................................... 4

16 The humanities literature course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: FA257-258, ENG104-106, ENG107-109, ENG202-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255. 2 The lab science course requirement may be satisfied with any of the following: CH104-106, CH151, CH170, CH221-223, G143, G201-203, GS104-106, PH201-203, PH211-213. 1

Work Readiness Courses This set of courses are for students who want to directly enter the workforce upon graduation from MHCC and do not intend to immediately transfer. The following additional courses, when taken within the journalism AAOT, are intended to provide the student with the complete skill set necessary to work in a journalism field upon graduation from MHCC. They DO NOT SUBSTITUTE for the degree requirements listed above but can be taken in addition to ensure work readiness. These courses should be taken in the term indicated to ensure sequencing and course availability and will displace some of the general education courses in the above curriculum. These general education courses can be taken during a summer session as a seventh quarter option. Students interested in pursuing these courses should consult with an advisor to assist them with class scheduling. ART261 Photography I (Fall quarter, 1st year)..................................... 3 PHO146 Introduction to Photo Shop (Spring quarter, 1st year) .... 2 J134 Introduction to Photo Journalism (Fall quarter, 2nd year) ...... 3 J205 Public Relations (Winter quarter, 2nd year ) .............................. 3 J225 Advertising (Winter quarter 1st year) ......................................... 3 MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts ) Bob Watkins 503-491-7413 - Room AC 1383 watkinsb@mhcc.edu Russ Kendall 503-491-7354 - Room AC 1384 kendallr@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/catalog.programs/journl Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://jcomm.uoregon.edu Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Journalism. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

47


Physics

(Transfer Curriculum)

48

Physics is the study of the structure and organization of the universe. It encompasses the observation of forces and matter, of motion, of cause and effect, and of the intrinsic properties of space and time. Physics analyzes these concepts in detail and uses them to synthesize models of complex phenomena. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in Physics at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3

15 Second Quarter CH222 MTH252 WR122

PH213 SP111

General Physics with Calculus III ................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............... 3 Humanities Requirement1 .............................................. 3 Social Science Requirement1 ......................................... 3

17 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

MHCC Adviser: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) David Faust 503-491-7358 - Room AC 2568 faustd@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links

First Quarter CH221 MTH251 WR121

Sixth Quarter

General Chemistry II ..................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Social Science Requirements1 ................................... 3

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/physics.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://physics.eou.edu/ Oregon State University - http://www.physics.orst.edu/ Portland State University - http://physics.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/physengineer. shtml University of Oregon - http://physics.uoregon.edu/

15 Third Quarter

Disclaimer

CH223 MTH253 WR123

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Physics. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 Calculus III ......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Research or WR227 Technical Report Writing ........................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1 Social Science Requirement1 ....................................... 3

16 Fourth Quarter MTH254 PH211

Vector Calculus I.............................................................. 4 General Physics with Calculus I ................................... 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ..................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter MTH256 PH212

Differential Equations ..................................................... 4 General Physics with Calculus II .................................. 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirements1 ...................................... 3

15


Political Science (Transfer Curriculum)

Many students think political science is “dry,” “boring”, and uninteresting. NOTHING could be further from the truth. Think of it this way. If someone told you that your new neighbor has the power to decide when you work, how much you are paid, what is in your food, the air you breath, the water you drink’ which music, films, books, and magazines are available to you; whether or not the calories or ingredients are listed on what you consume; whether your fast food burger has rat hair in it or not; with whom you are allowed to have relations and where; what you can and can’t say; and what you can and can’t do in which places at what time; and is able to tell you to some degree where you can and can’t go, - wouldn’t you be the least bit curious in meting this person? Add to that, the change not only to understand this neighbor, but learn what makes this person tick, how to persuade this person, and how to learn to live with this person and you have only an inkling of what political science is like. HERE’S WHAT STUDENTS SAY: I feel more powerful now knowing what I know; it changed my life; it was fun! Never had a desire to skip (class). The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepares a student for pursuing a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science. The following is ONLY A SUGGESTION. Students should contact their institution of transfer for the best classes to take.

First Quarter MTH105 HST203 PS200 WR121

Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ... 4 History of the United States ......................................... 3 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Elective1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

16 Second Quarter ANTH103 SP111 WR122 PS201 HST112

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ...................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 American Government .................................................. 3 World Civilizations: Modern World ............................ 3

15 Third Quarter CS105/L SOC204 WR123 PS104 PHL201

Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Problems in American Politics ...................................... 3 Introduction to Philosophy............................................ 3

16 Fourth Quarter EC201 GS105 SOC205 PS225 PSY201

Principles of Economics (Micro) .................................. 3 Physical Science - Chemistry ........................................ 4 General Sociology ........................................................... 3 Political Ideologies or PS204 Comparative Politics ..................................... 3 General Psychology......................................................... 3

16

Fifth Quarter BI101 PHL203 SP112 PS203 SOC206

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3 State and Local Government ........................................ 3 General Sociology ........................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter GS106 SP114 PS105 PS205

Physical Science - Geology ............................................ 4 Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3 Global Issues ..................................................................... 3 International Relations ................................................... 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement2 .......... 3

16 1 Elective requirements may be satisfied with any courses at a 100 level or above, but students should check with the four-year institution to ensure transferabiltiy. Other political science courses can also be taken: PS200 American Foreign Policy and World Order, PS241 Political Terrorism, PS242 The U.S. Intelligence System, PS297 Introduction to Environmental Politics. Majors should also take PS298 Political Science Research, a self-designed research project (1 credit) OR WE280PSA Internship/Work Experience in a community organization (3 credits).

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 2

MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division) Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_d/ ss_perform_va/social_science/poli_sci/main.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Portland State University - http://www.pdx.edu/ University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Political Science. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

49


Pre-Law

(Transfer Curriculum)

50

This curriculum follows suggestions of the Association of American Law Schools for students contemplating the study of law. The required skills include, language, critical thinking, and a broad liberal arts background. In addition, completion of these courses fulfills the degree requirements for the Associate of Arts-Oregon Transfer degree which provides junior standing at all of the Oregon University System schools. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter HST203 MTH105 PS200 WR121

History of the United States ......................................... 3 Introduction to Contemporary Math or MTH111Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions .... 4 Introduction to Political Science .................................. 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3

Sixth Quarter GS106 SP114

Physical Science-Geology ............................................... 4 Argument and Critical Discourse ................................ 3 Health and Physical Education Requirement3

..........

3

Language requirement2 ................................................. 3 Elective1 ............................................................................ 3

16 1 Elective requirements may be satisfied with any of the following courses: BA211, BA226, CJA112, CJA211-213, EC202, ENG104106, ENG107-109, ENG201-203, ENG204-206, ENG212, ENG214, ENG222, ENG253-255, HST112, HST201-202, PHL208, PS201, PS203, PS205, PS225, SOC206, SP221. 2 Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR101-103, SPAN101-103. 3

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.

Elective ............................................................................ 3 1

16 Second Quarter PSY201

General Psychology......................................................... 3

SP111

Fundamentals of Publ ic Speaking ................................ 3

WR122

English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Electives1 ......................................................................... 6

15

MHCC Advisers: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts) Janet Campbell 503-491-7430 - Room AC 2677 campbelj@mhcc.edu Sarah Boone 503-491-7228 - Academic Advising and Transfer Center boones@mhcc.edu

Third Quarter CS105

Computing Fundamentals .............................................. 4

MHCC Program Web Link

SOC204

General Sociology ........................................................... 3

WR123

English Comp./Research ................................................. 3

http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/law.htm

Electives1 .......................................................................... 6

16

Transfer Schools’ Web Links University of Oregon - http://www.law.uoregon.edu/

Fourth Quarter EC201

Principles of Economics I ............................................... 3

GS105

Physical Science-Chemistry ........................................... 4

Disclaimer

PHL202

Fundamental Ethics ......................................................... 3 Language requirement2 .................... 3 Elective1 .......................................................................... 3

This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Pre-Law. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

16 Fifth Quarter BI101 PH203 SP112

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Elementary Logic ............................................................. 3 Persuasive Speech ............................................................ 3 Language requirement2 ................................................. 3 Elective1 ........................................................................... 3

16


Pre-Professional (Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Veterinary Medicine) (Transfer Curriculum)

Many students plan to seek admission to health-related professional schools that provide advanced degrees in specialties such as medicine, dentistry, pharmacy and veterinary medicine. The Division of Science and Industrial Technology provides a complete array of courses that are required by professional schools for admittance. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Art in the Biological Sciences at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, or University of Oregon. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter BI211 CH221 MTH251 WR121

Biology I ............................................................................. 5 General Chemistry I ....................................................... 5 Calculus I ........................................................................... 4 English Composition ....................................................... 3

17 Second Quarter BI212 CH222 MTH252 WR122

Biology II ............................................................................ 5 General Chemistry II ...................................................... 5 Calculus II .......................................................................... 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Computer Literacy Requirement1 ............................. 1

18 Third Quarter BI213 CH223 WR123

Biology III ........................................................................... 5 General Chemistry III ..................................................... 5 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Sciences Requirement1 ...................................... 3

19 Fourth Quarter CH241 PH201 SP111

Organic Chemistry I2 ..................................................... 5 General Physics I.............................................................. 5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 3

19 Fifth Quarter CH242 PH202

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................... 5 General Physics II ............................................................ 5 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ........................................ 6

19

Sixth Quarter CH243 PH203

Organic Chemistry II2 ................................................. 5 General Physics III ........................................................... 5 Health & Physical Education Requirement1 ............. 3 Humanities Requirement1 ............................................ 3 Social Science Requirement1 ..................................... 3

19 Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) requirements. 1

2 This sequence replaces the 300-level Organic Chemistry requirement at colleges and universities. With an acceptable score on the ACS National Exam and a minimum of a C” or better in each course, this sequence transfers as 11-15 credits of 300-level coursework to all OUS schools.

MHCC Advisers: (Science and Industrial Technology Division) Pre-Medicine: Susan Landesman 503-491-7335 - Room AC 2589 landesms@mhcc.edu Pre-Veterinarian: Lee Mitchell 503-491-7441 - Room AC 2595 mitchell@mhcc.edu Pre-Pharmacy: Dr. Joyce Sherpa 503-491-7443 - Room AC 2565 sherpaj@mhcc.edu Pre-Dental: Ron Froelich 503 - 491-7439 - Room AC 2666 froelicr@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Links Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_ programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/medicine/pre_med.htm Dental: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/dental.htm Pharmacy: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_ programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/pharmacy.htm Veterinary Medicine: http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/ classes_programs_c/transfers/transfer_programs/vet_med.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/%7Ejrinehar/ biodept.htm Oregon Health and Science Univ. - http://www.ohsu.edu/academic/ Oregon State University - http://www.science.orst.edu/majors. html Portland State University - http://www.bio.pdx.edu/ and http://www. pdx.edu/ugradlibarts.phtml Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/biology.shtml University of Oregon - http://biology.uoregon.edu/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in Biological Sciences in pre-professional preparation. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.

51


Psychology (Transfer Curriculum)

52

The discipline of psychology encompasses the scientific study of behavior and mental (cognitive) processes. Whereas psychology, as all social science, is interdisciplinary, its primary focus is on individual behavior and includes the study of both genetic and environmental influences. The two-year program listed below is designed to meet the requirements for an Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree from MHCC and prepare a student for obtaining a Bachelor of Science/Arts in Psychology at Eastern Oregon University, Oregon Institute of Technology, Oregon State University, Portland State University, Southern Oregon University, University of Oregon or Western Oregon University. However, students from MHCC seeking a baccalaureate degree may also transfer to other institutions. These institutions may require different courses within the various areas of General Education requirements. Students interested in transferring to a four-year college or university after MHCC should consult with the institution they will be attending and/or the MHCC Office of Advising and Counseling.

First Quarter CS105L PSY201 WR121

Computing Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1 General Psychology......................................................... 3 English Composition ....................................................... 3 Humanities elective3........................................................ 3 Language requirement1 ................................................... 3 Social science elective2 ................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter MTH105

PSY202 WR121

Introduction to Contemporary Math or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ...................................................................... 4 General Psychology......................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ....................... 3 Language requirement1 ................................................... 3 Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3

16 Third Quarter PSY203 SP111 WR123

General Psychology......................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................. 3 English Composition: Research .................................... 3 Language requirement2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Science elective2 ................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter BI101 MTH243

General Biology I ............................................................. 4 Probability and Statistics I .............................................. 4 Humanities electives3 ...................................................... 6

14 Fifth Quarter BI102 MTH244

General Biology II ............................................................ 4 Statistics II ......................................................................... 4 Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

14

Sixth Quarter BI103

General Biology III........................................................... 4 Health and Physical Education Requirement4............ 3 Humanities elective3........................................................ 3 Social Science electives2 ................................................. 6

16 1 Language requirements may be satisfied with the following course sequences: FR101-103, GER101-103, JPN101-103, SPAN101-103 2 Social science elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the following courses:ANTH101-103, PS200 or any PS course that fulfills AAOT requirements, PSY101, PSY151, PSY214, PSY216, PSY237, PSY239, SOC204-206. 3 Humanities elective requirements can be fulfilled by any of the following courses: PHL201-203, SP112, SP114, R210, ENG104 4

Refer to Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer degree requirements.

MHCC Adviser: (Social Science, Performing and Visual Arts Division)e Larry Wise 503-491-7308 - Room AC 2673 wisel@mhcc.edu MHCC Program Web Link http://www.mhcc.cc.or.us/academics/programs/classes_programs_c/ transfers/transfer_programs/psychology/psychology.htm Transfer Schools’ Web Links Eastern Oregon University - http://www2.eou.edu/psych/ Oregon Institute of Technology - http://www.oit.edu/index. html?method=psy Oregon State University - http://oregonstate.edu/dept/psychology/ Portland State University - http://www.psy.pdx.edu/ Southern Oregon University - http://www.sou.edu/psych.shtml University of Oregon - http://psychweb.uoregon.edu/ Western Oregon University - http://www.wou.edu/las/socsci/ psych/ Disclaimer This information is meant to serve as a general guide for students intending to major in psychology. Specific requirements for transfer will vary from school to school. It is the student’s responsibility to contact their four-year transfer school to learn the specific requirements of the transfer school.


Professional-Technical Education Program Description

Occupational Extension Programs and Courses

Mt. Hood Community College offers selected professional technical education curricula designed to prepare students for gainful employment. The professional-technical programs serve the community by providing business, industry and the trades with workers who have learned basic skills and competencies.

In addition to the regular professional and technical associate degree and certificate programs designed to prepare students for entry into occupational careers, Mt. Hood Community College offers occupational extension programs. The purpose of these programs is to develop the abilities, skills and attitudes needed to achieve employment stability or advancement.

The objectives of professional-technical education at Mt. Hood Community College are: • To provide pre-employment instruction in the development of manipulative skills and technical knowledge, including emphasis on health, safety, job orientation, business standards and ethics, customer relations, human relations in industry, and the responsibilities of citizenship. • To assist those in need of retraining and readjustment by providing professional-technical offerings to meet changing industrial conditions. • To provide apprenticeship and other skills, technical knowledge, safety and employer-employee relations for those already employed in industry. • To provide professional-technical education students with the opportunity to extend their educational achievements through participation in a program leading to an associate degree. • To contribute to the welfare of the community by providing conscientious, productive, intelligent workers. There are two basic types of professional-technical programs offered by MHCC: The ASSOCIATE of APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE program provides two years of specialized education designed to prepare the student for career entry: The CERTIFICATE programs are occupation-oriented programs of shorter duration than the associate degree program. Selected transfer courses may be substituted for general education requirements in many professional-technical associate degree or certificate programs. All transfer course substitutions must be approved by the appropriate associate dean. Professional-technical programs that include general, related or approved electives as part of the curriculum require that the student obtain approval to take such courses PRIOR to registration.

Recognition of Completion Recognition of Completion is an award granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in specific areas. Automotive Technology Medical Receptionist Hospitality/Tourism Outdoor Education Legal Administrative Assistant Phlebotomy Medical Claims Analyst Welding Technology Medical Office Coding

Students enrolled in regular preparatory programs may apply occupational extension courses toward their major upon consent and approval of their program adviser. However, occupational extension programs are not financial aid eligible. The following occupational extension programs and courses are offered: Central Service Tecnician ........................................ Call 503-491-7113 Certified Travel Associate ........................................ Call 503-491-7666 Certified Travel Counselor ..................................... Call 503-491-7666 Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)................... Call 503-491-7113 Nursing Assistant....................................................... Call 503-491-7113 Phlebotomy ........................................................ Call 503-491-7506 R.N. Surgical Orientation......................................... Call 503-491-7113 R.N./L.P.N. Refresher................................................. Call 503-491-7113

Apprenticeship Mt. Hood Community College works in cooperation with the state Apprenticeship Council and the following Apprenticeship Training Committees: Brickmasons/Tilesetters Cement Masons Glaziers, Architectural Metal and Glass Workers IAM Paci���c Inside Electrical Plumbers/Fitters and Marine Metal Trades Sheet Metal For further information on apprenticeship programs, please call the State Apprenticeship Council at 503-731-4072, located at 800 NE Oregon Street, Portland, Oregon, or contact the Mt. Hood Community College Apprenticeship Program Coordinator at 503491-7401.

Alternative Credit 2+2 TECH PREP. Students from high schools that have 2 + 2 Tech Prep program articulation agreements with MHCC may earn credit as outlined in the program agreements. The procedure for earning credit may be through credit by examination or as detailed in the program agreements. Earned credit will be transcripted on the MHCC permanent record. Participation in 2 + 2 Tech Prep does not automatically enroll a person in an MHCC certificate or degree program. MHCC admissions procedures and requirements must still be met. Your local high school can provide interested students with procedures.

53


Professional Technical Education Degrees, Certificates and Recognition of Completion*

54

Program Index Accounting Technology – Degree........................................................ 55 Accounting Clerk – Certificate ........................................................... 56 Architectural Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert.......................... 73 Automotive Technology – Chrysler CAP – Degree ....................... 57 Automotive Technology – Ford ASSET – Degree ............................ 58 Automotive Technology – IMPORT – Degree .................................. 59 Aviation-Professional Pilot Airplane – Degree ................................. 60 Aviation-Professional Pilot Helicopter - Degree ............................. 61 Business/Industry-Based Education – Deg/Cert .............................. 62 Business/eBusiness Marketing and Management – Degree ........... 63 Civil Engineering Technology – Degree .............................................. 74 Computer Applications Specialist – Deg/Cert ........................... 64-66 Cosmetology-School of Hair Design – Degree ............................... 67 Dental Hygiene – Degree ..................................................................... 68 Early Childhood Education – Degree ................................................. 69 Early Childhood Education – Certificate ........................................... 70 Electronics Technology – Degree ........................................................ 72 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Degree................... 76 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Mgmt – Certificate ............ 77 Environmental Health and Safety – Degree ...................................... 78 Environmental Heatlh and Safety – Certificate ................................ 79 Fire Science Technology – Degree ...................................................... 80 Fire Science Technology – Certificate ................................................ 81 Fisheries Technology – Degree ............................................................ 82 Forest Resources Technology – Degree ............................................ 83 Funeral Service Education – Degree .................................................. 84 Gerontology – Certificate .................................................................... 85 Graphic Design – Degree ..................................................................... 86 Horticulture – Degree ..................................................................... 87-88 Horticulture – Certificate..................................................................... 88 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Degree .............................. 89 Hospitality and Tourism Management – Certificate ........................ 90 Instructional Assistant - Certificate .................................................... 71 Integrated Natural Resources Technology – Degree ...................... 91 Integrated Natural Resources Technology - Certificate ................ 92 Legal Administrative Assistant – Recognition .................................108 Machine Tool Technology – Degree .................................................... 93 Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control – Recognition ...................................................................... 94 Mechanical Engineering Technology – Deg/Cert .............................. 75 Medical Assistant – Degree................................................................... 95 Medical Claims Analyst – Recognition................................................ 96 Medical Office Coding – Recognition ................................................ 97 Medical Office Specialist – Degree ..................................................... 98 Medical Office Specialist – Options .................................................... 99 Medical Receptionist – Recognition .................................................100 Medical Transcription – Degree .........................................................101 Mental Health/Human Service – Degree .........................................102 Mental Health/Human Service - Youth Worker – Certificate .....103 Nursing – Degree .................................................................................104 Occupational Therapy Assistant – Degree ......................................105 Office Assistant – Certificate ............................................................106 Office Management/Administrative Assistant – Degree ..... 107-108 Office Software Specialist – Certificate ...........................................109 Outdoor Education – Recognition ...................................................110 Physical Therapist Assistant – Degree ..............................................111

Professional Photography – Degree .................................................112 Radio Broadcasting – Degree .............................................................113 Respiratory Care – Degree ................................................................114 Sheet Metal Technology - Degree .....................................................115 Surgical Technology – Degree ............................................................116 Television Production Technology – Degree ...................................117 Trade and Industrial Technology – Degree ......................................118 Welding Technology – Certificate, – Recognition ..........................119 * Recognition of completion is granted by Mt. Hood Community College to identify completion of a body of coursework in specific areas. Note: To review course descriptions for specific courses in the professional technical programs refer to pages 125-242.


Accounting Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Do you want an accounting career but don’t have the time and/or money to get a four-year business degree? As a graduate of MHCC’s Accounting Technology program, you will be able to pass placement agency accounting exams that will enable you to compete for positions as Accounting Manager, full charge bookkeeper, staff accountant, accounts payable manager, etc. Although some companies still require a four-year degree, more and more employer’s are recognizing that MHCC’s Accounting Tech Students have the knowledge and skills to handle their accounting needs. Upon successful completion of this Accounting Technology Degree you will: · have a solid foundation of accounting concepts · have hands-on experience using a computerized commercial accounting package and electronic spreadsheets · be able to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements · be able to analyze financial statements and use accounting information to assist management in becoming more profitable and efficient. Employment opportunities are available at every step in the Accounting Programs. Many students start to work either part-time or full-time before completing their studies and supplement their “on the job training” by continuing to take courses in the accounting programs. Most employers recognize the benefit that continued accounting education will have on their employee’s ability to contribute on the job and support them in their effort to grow and learn either financially or by providing flexible working hours. The courses are scheduled to accommodate various work or family schedule limitations by offering most of the first year courses both in the day and evening every quarter. The second year accounting courses are offered during the day one year and during the evening the next year to meet the needs of students with restricted schedules. Students are also encouraged to earn credit from their accounting work experience in a Cooperative Education Internship by accomplishing goals on the job that are beneficial to the employer and provide the student with a growth opportunity. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) : Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 kohlerj@mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA211 BT11S BT110 BT103 CS105 CS105L

Second Quarter (Winter) BA101 BA212 BA231 CS125___

WR121

Cr

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or BT210___ Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ............................................................. 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA213 BT218

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

17 Fourth Quarter (Fall) AC38 BA220 BA222 BA226 EC201

Intermediate Accounting I ............................................ 3 Tax Accounting ................................................................ 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Principles of Economics I or EC115 Introduction to Economics ....................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) AC39 BA206 BA215 WE280AC

Intermediate Accounting II .......................................... 3 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Cost Accounting I ........................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives .................................................... 3-4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3

15-16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA177 BA228 BA250 BA271

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ........................................ 3 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Financial Statement Analysis ........................................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Cr

Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Keyboarding/Formatting* ............................................. 2 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

16

15 * Prerequisite required that is not included in curriculum. See course description in back of catalog.

Related Electives Any Business course(s) with the prefix BA, BUS, CS, BT116, BT210 (or other courses subject to instructor approval) may be used as a related elective. Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate. ‡See pages 13-14.

55


Accounting Clerk (Certificate Program)

56

Do you want a career that will provide you continued opportunities for growth and recognize your achievements every step of the way? Start the Accounting Clerk program and you will receive a certificate of completion recognizing the employable skills you have acquired at the end of each of the first and second quarters. After completing the third quarter you will receive the Accounting Clerk certificate documenting your completion of the one year program.

A career in accounting is for people with above-average mathematical and analytical skills who have good communication skills and want to work in a business environment. Today, more than ever, the accountant/bookkeeper must be a team player. Interacting and working in small groups is encouraged and developed in many of the courses in the accounting programs. Computer skills are also developed throughout the programs and incorporated into courses whenever appropriate.

Anyone with a limited amount of time or funds can get started in this practical, cost effective program. Recent high school graduates who need employable skills in a relatively short period of time, small business owners or prospective small business owners who need the accounting basics and business office skills, and returning students who want retraining into a career that provides continued opportunities for advancement all find this program attractive. Many accounting students work part or full time.

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts): Jerry Kohler 503-491-7408 - Room AC 2682 kohlerj@mhcc.edu Jim Arnold 503-491-7468 - Room AC 2686 arnoldj@mhcc.edu

Completion of the first quarter prepares you for an entry level office job requiring word processing and data entry skills, use and understanding of a basic accounting system, manual and/or electronic organization and maintenance of office records, as well as a general understanding of business terminology and business math including the use of an electronic calculator. Completion of the second quarter qualifies you to be among the few job applicants who are prepared to process payroll, meeting all the needs of the employer and the legal reporting requirements. In addition to learning the basic principles and applications of computer technology you will be proficient in using computer spreadsheets, the accountant’s most important computer tool. Business communication skills and the ability to use electronic mail, electronic scheduling, and multi-line telephone systems will further strengthen your ability to make a contribution in any business environment. Completion of the one year program will enable you to help managers use accounting information when making decisions. You will also gain experience trouble shooting how to record accounting transactions which are encountered less frequently and make recommendations when there are reporting options. Your ability to use a commercial accounting software package and apply electronic spreadsheets to various accounting situations will enable you to be efficient as well as knowledgeable. The longer you are able to stay in the program the more qualified you will be to assume additional job responsibilities. It is an EASY TRANSITION from the one year Accounting Clerk program to the two year Accounting Technology Degree program. Many students start the accounting Clerk program and then decide they want to expand their knowledge and skills and be rewarded for performing even more challenging job responsibilities by earning the two year Accounting Technology degree. All of the courses in the one year Accounting Clerk program can be applied to the two year Accounting Technology program. If you plan to transfer to a four-year school you can enroll in the accounting specialty of the Business Administration transfer degree program. You will also have the opportunity to take additional advanced accounting courses to strengthen your preparation for upper-division course work at a university. Consult a faculty adviser for assistance in identifying and selecting courses which may be of most benefit to you.

LEVEL I

Cr

BA101 BA211 BT11S BT210__

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Keyboarding/Formatting*(**) ...................................... 2 Software Applications (Word Processing) or CS125__ Software Applications (Word Processing)** ................................................ 1 Business Mathematics* .................................................. 3

BT103

14 LEVEL II BA177 BT110 BT116 BT210___

CS105 CS105L

Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Software Applications (Spreadsheet) or CS125___Software Applications (Spreadsheet) ......................................................... 2-3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

15-16 LEVEL III BA213 BA228 BT244 PSY101 WR121

Principles of Accounting III .......................................... 4 Computer Accounting Applications ........................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

16 * Prerequisite required not included in curriculum: see course description in back of catalog. **BT121 may be substituted for BT11S and CS125 Word Processing. Note: Students must earn a grade of “C” or better in all Accounting classes in order to be awarded a degree in Accounting Technology or an Accounting Clerk certificate.


Chrysler CAP – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Chrysler Dealer Apprenticeship Program (CAP) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Chrysler Corporation dealerships (Chrysler, Plymouth, Dodge, Jeep, and Eagle). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The CAP program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at the sponsoring Chrysler dealership. The curriculum leads to an associate degree in Automotive Technology and a certificate of completion from Chrysler Corporation CAP program. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

Second Quarter AM280

6 Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH34

The CAP Student Chrysler dealerships see the students in this program as its “service technicians of the future”. The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. CAP students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the CAP program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

The Sponsoring Dealer Chrysler dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the CAP program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.edu

AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 WR101

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

17 Fourth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

15 Sixth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

15 Eighth Quarter AM280

First Quarter

Cr

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

19

‡See pages 13-14.

57


FORD ASSET – Automotive Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

58

The FORD ASSET Program

First Quarter

The Automotive Student Service Educational Training program (Asset) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for Ford Motor Company’s current and future vehicles. Designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to upgrade the technical competency and professional level of the incoming dealership technician, ASSET is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and at sponsoring Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships. The curriculum was developed by MHCC in conjunction with Ford Motor Company, and leads to an associate degree in Ford Asset automotive technology.

AMF110 AMF111 AMF118 AMF119 AMF120 HE252

Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, ASSET demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period, including fall, winter, spring and summer terms both years.

The FORD ASSET Student Ford Motor Company sees the students in ASSET programs across the nation as its “service technicians of the future.” The finest technical schools have been selected as program sites, and all instructional facilities are equipped with the most up-to-date and professional equipment available. ASSET students have not only the reassurance that a major corporation is placing stock in them by their selection for training, but they also have relatively certain employment options for the future. Being chosen for the ASSET program means learning from Ford-certified instructors and being paid for on-the-job experience.

WR101

19 Second Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Third Quarter AMF132 AMF133 AMF136 AMF137 AMF216 AMF217 MTH34

PSY101

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

17

The Sponsoring FORD ASSET Dealer

Fourth Quarter

Ford and Lincoln/Mercury dealerships in the Portland metropolitan area will screen qualified ASSET applicants and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two- year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms, and an hourly wage.

AMF280

Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AMF100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the ASSET program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Jerry Lyons 503-491-7203 - Room IT 35 lyonsj@mhcc.edu Mark Lambrecht 503-491-7130 - Room IT 51 lambrecm@mhcc.edu

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies or HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ..................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Fifth Quarter AMF251 AMF252 AMF253 AMF254 AMF256 AMF257

Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

15 Sixth Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 Seventh Quarter AMF152 AMF153 AMF156 AMF157 AMF258 AMF259

Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

15 Eighth Quarter AMF280

Ford Dealership Experience ........................................ 6

6 ‡See pages 13-14.


IMPORT – Automotive Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Individualized Mechanical Program of Repair Technicians (IMPORT) provides students with a unique opportunity to earn income while being trained as service technicians for independent and import manufacturers (Mazda, Nissan, BMW, VW, etc.). The program is designed as a two-year automotive curriculum to develop the technical competency and professionalism of the incoming dealership technician. The IMPORT program is a two-part experience with training taking place at both Mt. Hood Community College and the sponsoring import dealership.The curriculum leads to an associate degree in automotive technology and a certificate of completion in IMPORT auto repair. Aimed at men and women who have a career interest in the automotive industry, this program demands a commitment to both work and study for a two-year period including fall, winter, spring, and summer terms both years.

Second Quarter AM280

Cr

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Third Quarter AM132 AM133 AM136 AM137 AM216 AM217 MTH34

Automotive Electronics I Theory ............................... 2 Automotive Electronics I Lab ...................................... 1 Brake Systems Theory ................................................... 2 Brake Systems Lab ......................................................... 1 Engine Performance I Theory .................................... 3 Engine Performance I Lab ........................................... 2 Professional Technical Computation II or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I or Science/Mathematics/Computer Science Req‡ . 3 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

IMPORT Student

17

Import dealerships see the students in this program as its “Service technicians of the future.” The instructional facilities are equipped with some of the finest and up-to-date equipment available. IMPORT students have the assurance of industry support and certain employment options for the future. Being accepted in the IMPORT program means learning the latest automotive technology and being paid for on-the-job experience.

The Sponsoring Dealer Independent and Import dealerships will screen qualified applications and select those they wish to sponsor. Once a student has been selected, he or she will begin working at the dealership alternate terms during the two-year training process. Dealers will provide an experienced technician to monitor student work, service uniforms and an hourly wage. Applicants to the program are accepted on a limited entry basis for the class starting after they have met the selection criteria for the program. Entry into the program after the start of the first term may be possible. For those students, AM100, Automotive Skill Building (1 credit) provides individuals with the fundamental information and skills required to enter the IMPORT program after the start of the first term, but before the first day of the 3rd term. For further information, contact a program advisor. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Steve Michener 503-491-7148 - Room IT 52 michenes@mhcc.edu Steve Roberts 503-491-7111 - Room IT 53 robertss@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Fifth Quarter AM251 AM252 AM253 AM254 AM256 AM257 PSY101

Engine Performance II Theory ..................................... 3 Engine Performance II Lab .......................................... 3 Steering and Suspension Theory ................................ 2 Steering and Suspension Lab ...................................... 1 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory ....................... 2 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab ............................. 1 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

15 Sixth Quarter AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 Seventh Quarter AM152 AM153 AM156 AM157 AM258 AM259

Automatic Transmission Theory ................................. 3 Automatic Transmission Lab ........................................ 3 Power Train Theory ........................................................ 2 Power Train Lab .............................................................. 1 Automotive Electronics II Theory .............................. 2 Automotive Electronics II Lab .................................... 1 General Education Distribution requirement‡ ...... 3

15 Eighth Quarter

First Quarter AM110 AM111 AM118 AM119 AM120 WR101

Cr

Internal Combustion Engine Theory ......................... 3 Internal Combustion Engine Lab ................................ 2 Electrical Systems Theory ............................................ 4 Electrical Systems Lab ................................................... 2 Minor Vehicle Services .................................................. 2 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

19

AM280

Automotive Dealership Experience .......................... 6

6 ‡See pages 13-14.

59


Aviation - Professional Pilot Airplane (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

60

The Aviation-Professional Airplane program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, airlines, and military aviation. Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate.

Sixth Quarter

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.

Additional Costs:

Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division) : Amy L Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) AV110 AV111 MTH111

WR121

Cr

Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab I ................................................ 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions or MTH95 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* ........................................ 4-5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

15-16 Second Quarter AV120 AV121 AV150 SP111

Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Private Pilot Flight Lab II .............................................. 3 Aerodynamics .................................................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

17 Third Quarter AV104 AV108 AV200 CS105 CS105L

Cr

Multi-engine Pilot ........................................................... 3 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III .................................... 3 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School .............. 5 Related Electives ............................................................. 4

15 Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students. They must be selected to contribute to the individual’ program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AVX40,AV100, BA101, BA206, BA211, EC201, EC202, EC203, GEOG180, PH211, PH212, PH213, PSY201, PSY214, WR122, and WR227.

Acceptance of Transfer Credit: Transfer credit of FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA Certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator or Dean.

Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 Instrument/Commercial Pilot ..................................... 3 Computer Fundamentals .............................................. 3 Computer Fundamentals Lab ...................................... 1

Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical flight tests.

14

*Students transferring to Embry Riddle Aeronautical University or the Oregon Institute of Technology four-year Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to other four-year institutions should select MTH111. Students may choose to pursue an AAOT degree in conjunction with the AAS degree, and should consult an advisor to implement that option.

Fourth Quarter AV208 AV210 AV211 HPE295

AV230 AV231 AV256

Aviation Meteorology Applications ........................... 3 Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I ...................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3

14

Transfer Students:

Graduates receive: Associate of Applied Science in Aviation Degree Private Pilot Certificate

Fifth Quarter

Commercial Pilot Certificate

AV220 AV221 AV235

Instrument Rating

Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II ..................................... 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

15

Multi-Engine Rating Certified Flight Instructor Rating ‡See pages 13-14.


Aviaton - Professional Pilot Helicopter (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Professional Pilot Helicopter program is designed to prepare students with knowledge, skills, experience, and certification necessary to enter careers including, but not limited to, general aviation, business aviation, corporate aviation, and military aviation. Program entry requirements: Current FAA Class II Medical Certificate

Sixth Quarter AV220 AVH231 AV235 HD209

15

Graduates receive:

Seventh Quarter

Associate of Applied Science Degree Private Pilot Certificate Commercial Pilot Certificate Instrument rating

AV104 AV230 AV256

All courses must be passed with a letter grade of C or better in order to progress to the next course in the program.

AVH256

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Amy L. Hoover 503-491-7230 - Room IT 49 hoovera@mhcc.edu

First Quarter AV110 AVH111 MTH95 WR121

Cr

Private Pilot I ................................................................... 5 Helicopter Flight Lab I .................................................. 3 Intermediate Algebra with Right Triangle Trigonometry* ............................................................ 5 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3

Second Quarter Private Pilot II .................................................................. 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 ................................................. 3 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3

15 Third Quarter AV108 AVH131 HPE295

CS105 CS105L

Aviation Meteorology Theory ..................................... 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 3 ................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: RTE ................................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

14 Fourth Quarter AVH200 AVH211

Helicopter Flight Lab 4 ................................................. 4 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 ................................................. 3

7 Fifth Quarter AV210 AVH221 SP111

Aircraft Systems .............................................................. 3 Multi-engine Pilot or Related Elective ...................... 3 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School or Related Elective or WE280AV Cooperative Education Internship ............................................. 3-5 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 or Related Elective ............ 3

12-14 Additional Costs:

16 AV120 AV121 MTH111 WR122

Cr

Commercial Pilot ............................................................ 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 or Related Elective ............ 3 Human Factors in Aviation .......................................... 4 Getting a Job or Related Elective ............................... 3

Instrument Pilot .............................................................. 5 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 or Related Elective ............ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement .................. 3

14

Each Aviation course includes lab fees to cover the cost of simulator instruction in the Flight Training Device applicable to that course. In addition, all flight lab courses require payment to cover cost of flight instruction and aircraft operations. Payment for flight instruction must be made directly to the Flight school. The fee is subject to change without notice due to fluctuations in operating costs. Flight fees are based on the average flight time required to complete the course. Students may require additional instruction. If additional instruction is required or desired, it is the responsibility of the student to arrange payment with the flight school directly. Related Electives are intended to provide flexibility for students, they must be selected to contribute to the individual’s program or continuing education and degree objectives. Related electives are suggested but not limited to AV100, GEOG180, PH201, PH211, or BA101. Acceptance of Transfer Credit Transfer credit for FAA certification to meet course prerequisites may be accepted providing the courses were taken at another accredited collegiate institution, including MHCC. Approval for credit does not mean that FAA certification will automatically be approved for course substitution. Course approval must be done on an individual basis and approved by the Program Coordinator or Dean. Credit for previous training and FAA certification will be assessed on an individual basis. Students with previous training who wish to enter the program must complete a placement evaluation and exam, which will include oral and practical flight tests.

Transfer Students: *Students participating in the Oregon Institute of Technology fouryear Aviation Emphasis degree, and students planning to transfer to four-year institutions should select MTH111 and MTH112; WR121 and WR122. ‥See pages 13-14.

61


Business/Industry-Based Education (Certificate/Degree Program)

62

This associate degree program with a one-year certificate option is designed to meet the educational and training needs of employees of local business and industries. It represents a cooperative and collaborative business and education partnership designed to promote and encourage preparing and maintaining a skilled and competitive work force. Business and industry training programs and courses which have been reviewed and approved by the college can be included in this business and industry-based program. Employers interested in providing this educational incentive to their employees should contact the Center for Community and Economic Development (503-491-7429).

INSTITUTIONAL AND GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS All candidates for an associate of applied science degree must complete 24 credit hours of Mt. Hood Community College coursework. The required 24 hours of general education that is recommended to satisfy this requirement is specified below:

Degree

Cert.

Students interested in this degree should contact their employer’s training/development office.

Communications‡ .................................................. 3 ........................ 3 Social Science/Humanities‡ ................................... 3 ........................ 3 Math, Science and Computer Science‡ .............. 3 ........................ 3 Health and Physical Education‡ ........................... 3 Approved General Education elective from above distribution areas‡ ................. 6

Current Degree Programs:

TOTAL

Credit Union Management Emergency Medical Services Heavy Duty Bus Mechanic Microelectronics Technology Printing Technology - Certificate Printing Technology - Degree

Note: Minimum credit hours required for the associate of applied science degree. ................................................ 90 Note: Minimum credit hours required for the one-year certificate. ............................................................................. 45 ‡See pages 13-14 (Degree) and page 19 (Certificate).

Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242.

BUSINESS/INDUSTRY-BASED EDUCATION

l - 72 credits

Up to 72 credits for approved business and industry-based education may be applied toward the associate degree and up to 36 credits of approved coursework may be applied toward a oneyear certificate. Approval is based upon review of the classes, coursework and instructor qualifications by the Office of Instructional Services.

EXPERIENCE-BASED CREDIT

l2 - l8 credits

Minimum of 12 to maximum of l8 credits for prior learning through experience-based credit may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.

COOPERATIVE EDUCATION INTERNSHIP

18*

* Twelve hours of general education are required for the 45 credit hour certificate option.

12 credits

Upon recommendation of the employee’s supervisor and approval by the Office of Cooperative Education, the employee may register for up to 12 credits of approved cooperative work experience or internship. These credits may be applied toward the 66 credits for business/industry-based education.


Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Today’s business environment is changing more rapidly and is more competitive than ever; eBusiness, for example, is growing dramatically between both business and consumer and business-to-business. In this environment, it is the business leaders’ skills, attitudes, and leadership abilities that will determine which companies succeed and which fail. The Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management Program will prepare and train you to be the business leader who survives and succeeds in this new environment.You will receive a “leading edge” education in management and marketing with a hands-on approach. If you are already in business seeking to upgrade your skills, or if you are a new entrant to the business world and you want to become an effective business leader, then this program is for you. Learn to be effective in a wide variety of settings, large or small, in eBusiness, manufacturing, retail, service industries and/or government agencies with the knowledge and skills you acquire in the Business/eBusiness, Marketing and Management program. Professional business recognitions are available after completing five to seven courses in specific business areas (contact the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division at 503-4917196, or the advisers listed below for specific recognition certificate requirements. ) Complete these courses and acquire a recognition of completion to show you have attained additional skill and knowledge in eBusiness, marketing, supervision, management, small business management, computer applications, or finance. Professional business recognition certificates provide you with evidence of increased knowledge for use on a resume or for improving chances of promotion. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts): Susan Smith McClaren 503-491-7126 - Room AC 2661 smiths@mhcc.edu Lola Lackey 503-491-7313 - Room AC 2688 lackeyl@mhcc.edu David Garlington 503-491-7467 - Room AC 2687 garlingd@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA101 BA211 CS105 CS105L WR121

Cr

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

Third Quarter (Spring) BA205 BA206 BA213 BA264 BUS21 BUS22

Cr

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 Principles of Accounting III* ........................................ 4 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA222 BA255 EC201

Finance .............................................................................. 3 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 Principles of Economics I (Micro) .............................. 3 Related Electives ............................................................. 6

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA226 BA238 BA243 BA265 BUS23

Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Introduction to Consumer Behavior ........................ 3 eManagement .................................................................. 3 Successful Negotiation .................................................. 1 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA224 BA267 EC202

Human Resources Management ................................. 3 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3 Principles of Economics II (Macro) ............................ 3 Related Electives ......................................................... 3-4

12-13 Related Electives BA202 BA250 CS144 HUM202 WE280BLA

Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3 Cooperative Work Experience ................................... 3 Any CS or BT software applications class (word-processing, spreadsheet, database, operations) Any web-related classes

15 * Prerequisite required not already included in curriculum; see course descriptions in back of catalog.

Second Quarter (Winter) MTH105 BA212 BA223 BA231 PSY201

Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics* or BT103 Business Mathematics I* ........................ 3-4 Principles of Accounting II ........................................... 3 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

16-17

‡See pages 13-14.

63


Computer Applications Specialist (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

64

Computer Applications Specialists work in business and industry to apply PC computer technology in such jobs as help desk operators, PC specialists, network specialists, software support, entry level data base applications developers and programmers, web masters and internet applications. This program is also designed to help people become more productive in their existing jobs or professions. It adapts to the requirements of the business world and responds to technological changes in the computer industry. Specific class offerings and/or content will change over time. Many of our students are already employed, and take classes to improve their job skills. To help them, many of our classes are taught in the evening or on the weekend (Friday evening and all day Saturday). With careful planning, an entire degree or certificate can be earned this way. If you already have a rewarding career, as a number of our students do, you may select from most of these classes to improve your skills in specific areas. The program may be started at any time and you may take as few or as many classes as fit your schedule and goals. Program or specific class information: Phone: 503-491-7407 To receive a certificate, you must complete the Core Requirements plus one of the Concentrations. To receive a degree, you must also complete the General Education Requirements and related electives listed on the last page. If you complete additional concentrations, you may request a “Letter of Completion” issued by the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. If you feel that you already know a subject area, your advisor may be able to waive that subject and substitute a course that is more challenging. Most courses may be taken individually and can be taken in any sequence as long as prerequisites are met. This allows you to customize your education but may not qualify you for a degree.

Additional Core Courses (taken before concentration requirements, listed in recommended order of completion) BA101

Introduction to Business or any entrepreneurship management courses .......... 3-4 CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 CSX30F Beginning Windows Operating Systems ................... 1 CSX20Z Computer Upgrading/Maintenance ........................... 1 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Word Processing ....................................................... 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Spreadsheet ................................................................ 2 CS125__ Beginning & Intermediate Database or BT210___ Beginning & Intermediate Database .................................................................... 2 CSX20JI Intermediate PC Operating Systems/Utilities ......... 1 CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1 PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ............................. 3 WR121 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Advanced Classes (generally taken after most of the concentration classes) BA231 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 CSX20B Hardware/Software Team Project .............................. 2 WE280CSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

40-41 Concentrations (see pages 55 - 56, select one) Some of the following concentrations share courses. It is quite possible to tackle additional concentrations after you have completed one, without having to do as many credits as shown, if some of those classes have already been completed.

Computer Applications Specialist Associate Degree Core Requirements

Cr

(for Certificate or Associate Degree - all concentrations) Completing the Core Requirements gives you a set of skills that makes you a valuable employee in a computerized office. Our students who take some or all of these classes are making sure that their job skills do not become obsolete and that they can compete effectively in the job market. Completing the Core Requirements is required if you want to pursue any of the concentration areas that follow.

To earn the associate degree, students must complete the requirements for the certificate program plus required additional general education courses and electives to reach a minimum of 90 credits total for graduation. These credits must include as follows:

General Education Requirements and Electives

In all schedule planning, it is important for the student to check the course description for prerequisite information. Take these asap: CS105 CS105L CSX13 CS140

Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Writing Documentation ............................................... 1 Introduction to Operating Systems ........................... 3

Cr

Communications: WR122 plus SP111: ..................................... 6 Health and PE Requiremen‡: ...................................................... 3 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Elective‡ .............. 3 Social Science or Humanities Electives‡: ................................ 3 Electives (including CS) ................................................... 11-22

26-37 ‡See pages 13-14.


Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) PC Support Specialist Program Advisers: Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.edu A PC Support Specialist helps others use computers effectively. They may do so while having a regular job title, where these additional skills make them more valuable, or they may do this full time. Specific skills taught include “people skills”, the ins and outs of operating systems and how to work with “help desk” software.

In addition to the core requirements add: BUS21 BUS22 CSX30H CSX30HD

Cr

Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Managing Conflicts ......................................................... 1 LAN - Local Area Networks ....................................... 1 Help Desk Software ...................................................... 1

struction of a LAN (local area network) and configuration of routers. In today’s technological market, CISCO stands out as the leader in Internetworking hardware. If you are looking for an opportunity that is in high demand, you might want to consider a course of study in network engineering. After completion, you will be prepared to seek a CCNA certification offered through many local-area testing centers.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CSX30NF CSX30NFS CSX30NFT CSX30NFW CSX30GS

Cr

Network Fundamentals: CISCO 1 ............................. 4 Router Configuration: CISCO 2 ................................. 4 LAN Design: CISCO 3 .................................................. 4 WAN Design: CISCO 4 ................................................ 4 Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1

17 Data Base and Application Programming Specialist

Select 9 credits from: CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linus Operating System ............... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2 CSX30SR Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4 BT116 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 CS145 Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3

Program Advisers: Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.edu

Program Advisers:

Data Base Applications Specialists skills will allow you to stand out from the people who know how to do word processing and spreadsheets. Much of corporate data needs to be processed and stored in databases, and relatively few people know how to effectively create and maintain them. Application Programming Specialist is a highly skilled occupation. Our classes show you the up-todate theoretical base to get you off to a solid start. Select either Visual Basic, JAVA, or C++.

Gary DeRoest 503-491-7339 - Room AC 2684 deroestg@mhcc.edu

In addition to the basic core requirements add:

13 Network and Operating Systems Support Specialist

Network and Operating Systems Support Specialists are needed because most businesses depend on computer networks. While some day they may become as simple to use as the phone, that day is not even on the horizon. Companies are clamoring for network specialists. If you have been pressed into service to maintain your company’s network, but are floundering, or if you are looking for a position that is in high demand, consider becoming skilled in this area. To become valuable, you need to also consider taking one of several network certification exams offered by vendors through special testing centers. Some of these require further study.

In addition to the basic core requirements add: CS145 CSX20PH CSX30HS CSX30NF CSX30SR CSX30GS CSX30GT

Cr

Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1 Novell System Management ........................................ 2 Network Fundamentals: CISCO I .............................. 4 Windows Server Operating System .......................... 4 Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ........ 1 Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1

16 Network Engineer Support Specialist Program Adviser: Paul Morris 503-491-7303 - Room AC 2781 morrisp@mhcc.edu Network Engineer Support Specialists are needed by companies which are relying more and more on Intra- and Inter-networking. As a specialist, you will be able to help in the planning and con-

CS133SQL CS244 CS125ACT CS125PDF CS133XML

Cr

Introduction to SQL ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3 Advanced Access ............................................................ 1 Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 Introduction to XML ..................................................... 3

Choose one sequence: CS133JA JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4 CS233JA JAVA: Advanced Topics for Programmers ................. 4 CS234JA JAVA: Networking Topics for Programmers ............ 4 or: CS133VB Introduction to Microsoft Visual Basic Programming or CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured Programming ......... 3-4 CS233VB Intermediate Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .............................................................. 3 CS234VB Advanced Microsoft Visual Basic Programming .............................................................. 3 or C++ programming option: CS161 Computer Science I ....................................................... 4 CS162 Computer Science II ...................................................... 4 CS260 Data Structures ............................................................... 4

20-23

65


Computer Applications Specialist, continued (Certificate/Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

66

Related Web Master Electives chosen from:

Program Advisers: Robert Buroker 503-491-6019 - Room AC 2685 burokerb@mhcc.edu PC Business Application Support Specialists are needed by companies to help other employees keep their equipment functioning. They also need people who can plan, who can determine what the next computer system, the next network, the next application software, should be. In some organizations this eventually becomes a Systems Analyst position. In others, it becomes an added responsibility for someone with a primary job in a completely different area. In either case, the person with these skills is valuable.

In addition to the core requirements add: CS145 CS244 CSX20PH BA264 BA267 BUS21 AC120

Cr

Consulting and Recommending Systems ................. 3 Introduction to Systems Analysis ............................... 3 Telecommunications Overview .................................. 1 eBusiness .......................................................................... 3 eBusiness Project Management .................................. 3 Active Communicating .................................................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

17 Web Master Program Advisers: Michelle Heckman 503-491-7102 - Room AC 2778 heckmanm@mhcc.edu The Web Master role continues to grow and shift as the World Wide Web is integrated into the business environment, and it has become clear that there is a definite need for individuals who possess the technical skills and expertise to design, develop and maintain web pages/sites. Several areas of emphasis are available: Site development emphasis where the focus is on design and maintenance of actual web pages/sites, Programming emphasis where the focus is on the supporting and underlying programs that support web activities, Network emphasis where the focus is on internal/external network requirements.

In addition to the core requirements add:

Cr

CS125HTF/S/T Beginning, Interm & Advanced HTML .................. 3 CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS ....................................................... 1 CS125PDF Beginning Program Design ........................................... 1 CS125WBF Web Site Development ................................................. 2 CS125WDF Web Page Design ........................................................... 1 CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL .................. 2 CS125JSF Beginning JavaScript ....................................................... 2 Related Web Master Electives ..................................... 8

20

Cr

Site Development emphasis CS125GWF Graphics for the Web .................................................... 1 CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1 CS125PSS Intermediate Photoshop ............................................... 1 CS125PST Advanced Photoshop .................................................... 1 CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver ............................................... 1 CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver ......................................... 1 CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver .............................................. 1 CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 CS125FLF Beginning Flash ................................................................ 1 CS125FLS Intermediate Flash .......................................................... 1 CS125FLT Advanced Flash ............................................................... 1 CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash ................................................ 1 CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks ...................................................... 1 CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks ................................................ 1 CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks ...................................................... 1 CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Programming CS125ACT CS125JSS CS125VBF CS133JA CS133PS CS125UDF CS125DWF CS125WSU CS125WSN CS125EPF CS125FLP

emphasis Advanced Access ............................................................ 1 Intermediate JavaScript ................................................. 1 Beginning VB Script ........................................................ 2 JAVA Design and Programming ................................... 4 Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL ............ 2 Beginning UltraDev ........................................................ 1 Web Pages and Databases ........................................... 4 UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 NT Web Servers ............................................................. 1 E-Portfolio Development ............................................. 1 Action Scripting in Flash ............................................... 1

Network emphasis CSX30H LAN - Local Area Network ......................................... 1 CSX30IS Internet Security ............................................................. 2 CSX30GS Intermediate UNIX/Linux Operating System ......... 1 CSX30GT Advanced UNIX/Linux Operating System ............... 1 CSX30HS Novell System Management ........................................ 2 CSX30IF Internet Firewalls* .......................................................... 2 CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers* ...................................................... 1 CS125WSN NT Web Servers* ........................................................... 1


Cosmetology – School of Hair Design (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The cosmetology industry is an exciting, adventurous and creative field full of color, fashion, and diversity.The instructors in the MHCC cosmetology program pride themselves in helping students acquire the knowledge and necessary skills to enter the field of hair design, nail technology and facial technology. Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Candidates will be identified by Fall term and will enter and begin the program that same academic year as space allows. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office (503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165.) The cosmetology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hands-on training in hair design, facial technology (skin care) and nail technology (manicuring and sculptured nails.) Upon completion of the 2300-hour course consisting of lecture, lab, clinic time, general education and related elective classes, the student will be prepared to take the state board examination. After passing this examination, the student will receive a certificate to practice in his/her new career. The opportunities in the field of cosmetology are limitless. Depending upon the individual’s skills, self-confidence, attitude, knowledge and creativity, certified cosmetologists can utilize their new skills in a variety of settings. What are the requirements of the job? The cosmetologist should possess a pleasing personality, be a good listener and enjoy working in a service industry. Coordination and finger dexterity as well as the ability to stand for long periods of time are necessary. The cosmetologist must be able to learn new techniques quickly and apply these in their own work. What are the requirements of the program? The program consists of seven consecutive terms with an average of 30 clinic hours per week. After completing the application and satisfying the placement criteria, the student is placed on the admission list.

Third Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__ BA202

16 Fourth Quarter (Summer) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6

10 Fifth Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ PSY201

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 General Psychology or PSY 101 Psychology of Human Relations ........... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Winter) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Seventh Quarter (Spring) COS__ COS__

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ (chosen from PSY, SOC or ART) ........................... 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16

Note: Enrollment in the Cosmetology program requires attendance during the summer. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Lynn D’Angelo 503-491-7194 - Room AC 1127 dangleol@mhcc.edu Juanita Loveland 503-491-7499 - Room AC 1127 lovelanj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) COS__ COS__ WR121

Cr

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

Cr

Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

* COS10 and COS11 are offered only Fall and Spring terms. COS12 - COS19 are offered all terms. COS10 COS19 must be taken in sequence. COS20 and COS21 are offered Summer term; COS22 and COS23 are offered Winter term. COS20 - COS23 are not sequential and are taken in the term they are offered. Course placement is based on the term in which a student begins and the student must see the program adviser for placement.

Related Electives

Second Quarter (Winter)

In selecting related courses, the student must consult with the program adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s goals. Examples of approved related electives are:

COS__ COS__ AC120 SP218

Business: BA223, BA224, BA238, BA239, BT103, CS144 Entrepreneurship: Any class Performing/Visual Arts: ART115, ART116, ART117 Cooperative Education Internship: WE28COA/B

16 Beauty Culture Theory* ............................................... 4 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic* .................................. 6 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3 Interpersonal Communication .................................... 3

16 ‡See pages 13-14.

67


Dental Hygiene (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

68

The Dental Hygiene program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length, leading to an associate degree. Academic instruction in basic and dental sciences is integrated with instruction in dental hygiene therapy, dental procedures, and work in clinical settings to provide a total learning experience for the dental hygiene student. Having completed the program and passed National and Regional Board examinations for dental hygienists the graduate can be licensed to practice. Some institutions and agencies require a baccalaureate degree for employment. To this end, many courses in the Mt. Hood Community College dental hygiene curriculum are transferable to four-year colleges and can be applied toward a bachelor’s degree.

Second Quarter

Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165)

DH131 DH132 DH134 DH135 DH136 DH137 SP111

Employment Opportunities/Personal Aptitude Areas of employment open to dental hygienists include private dental offices or clinics, industrial dental programs, public health, etc. Salaries vary and are commensurate with experience and scope of responsibilities. Opportunities for dental hygienists are excellent, particularly in smaller communities outside of Portland. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a dental hygienist begin with a strong belief in the importance of good oral health and include an aptitude for the biological sciences. Of prime importance are manual dexterity, high ethical standards, a genuine interest in science and an ability to work with people. NOTE: Prior to entry into the Dental Hygiene program students must satisfactorily complete CH104, CH105 and CH106, or the equivalent, as well as selected high school level coursework. CH104 must be completed prior to the application deadline. During the program students must maintain a “C” grade or better in all dental hygiene courses to progress and to be recommended for dental hygiene licensure examinations. Although BI121 and BI122 is the anatomy and physiology sequence currently required, students are encouraged to enroll in BI231, BI232 and BI233. This more advanced series fulfills the anatomy and physiology requirement and provides a stronger foundation for the science based dental hygiene curriculum. All classes outside the core curriculum (those not preceded by DH) except general pathology may be taken prior to admission to the dental hygiene program. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Teresa H. Tong 503-491-7691 - Room AC 2726 tongt@mhcc.edu

First Quarter DH111 DH112 DH113 BI121 BI234 WR121

Cr

Introduction to Dental Hygiene ................................. 2 Principles of Clinical Dental Hygiene ........................ 3 Dental/Oral Anatomy .................................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Microbiology .................................................................... 4 English Composition ...................................................... 3

18

DH121 DH122 DH123 DH124 DH125 BI122

Cr

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory I ............................... 2 Dental Hygiene Clinic I ................................................. 3 Oral Histology/Embryology ......................................... 1 Oral Radiology I ............................................................. 3 General Pathology .......................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 Third Quarter Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory II .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic II ................................................ 3 Oral Radiology II ............................................................ 2 Oral Pathology ................................................................ 2 Pharmacology .................................................................. 3 Head and Neck Anatomy ............................................. 4 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter DH211 DH212 DH213 DH214 DH215 DH216 DH217

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory III ............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic III .............................................. 5 Expanded Functions ....................................................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists I .................... 2 Dental Materials ............................................................. 2 Community Dental Health .......................................... 2 Local Anesthesia ............................................................. 2 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 Fifth Quarter DH221 DH222 DH223 DH224 FN225 PSY201

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory IV ............................ 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic IV .............................................. 5 Public Health and Dental Research ........................... 2 Periodontology for Dental Hygienists II .................. 2 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

17 Sixth Quarter DH231 DH232 DH233 DH234 SOC204 WR123

Dental Hygiene Clinical Theory V .............................. 1 Dental Hygiene Clinic V ................................................ 5 Ethics and Jurisprudence .............................................. 2 Practice Management and Dental Hygiene Issues ............................................................ 2 General Sociology .......................................................... 3 English Composition: Research ................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

17 ‡See pages 13-14.


Early Childhood Education (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Early Childhood Education program prepares students to work with children from birth through school age in both public and private school settings. This program is designed for persons of all ages and backgrounds, with special attention given to individual student needs and abilities. A two-year program leading to an associate degree is available. Graduates are trained to work in a variety of educational and child-care settings, including nursery school, pre-school, day care, private kindergarten, and as paraprofessionals in the public schools. Course work and practical work experience emphasize knowledge of normal growth and development, guidance skills with young children, and the planning and directing of activities for children which foster positive intellectual, social, emotional and physical growth and development.

Third Quarter

Enrollment in the early childhood classes is open to all interested students, whether attending school full- or part-time. However, only a limited number of practicum opportunities are available and enrollment in this aspect of the program is available only upon consent of the program faculty. Many of the courses also are excellent for parents and others who work with young children.

ECE156 ECE231 ECE244 ECE246 ECE250 WE280CDA

With or without accommodation, students must fulfill the program competencies for practicum experiences with young children. The safety and well-being of children is always of primary importance. Certificate and degree candidates should anticipate practicum settings with physical, emotional and mental challenges. Students with questions about the nature of the program should arrange for an individual appointment with a program adviser. Early Childhood Education options include certificate and AAS programs. Consult ECE program advisers regarding your individual needs. Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA

ECE121 ECE122 ECE131 ECE144 ECE148

Cr

Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Child Development ........................................................ 3 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4

15-16 Fourth Quarter Cooperative Planning Seminar III* ............................. 1 Child Development: Theory to Practice .................. 3 Observation for Curriculum Development ............ 3 Parent/Family Relations ................................................ 2 Curriculum: Physical/Motor ......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter ECE156 ECE224 ECE245 ECE251 ECE253 WE280CDA

Cooperative Planning Seminar IV* ............................ 1 Early Childhood Math and Science ............................ 2 Guiding Challenging Children ..................................... 2 Curriculum: Social-Emotional ...................................... 3 Early Childhood Environments ................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Distribution requirement‡ ........................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter

Cr

Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3

ECE156 ECE252 ECE260 WE280CDA

Cooperative Planning Seminar V* .............................. 1 Curriculum: Cognition .................................................. 3 Values and Issues in Early Childhood Education .... 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3 Distribution Requirement‡ .......................................... 3 Health & Physical Education Requirement‡ ............ 3

15 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term.

15 Second Quarter

‡ See pages 13-14.

ECE123 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 WE280CDA

Students must successfully complete 1st year classes/certificate coursework prior to admission to 2nd year classes. Program advisers will determine individual eligibility.

Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

14

MHCC has an articulation agreement with PSU. Consult ECE program advisers. Students who prefer the AA (transfer) degree must complete additional coursework. See pages 15-16.

69


Early Childhood Education (Certificate Program)

70

Successful completion of the curriculum for a one year certificate allows a student to move into the second year of the Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS). (Students must complete with a ‘C’ grade average.) A one year certificate prepares a student to enter the field of early childhood education as a teacher, or assistant teacher in child care centers and private preschools or as a nanny. Program Advisers (Social Sciences Department): Ellen White 503-491-6985 - Room EC 22 whitee@mhcc.edu Sally Skelding 503-491-7474 - Room EC 16 skeldins@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ECE140 ECE145 ECE156 PSY235 WE280CDA WR101

Cr

Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............ 2 Techniques of Positive Guidance ................................ 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar I* ............................... 1 Human Development: I: Infancy-Adolescence ......... 3 Coooperative Education Internship* ........................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15 Second Quarter ECE123 ECE147 ECE150 ECE156 ECE170 PSY101 WE280CDA

Early Childhood Literature and Language ............... 2 Infant/Toddler Caregiving ............................................. 3 Curriculum: Play .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Planning Seminar II* .............................. 1 Health, Safety, and Nutrition ........................................ 2 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 3

17 Third Quarter ECE121 ECE122 ECE131 ECE144 ECE148

Curriculum Methods: Sensory Experiences in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Curriculum Methods: Outside Activities in Early Childhood .................................................... 2 Child Development ........................................................ 3 Observation of Young Children .................................. 3 Toddler Curriculum ....................................................... 2 Math/Science/Computer Science‡ ......................... 3-4

15-16 * ECE156 and WE280CDA must be taken concurrently. Level I seminar and coop may be taken F or W term. Level II seminar and coop may be taken W or S term. Special topic courses will be offered throughout the year. These courses are designed for additional professional training. Please check the quarterly schedule for selections.

Special opportunities for teachers and caregivers - Learn while you earn! Credit for prior learning can help you earn a degree or certificate while you’re working in early childhood education. You must have completed 12 credits at MHCC to be eligible. You may be able to gain college credits for your prior training and current job experience. An ECE faculty adviser will work individually with you to outline a degree path using a combination of traditional classes, on-site evaluation of your teaching and caregiving experience and non-traditional credit for prior learning. · Get credit for what you know · Cut the time required to earn your college degree · Maintain your employment CPL can provide the flexibility you need to make your dream of a college degree a reality! (All students must successfully complete coursework and practicum competencies required for graduation. College and program requirements apply.)


Education Instructional Assistant (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)

The Instructional Assistant Program is designed to meet the professional development needs of instructional assistants. The program consists of 44-45 credits. Students who complete the program will earn an Instructional Assistant Certificate. Most credits will apply towards an Associate of Arts Degree and are transferable if a student wishes to earn a Bachelor’s of Arts Degree and a teaching license. A program coordinator will be available to assist students as they move through their programs of study. Each course within this curriculum is designed to further the professional development of instructional assistants. Education classes are scheduled in the late afternoon or early evening to meet the needs of students who are currently employed by school districts. General education courses are scheduled across all time slots. For additional information on the Instructional Assistant Program at Mt. Hood Community College, please call 503-491-7480. Program Adviser (Social Science Department): Dave Shields 503-491-6965 shieldsd.mhcc.edu

Education Courses ED123 ED130 ED200 ED209A/B ED230 ED235 ED260 ED258 ED268 ED269

Cr

Classroom Techniques in Reading and Language ... 3 Classroom Management ............................................... 3 Introduction to Education ............................................ 3 Education Theory and Practicum* ............................. 3 Educational Psychology ................................................. 3 Instructional Technology ............................................... 3 Instructional Strategies ................................................. 3 Multi-cultural Education ............................................... 3 Education of Mildly/Severely Handicapped .............. 3 Overview of Students with Special Needs .............. 3

Math and Computer Science Courses CS125___ CS125___ MTH60

Computer Applications (Word) ................................. 1 Computer Applications (Excel) .................................. 1 Beginning Algebra I or MTH105 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics** or MTH211 Fundamentals of Elementary Mathematics I ................................... 3-4

General Education Courses PSY201 SP111 WR121

General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

44-45 * Both, ED209A and ED209B are required. ** MTH105 is approved as a general education course for the AAOT degree.

71


Electronics Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree/Certificate Program)

72

Join the growing field of electronics by becoming an electronics technician. The Electronic Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College offers in-depth instruction and hand-on training necessary to become a professional electronics technician. The Electronics Technology Program’s mission (consistent with the College’s mission) is to provide an avenue to prepare a knowledge-based workforce of life-long learners who are adaptable to the changes in the electronics industry. The program provides a broad bas e of knowledge that allows students to be employable ina wide spectrum of opportunities where electronics are used. The Electronics Technology Program concentrates on technical fundamentals, proper methods of electronic circuit and system assembly, use of standard measurement, test instruments and computer tools, and problem solving. Electronics Technicians are employed in a wide range of industry segments including: • automotive & transportation • avionics • business electronics (finance, retail, legal, service) • communications & telecommunications • computer electronics • consumer electronics • entertainment electronics • industrial & manufacturing electronics • instrumentation electronics • medical electronics • military electronics • power generation & distribution • semiconductor manufacturing Electronic technicians are needed to perform system installation, maintenance, troubleshooting, repair, field service, quality control testing, fabrication, and technical sales support of today’s electronic equipment as well as being valuable team members of research and development efforts for tomorrow’s systems. Electronic technicians are employed as: • applications engineering technician • calibration technician • equipment technician • field service and/or installation technician • industrial control technician • manufacturing technician • product evaluation technician • quality control technician • research and development technician • software qualification and/or test technician • tech support • technical writer and/or trainer Choose between a one-year certificate in Electronics Technology or a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program.To earn the one-year certificate, successfully complete the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Department): Jack Fassel 503-491-7672 - Room AC 1274 fasselj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter EET111 EET120 MTH111

Cr

Introduction to Electronics Technology ................... 3 DC and AC Fundamentals ............................................ 8 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions ........................ 4

15 Second Quarter EET140 EET156 WR121

Semiconductors .............................................................. 8 Functional Analysis ......................................................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

17 Third Quarter EET160 EET163 PH201

Digital Electronics .......................................................... 8 Technical Visual Basic ..................................................... 3 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry I ............................................. 5

16 Fourth - Sixth Quarters WE280ESB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Communication Requirement‡ .................................. 3 Health/PE Requirement‡ .............................................. 3

10 Select 33 credits from the core list below: EET214 Linear Integrated Circuits ............................................ 3 EET220 Microprocessors ............................................................. 8 EET232 Lasers and Fiber Optics .............................................. 3 EET240 Electronic Communications ...................................... 8 EET252 Programmable Controllers (PLCs) ........................... 3 EET260 Control Systems ........................................................... 8 EET262 Semiconductor Processing I ........................................ 3 EET270 Semiconductor Equipment Overview ....................... 4 EET272 Semiconductor Processing II ....................................... 4 ‡See pages 13-17.

EVENING ELECTRONICS COURSES Persons working a full time job during the day may find our evening electronics program the solution for job enhancement or for beginning a path that will lead to a certificate or degree. Each core electronics course is presented during one weekly evening lecture session and another weekly evening is selected by the student to complete the corresponding lab time. See the MHCC quarterly schedule for specifics. A typical evening sequence of courses could be: Term 1 Term 2 Term 3 Term 4 Term 5 Term 6 Term 7 Term 8 Term 9

Monday EET111 EET156 EET163 EET214 EET232 EET240A EET240B EET260A EET260B

Tuesday EET120A EET120B EET140A EET140B EET160A EET160B EET220A EET220B EET252


Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical… (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Engineering Technology is a professional technical career that involves the practical application of science and mathematics along with engineering knowledge, methods, and skills to support activities in design, manufacturing and construction. Engineering technicians provide a critical link between design professionals and craftspeople doing the work. Employment opportunities exist for men and women in this growing, fast-paced, and ever-evolving occupation. Mt. Hood Community College offers Associate in Applied Science degrees in three areas of specialization which are Architectural, Civil, and Mechanical Engineering Technology. Emphasis is “hands on” experience with much of the coursework focusing on common tasks that technicians actually will do in industry on a day-to-day basis. Skills and abilities expected of a technician participating in engineering related fields include: computer literacy, problem solving, critical thinking, communication, flexibility, and the ability to work in teams.With the tremendous range of jobs related to engineering technology, some employers may require only a few of these skills where others may need all of them and more. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. It is recommended that prospective students arrange for an interview with a program adviser before registering to clarify the emphasis of the program.

Second Quarter ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH80 WR122

16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227 PSY201

Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 PH201

Computer Aided Design II**** ................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology .............................. 4-5 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

14-15 Fifth Quarter

Architectural Engineering Technology Degree (One-year certificate also available) This degree focuses on engineering technology as it relates to the design and construction of buildings. Many opportunities exist in the construction industry which include; building design, construction management, inspection, quality control, materials sales, and technical support. Architectural engineering technicians could find employment with structural design firms, general and specialty contractors, and engineered component manufacturers. Job opportunities also exist in various parts of federal, state and local government. The AET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the twoyear AAS degree. Contact the AET adviser for more information. AET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Mike Brayson 503-491-7118 - Room AC 2681 braysonm@mhcc.edu ET120 ET123 ART115 MTH60 WR121

Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II** ........................................... 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

17

Listed below are the requirements for all three degrees offered. Questions may be directed to the program adviser as listed for each engineering degree.

First Quarter

Cr

Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I**** .................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I** ............................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** ............... 3

Cr

Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Basic Design I or Related Elective* ....................... 3-4 Beginning Algebra I** ..................................................... 3 English Composition*** ................................................ 3

15-16

ET231 ET234 ET240 HPE295

Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design I .............................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3

13 Sixth Quarter ET250 ET263 ET264 ET265 WE280ET

Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4

17 * If a related elective is to be taken instead of ART115, it is suggested that HPE295 be taken in the first quarter and the related elective be taken in the fifth quarter. Related electives listed on page 66. ** MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80,85. *** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. **** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204. ‡See pages 13-14.

73


Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs)

74

Civil Engineering Technology Degree

Fifth Quarter

The field of civil engineering is the most visible of the engineering disciplines. The highways and streets we drive on; the airports, harbors, and railroads that connect our country; the water and sewer systems that protect our health; and the dikes and dams that protect our property are all the product of the civil engineering team. The civil engineering team also supports the work of architects by designing building sites, foundations and the structural framework on which the actual building is constructed. Typical job titles for this degree include civil engineering technician, survey technician, design drafter, construction inspector and materials technician. See page 65 for admissions criteria.

ET222 ET231 ET234 FT228

CET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Bill Kenney 503-491-7690 – Room AC 2667 kenneyb@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ET120 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121

15 Second Quarter ET144 ET154 MTH80 PSY201 WR122

Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3

16 Third Quarter ET130 ET150 MTH85 WR227

Architectural CAD Drawing ....................................... 3 Plane Surveying ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II* ............................................. 4 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

14 Fourth Quarter ET200 ET204 ET221 PH201

16 Sixth Quarter ET232 ET263 ET264 ET265

Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design ............................. 3 Structures ......................................................................... 4 Soils and Concrete in Construction ......................... 3 Site Development ........................................................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

Cr

Architectural Drawing .................................................. 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3

Route Surveying .............................................................. 4 Computer Aided Design II *** or FT226 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 General Physics I or CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I or G201 Principles of Geology ............................... 4-5

15-16

Cr

Fluid Mechanics ............................................................... 3 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16

* MTH95,111,112 may be substituted for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. *** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204. ‡See pages 13-14.


Engineering Technology Architectural, Civil, or Mechanical, continued (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Programs) Mechanical Engineering Technology Degree

Fifth Quarter

(One-year certificate also available)

ET222

This degree focuses on technicians for entry in various engineering support activities required by industry. These courses give students experience in mechanical design at a technician level. Included in the scope of many courses is the use of state of the art computer-aided design equipment (CAD). MET students could find employment in any type of manufacturing thus creating a wide variety of job possibilities such as an engineering technician, drafter, and CAD technician in light to heavy product design industries. Typical employers would be manufacturers of material handling equipment, transportation equipment, medical equipment, recreation equipment and materials testing. The MET program also offers a one-year certificate for those successfully completing the first three terms of the two-year AAS degree. Contact the MET adviser for more information. See page 65 for admissions criteria. MET Adviser (Engineering and Computer Science Department): Troy Donaldson 503-491-7681 - Room AC 2579 troy@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ET122 ET123 HPE295 MTH60 WR121

Cr

Engineering Drawing ...................................................... 3 Introduction to Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 English Composition** .................................................. 3

15 Second Quarter ET135 ET144 ET154 MTH80 WR122

Practical Descriptive Geometry ................................. 3 Computer Applications in Engineering Technology .................................................................. 3 Computer Aided Design I*** ...................................... 3 Technical Mathematics I* .............................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking** ................. 3

16 Third Quarter ET132 MTH85 PSY201 WR227

Engineering CAD Drawing .......................................... 3 Technical Math II* ........................................................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

13 Fourth Quarter ET204 ET221 BA255 PH201

Computer Aided Design II*** ..................................... 3 Statics ................................................................................ 4 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 General Physics I ............................................................ 5

15

ET231 ET234 ET240 MFG212

Cr

Fluid Mechanics or PH202 General Physics II .................................... 3-5 Basic Strengths of Materials ........................................ 4 Engineering Economics ................................................. 3 Project Design 1 ............................................................. 3 CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4

17-19 Sixth Quarter ET250 WE280ET

Project Design II ............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‥ ................ 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 6

16 * MTH95,111,112 may be substitue for MTH60, 80, 85. ** WR101 & 102 may be substituted for WR121 & 122. *** ET161 and ET162 may be substituted for ET154. ET163 and ET164; or ET175, ET176, ET177, and ET179 may be substituted for ET204.

Engineering Technology Related Electives Related electives must be approved by the program adviser for the degree being sought. Electives are generally accepted only for the programs indicated. ART115 Basic Design I (MET) CH104 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I (all) CH151 Basic Chemistry (MET) ESR271 Envr. Sci II: Intro to Envir. Engineering (CET) ET161 Beginning 2-D AutoCAD (all) ET162 Intermediate 2-D AutoCAD (all) ET163 3-D AutoCAD (all) ET164 Menus and Lisp AutoCAD (all) ET170 AutoCAD 2000 Layouts, Features and Tools (all) ET175 AutoCAD 3-D Views & Coordinate Systems (all) ET176 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling I - Surfaces (all) ET177 AutoCAD 3-D Modeling II - Solids (all) ET178 AutoCAD Rendering (all) ET179 AutoCAD Customization (all) ET222 Fluid Mechanics (AET, MET) ET232 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Design (AET) FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (AET) G201 Principles of Geology (all) MFG134/MFG135 Metallurgy Theory and Lab (MET) MTH241 Elementary Calculus (all) WE280CE Cooperative Education Internship (CET) Approved Computer Science courses ‥See pages 13-14.

75


Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

76

Have you ever thought of owning your own business or working for a small business? The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program will prepare you for self-employment and careers in small business. The program will include instruction and training in evaluating small business ideas and opportunities, developing skills and understanding the resources necessary to go into business. What are the opportunities in small business? In the last seven years small businesses with fewer than 20 employees have been the major contributing factor to employment growth in Oregon. In addition, almost 90 percent of the businesses in Oregon and nationwide employ fewer than 20 people. What this means is that small business is where the new and existing jobs are, and small businesses hire people with the education, knowledge and experience relating to the needs of their small business.This program is directly focused on the practical, hands-on aspects of small business.

Third Quarter (Spring) BA200 HUM202 CS125___

17 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BA202 BA238

Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 - Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BA100 BA150 BT103 PSY201 WR121

Cr

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Business Mathematics .................................................... 3 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I** ............ 3

15 Second Quarter (Winter) BA211 BA250 CS105 CS105L WR122

Customer Service and Employee Relations ............ 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

12-14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BA208 BA222

What are the requirements needed in small business? As you know, anyone can start a business. The problem, however, is that many people don’t know what’s involved, don’t know the risks and don’t have the skills to start and successfully operate a business or work for an already existing business. You will be able to custom design your own program to fit your individual needs. Specialized courses in your area of interest such as automotive, graphic design, cosmetology and others may be applied toward your entrepreneurship degree. At the completion of this program, you will not only have a degree, but you also will have newly developed, practical skills to feel confident that you can start and successfully run a small business.

Business Plan - Marketing ............................................. 3 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 ICDP Electives* ........................................................... 6-8

15-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) BA230 SP111

Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 9

15 *Individual Custom Designed Program (ICDP) Electives The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management program allows for students to develop with their adviser an individual custom designed program that meets their small business needs and specific interests. The program allows students 28-32 credits (about a third of the program) to specialize in a specific area relating to their chosen field in small business. Upon entering the program each student will meet with his/her adviser and mutually develop an individual custom designed program that will provide them with the necessary expertise to be a successful entrepreneur. A maximum of 12 credit hours of WE280, Cooperative Education Internship, may be applied toward the degree. ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ‡See pages 13-14.

Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II** ........... 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 2

16

Cr

Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications ................................................................ 3 ICDP Electives* ............................................................... 8


Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management (Certificate Program) The Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Program will help to prepare you to develop and successfully operate your own business. Students learn how to find and evaluate business opportunities. They will learn the necessary steps in registering and forming a business, as well as how to successfully manage and operate it. You will be able to answer these questions: · What is it like to own and operate your own business? · Would you like to start and operate a business from your own home? · How do you find and evaluate small business opportunities? · Would you like to learn about franchising? · Would you like to learn how to start and develop a business of you own? · What is actually involved in operating a small business? · What are the risks and rewards of being your own boss? · What are the important skills involved in operating a successful small business of your own? Students enrolling in the Certificate program are expected to be interested in starting their own business within a short period of time. They most likely would already have a set of skills or interests that they want to use to start and operate their own business or franchise. For those students who want more education or training in a custom-designed program, they should investigate the two-year associates degree in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. The two-year program allows students to customize their own individual program of skill , development and training by choosing to take more elective courses. All of the courses in the one-year certificate program are necessary in the two-year degree program. Therefore, it is easy for a student who gets a one-year certificate to decide to go on for a two-year degree. Program Adviser (Business and Computer Technology): Chuck Knocke 503-491-6971 – Room AC 2663 knockec@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) Developing Entrepreneurial Opportunities BA100 BA150 BA202 CS105 CS105L WR121

Cr

Introduction to Entrepreneurship ............................. 3 Developing a Small Business ........................................ 3 Customer Service & Employee Relations ................ 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) Managing as an Entrepreneur BA208 BA211 BA222 BA250 CS125___

Business Plan-Marketing ............................................... 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Finance .............................................................................. 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Software Applications or BT210__ Software Applications ................................................................ 3

16 Third Quarter (Spring) Planning as an Entrepreneur BA200 BA230 BA238 HUM202

Marketing for Small Business ....................................... 3 Business Plan-Operating/Financial .............................. 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ........... 3

12

77


Environmental Health and Safety (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

78

The Environmental Health and Safety program provides students a basic understanding of the environmental health and safety issues. The technical nature of this field requires basic courses in math and chemistry in order to understand and work more effectively in this field. The program includes lectures, class projects, and an internship.The curriculum would be suitable for high school graduates, people now working in industry in the areas of occupational safety and health, or environmental management, and those with no related job experience wanting to change careers. Persons assigned new duties in this area may find individual courses will fulfill their needs for continuing professional education. Students completing an Associate’s Degree in the EHS program may transfer to several different four-year schools for the Bachelor of Science degree in different environmental fields. Interested students should contact the program adviser for additional information.

Third Quarter

What are the Possibilities for Employment? The Environmental Health and Safety program prepares students for well paid jobs in the growing fields of environmental health and safety. Small to large companies have the need for at least one person responsible for environmental health and/or safety issues. Employment in the environmental field include such jobs as program managers, regulatory officers, auditors, field and lab technicians, scientists, researchers, educators, and trainers. Employment in the health and safety field include such jobs as safety technicians, safety officers, accident investigators, industrial hygienists, risk managers, program developers, and program managers.

CS105 CS105L WR227

Program Adviser (Physical Science Department): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter EHS100 EHS101 CH104 MTH95

SP111

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I .............................................................. 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* ....... 5 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

EHS171 ESR285 BI102 CH170 WR122

17 Fourth Quarter EHS221 EHS225 ESR271

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human & Environmental Toxicology ......................... 3 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4 Computing Fundamentals** ......................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab** ................................. 1 Technical Report Writing or WR123 English Composition: Research .............. 3

18 Fifth Quarter EHS201

Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II ............................................................. 3 EHS243 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

17 Sixth Quarter EHS222

Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ........................................................................ 4 EHS230 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 WE280EVB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Approved Humanities/Social Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

14

17-18 Second Quarter EHS143 ESR281 BI101 CH105 WR121

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 General Biology I*** ...................................................... 4 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry II* ...... 5 English Composition ...................................................... 3

18

Cr

Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3 General Biology II*** ..................................................... 4 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

* CH221 and CH222 may be substituted for CH104 and CH105. ** Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted. *** Any two 200 level biology courses may be substituted for BI101 and BI102. Note: Students who are pursuing an AAS degree in the ESS Program, are entitled to receive the certification for the 40-hour HAZWOPER (EPA 165.1) training without additional cost. ‡See pages 13-14.


Environmental Health and Safety (Certificate Program) Students may earn a certificate in Environmental Health and Safety. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working in industry in the areas of environmental management or occupational safety and health, or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Physical Science Department): Dr. Javid Mohtasham 503-491-7440 - Room AC 2571 mohtashj@mhcc.edu

Basic Course Requirements EHS100 EHS101 EHS171 ESR281 CS105 CS105L CH104 CH170 MTH95

PSY101 SP111 WR121

Cr

Introduction to Environmental Health and Safety .................................................................... 2 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations I ...... 3 Environmental Science I: Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................................ 3 Elements of Industrial Hygiene ................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Environmental Chemistry ............................................ 4 Intermediate Algebra with Right-Triangle Trigonometry or MTH111 Pre-Calculus I: Elementary Functions** ......................................... 4-5 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3

In addition to basic course requirements above, add:

Safety and Regulations Electives (3 required) EHS221 EHS225 EHS201 EHS222 ESR285

Environmental Safety I: Emergency Response Planning ..................................................... 4 Human and Environmental Toxicology ..................... 3 Environmental Health and Safety Regulations II .... 3 Environmental Safety II: Environmental Auditing ....................................................................... 4 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ..................... 3

Science and Technology Electives (3 required) EHS143 EHS230 EHS243 ESR271

Environmental Science Lab I: EPA Methodology Labs & Sampling ............................... 3 Pollution Prevention (P2) ............................................. 3 Environmental Science Lab II: Introduction to Instrumental Analysis ................................................ 4 Environmental Science II: Introduction to Environmental Engineering ..................................... 4

* Higher level Math or Computer Science course may be substituted.

79


Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

80

This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled. What is it? This is a one-year certificate with an option for a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program in Fire Science Technology with areas of specialization in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression and Fire Management. Fire personnel may earn either a certificate or an associate degree in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression or Fire Management. The certificate or associate degree option is designed for experienced fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters who want to earn a certificate or associate degree in Fire Science. Fire personnel who want to earn an associate degree must complete a certificate in an area of specialization. What are its objectives? The primary objective of this program is to provide a career development education and training system for local fire service agencies.

Fourth Quarter EMTX12

Cr

Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

17

Fifth Quarter EMTX13 MTH60

Emergency Medical Training Basic .............................. 5 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

17

Sixth Quarter General Education Requirements‡ Related Electives

15 * Prerequisite MTH20 Applied Algebra & PreAlgebra or by placement examination.

Specific objectives include:

Related Electives

1. To upgrade agency employees in Fire Prevention, Fire Suppression, and Fire Management.

Prior to selecting related electives the student must consult with an adviser to determine a selection of courses that is appropriate to the area of specialization and to the student’s goals.

2. To allow agency employees to progress in their certification under the Oregon Fire Standards and Accreditation Board. Who may participate? Since this curriculum is approved as an occupational supplementary program and not occupational preparatory, we have designed the courses for fire service agency employees or volunteer firefighters. The college also has developed a procedure whereby fire service agencies may contract to have program courses provided at their own facilities and scheduled to fit their shift patterns. Program Adviser (The Center, 503-491-7429): Barbara Updegraff 503-491-7242. Note: Fire Science courses are not being offered currently as regularly scheduled classes.

First Quarter

Cr

Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

Second Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

Third Quarter Requirements in specific certificate program ..................... 15

FF14 FF18 FF21 FF28 FF29 FF31 FF36A FF37 FF38 FF39 FF40 FF44 FF48 FF50 FF51 FF52 FF53 FF54 **FF10 **FF11 **FF13 **FF15 **FF17

Fire Company Organization and Station Management Fire Service Rescue Practices Building Construction for Fire Suppression Natural Cover Fire Protection Fire Department Communications Introduction to Building Codes Aircraft Fire Rescue Industrial Fire Protection Hazardous Materials for Inspectors Firefighters’ Law Fire Prevention Inspection Fire Insurance Fundamentals Major Emergency Strategy and Tactics Fire Codes and Ordinances II Advanced Detection and Protection Systems Fire Prevention Education Programs Introduction to Emergency Services Instructor I Introduction to Fire Protection Firefighting Skills I Elementary Fire Science Firefighting Skills II Fundamentals of Fire Prevention

** These courses will not be offered by Mt. Hood Community College. Credit may be acquired by Experience-Based Credit procedures. ‡See pages 13-14.


Fire Science Technology (Restricted to professional and volunteer firefighters, Certificate Program) This program is designed for fire service agency employees and volunteer fire fighters. Courses are currently offered only on a contracted basis with local fire service agencies and departments. No open enrollment classes are scheduled.

Second Quarter

Fire personnel may earn a certificate in one of the following specialized areas of instruction: fire prevention, fire suppression or fire management. Students completing a certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Fire Science Technology.

FF30 FF46 FFX25

FF23 FF24

Cr

Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers .............................................................. 3 Arson Investigation ........................................................ 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Uniform Building Code ................................................. 3

15 Third Quarter

Fire Management First Quarter FF16 FF41 FF46 PS203 SP111

Cr

Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ..................................... 3-5 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

15-17

PSY101

Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Officer Management Responsibility .................. 3 Fire Planning and Research (Municipal Budgets) .................................................. 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3

15

SDP204 WR101

15

Fire Suppression FF22 FF23 FF27 FF46 WR101

Fire Command I .............................................................. 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ..................................... 3 Labor-Management Relations ...................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15

Second Quarter

FF21 FF24 FF26 FF47

Third Quarter

Fire Prevention FF20

FF25 PS203 SP111

Fire Science II-Chemistry or CH104 General Chemistry or CH151 Basic Chemistry ...................................... 3-5 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 State and Local Governments ..................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15-17

Fire Science I - Physics or PH201 General Physics I ...................................... 3-5 Building Construction for Fire Suppression ............ 3 Fire Protection Systems and Extinguishers ............. 3 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials ............................ 5 Fire Command I .............................................................. 3

17-19 FF12

First Quarter

Fire Service Hydraulics ................................................. 3 Hazardous Materials Technician I ............................... 3 Firefighting Strategy and Tactics .................................. 3 Fire Department Leadership ....................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

15 FF16

Third Quarter FF47 CJA212

WR101

Fire Codes and Ordinances I ...................................... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Water Distribution Systems ........................................ 3 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure ...................................................... 3 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3

First Quarter

Second Quarter FF25 FF27 FF43 FF45

FF33 FF34 FF35 CJA212

FF25 FF34 FF41

Fire Apparatus, Pump Construction and Operation .................................................................... 3 Fire Investigation (Cause Determination) ............... 3 Public Relations for Fire Service ................................ 3 Training Programs and Techniques ............................. 3 Computer Applications ................................................. 3

15 Note: See certificate requirements under the Degree Requirements section of catalog.

81


Fisheries Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

82

The purpose of the two-year Fisheries Technology AAS degree curriculum is to prepare students for successful careers with private, federal or state agencies as a fish culturist and/or a fishery technician. Over and above such required work as fish biology, fish husbandry and fishery techniques, a significant portion of the program will provide hands-on experience through field and propagation projects, including operations in the campus fish hatchery. Chest waders and rain gear are required and must be purchased by the student. Students completing the program will usually assist in propagation and rearing of game and food fish. Because of the rigorous activity demanded by the work, good physical condition is a necessity. Those students desiring entry into the Fisheries program are advised that admission will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria.

FI101 BI101 MTH20 WR101

Cr

Fishery Techniques I ....................................................... 4 General Biology I ............................................................ 4 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-algebra* ........................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition** ............................. 3

Second Quarter Fishery Techniques II ...................................................... 4 Fish Biology I ................................................................... 4 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition** ............................. 3

16 Third Quarter FI103 FI113 MTH65 PE185FSW WLD116

Cr

Fish Husbandry I ............................................................. 6 Fisheries Lab Techniques ............................................... 2 Data Collection Techniques ......................................... 3 Field Projects I ................................................................ 2 Building Maintenance and Repair ............................... 4

17 Fifth Quarter FI202 FI212 FI222 FI231 HE252

Fish Husbandry II ............................................................ 6 Field Projects II ............................................................... 2 Equipment Maintenance and Repair .......................... 4 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3

16 FI203 FI213 FI241

14 FI102 FI112 BT210__ BT210__ MTH60 WR102

FI201 FI205 FI207 FI211 FI221

Sixth Quarter

Program Adviser (Life Science Department): Tom Worcester 503-491-7330 - Room AC 2570 worcestt@mhcc.edu Todd Hanna 503-491-7163 - Room HF 13 hannat@mhcc.edu

First Quarter

Fourth Quarter

Fishery Techniques III .................................................... 4 Fish Biology II .................................................................. 4 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Fisheries Swimming & Water Safety .......................... 1 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

15

PS297 SP100 VT10FIA WR199FI

Fish Husbandry III .......................................................... 3 Field Projects III .............................................................. 2 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 Introduction to Environmental Politics .................... 3 Basic Speech Communications or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking .............. 3 Special Projects*** ......................................................... 1 Writing Capstone Projects for Fisheries ................. 2

16 * Students placing in MTH60 or MTH65 should begin their mathematics sequence in the fall. ** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. *** VT10FIA may be taken any quarter, including the summer.

‥ See pages 13-14.


Forest Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Forest Resources Technology program prepares students for positions of technical responsibility in natural resources management and research. Forest technicians serve in a wide variety of capacities, and may work in such diverse areas as reforestation, mapping, vegetation inventory, outdoor recreation, timber appraisal, land surveying, harvesting, stream surveying, wildlife habitat enhancement, and fire fighting. Good physical condition and the willingness to work in all kinds of weather are important for those interested in outdoor field positions. There are also more limited opportunities for those who would prefer to stay indoors. These would include positions in computerized mapping, aerial photointerpretation and database management. Outdoor labs are an integral part of the coursework. Students learn field techniques that they will use on the job in local forests, parks and natural areas. The courses incorporate technologically advanced equipment and software into the field data collection and analysis. In addition, each student completes a cooperative work internship, which gives college credit for on-the-job work experience. Students desiring to enter the Forest Resources program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications are accepted year-round. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 503-491-7342 for application materials. Selected courses (up to 65 credits) may be transferred to several four-year institutions in appropriate bachelor degree programs. Check with the program adviser for current information. Program Adviser (LIfe Sciences Department): Joan Caldwell 503-491-7322 - Room AC 2569 caldwelj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter F111 F141 FT160 CS90 MTH60 PE285OL

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Forest Fire Management and Ecology ....................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

15-16 Second Quarter F112 FT122 FT144 MTH80 WR121

Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Forest Insects and Diseases ........................................ 3 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 English Composition** .................................................. 3

16 Third Quarter F200 F240 BOT203 MTH85

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4 Forest Biology & Ecology ............................................. 4 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

16

Fourth Quarter FT220 FT222 FT226 FT242 WR122

Cr

Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3 Forest Measurements II ................................................ 4 Fundamentals of Resource Mapping .......................... 3 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter FT212 FT228 FT244 FW251 PSY101

Current Issues in Forest Resources .......................... 1 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 Applied Silviculture I: Reforestation .......................... 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Related Elective ........................................................... 1-3

14-16 Sixth Quarter FT211 FT235 FT238 FT246 WE280FT WR227

Forest Products .............................................................. 2 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Timber Harvesting ......................................................... 3 Applied Silviculture II: Forest Stand Dynamics ....... 3 Cooperative Education Internship*** ....................... 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

17 * Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI *** Cooperative Education-Students are encouraged to satisfy WE280FT during the summer between their first and second years. Related Electives The Related Elective is intended to provide enrichment in an area of interest to the student. In selecting a related elective, students should consult with their adviser to determine which course will best meet their academic and professional goals. See adviser for baccalaureate curriculum. ‥See pages 13-14.

83


Funeral Service Education (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

84

The Funeral Service Education program at Mt. Hood Community College is a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree program. Transfer credit from an accredited college or university may apply against comparable courses offered in the curriculum. Each transferred course must have a grade of C or higher. Objectives: 1. To educate students for positions and careers as funeral directors and embalmers. 2. To enlarge the background knowledge of students about the funeral service profession. 3. To educate students in every phase of funeral service, and to help enable them to develop the proficiency and skills necessary of the profession. 4. To educate the students concerning the responsibilities of the funeral service profession to the community at large. 5. To emphasize high standards of ethical conduct. 6. To provide curriculum at the post-secondary level of instruction. 7. To encourage research in the field of funeral service. 8. To encourage advanced education among funeral service professionals. The degree offered by Mt. Hood Community College can be earned by following a prescribed course of instruction which requires six quarters in residence. Transferring all non-FSE classes from accredited institutions may allow a student to complete his/her professional course work in a three-quarter sequence, beginning each fall quarter. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. The deadline for completed applications is the end of February.The criteria for student selection are described in the final paragrapah. Program Adviser (Science): Bill Malcom 503-491-6941 - Room AC 1556 malcomw@mhcc.edu Doug Ferrin 503-491-6940 - Room AC 1555 ferrind@mhcc.edu

First Quarter FSE121 AH11 AH12 CS105/L WR121

Cr

Funeral Service Orientation ........................................ 3 Survey of Body Systems ............................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary or MO14 Medical Terminology I ............................. 2-3 Computing Fundamentals/Lab or BA231 Information Technology in Business ...... 4 English Composition .................................................... 3

Second Quarter

HPE295

FSE124 AC110 PSY201 SP111

Cr

Funeral Service Law ....................................................... 3 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ......................... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 Fourth Quarter** FSE211 FSE219 FSE221 FSE225 FSE226

Embalming I ...................................................................... 4 Embalming Chemistry ................................................... 3 Funeral Home Management I ...................................... 3 Funeral Directing ............................................................ 3 Funeral Service Psychology ......................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter FSE212 FSE214 FSE216 FSE222 FSE227

Embalming II ..................................................................... 4 Restorative Art ............................................................... 3 Funeral Service Microbiology or BI234 Microbiology ............................................... 3-4 Funeral Home Management II ..................................... 3 Funeral Service Counseling ......................................... 3

16-17 Sixth Quarter FSE213 FSE217 FSE240 FSE245

Embalming III ................................................................... 3 Funeral Service Pathology ............................................ 3 Funeral Service Internship*** ..................................... 6 Funeral Service Issues ................................................... 3

15

16-17 FSE122 BA226 CH104

Third Quarter

Funeral Service Sociology ............................................ 3 Introduction to Business Law I ................................... 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I* .............................................................. 5 Health and Fitness For Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ................................................................ 3 General Education Distribution Requirement‡ ..... 3

17

* Prerequisite is MTH65. ** Students must achieve a 2.0 or better grade point average for acceptance into fourth quarter. *** Students may elect to take the internship for 3 credits (FSE240A) in fall or winter and then again in spring for 3 credits. Note: While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student can be admitted to the Funeral Service Education program. These same standards also require that a recent health certificate be submitted to the college prior to acceptance in the program. The criteria for selecting students gives priority to those applicants who have apprentice experience. Somewhat less priority is given to those with related work experience. Another criteria, gives priority to applicants from Oregon, then slightly less priority for Washington, Idaho, and Montana applicants. All other states are treated equally. Students from California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada and Washington automatically pay in-state tuition. ‡See pages 13-14.


Gerontology (Certificate Program) The Gerontology Certificate Program is designed for a variety of students and residents in the community including health care professionals, elders and caregivers. Courses can be taken: to increase ones understanding of aging to promote excellence in providing care for elders to complete a Gerontology Certificate to use as a related elective Admission is open and the student may enter at any quarter. Classes are offered through the Evening and Weekend College. Courses may also be offered by request at individual clinical facilities. Cooperative learning may be designed according to the student’s individual focus of study.The certificate by itself does not qualify the recipient for employment. The courses in this program emphasize a holistic approach in working with elders. Aging is viewed as part of the life cycle and elders are recognized as valuable contributors to society. Students will be provided with a foundation to gain an understanding of the aging progress and its impact on health and wellness. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Sue Byers 503-491-7436 - Room AC 2772 byerss@mhcc.edu

First Quarter GRX10 AH12 HPE295

Cr

The Aging Process .......................................................... 3 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 Mathematics Requirement‡* ................................... 3-5 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14-16 Second Quarter GRX50 PSY237 SP100 SOC232

Fundamentals of Elder Care ........................................ 3 Human Development .................................................... 4 Basic Speech Communication ..................................... 3 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

16 Third Quarter GRX15 HS111 WE280HSA WR121

Concepts in Wellness and Disease Prevention ....... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3 Related Gerontology Elective ..................................... 3

14 * MTH20 or higher ‡See page 19.

Related Electives GRX20 GRX22 GRX30 GRX40 GRX60 VT10AHC

Cr

Mental Health and Elders ............................................. 3 Alzheimer’s Care ............................................................ 2 Chronic Disease ............................................................. 3 Public Policy and Elder Health Care ......................... 3 Essentials of Caregiving ................................................ 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4

85


Graphic Design (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

86

Graphic Design is a creative process that utilizes art and technology to communicate ideas. By orchestrating color, type, symbols, and images, the graphic designer creates and manages the production of pieces designed to interest, inform, sell or persuade a specific audience. While graphic design has traditionally meant the design of printed material, it also includes signage and architectural graphics, and with computer technology it encompasses film, television, video, animation and interactivity. Packaging, bookcovers, newspapers and magazines, posters, corporate logos, computer-based interactive multimedia presentations and web pages are just a few examples of work created by graphic designers. As professionals, graphic designers combine aesthetic judgment with project management skills to develop overall communications strategies for their clients.When a design concept is decided upon graphic designers work with illustrators, photographers, producers, editors and printers to complete a compelling design that communicates the client’s message effectively. Manual dexterity is essential. So is the ability to respond to visual problems in a positive, creative and logical manner. Good oral and written communication skills are important for understanding instructions and clearly communicating thoughts and concepts. Macintosh computer skills and fluency in all kinds of graphics software are required at all levels of employment. MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science degree in graphic design. It is a restricted-entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria have been met and a portfolio review conducted by faculty. Because the core courses are sequential, students may start in the fall term only. Transfer students may be able to enter during winter and spring terms. Students interested in this program should contact the Graphic Design program director to discuss curricula, employment opportunities, aptitude, etc.

Cr

Digital Typography II ...................................................... 4 Graphic Design II ............................................................ 4 Digital Imaging ................................................................. 4 Drawing I .......................................................................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II* ............ 3

18 Third Quarter (Spring) GD116 GD122 GD146 ART203 SP111

Digital Typography III ..................................................... 4 Graphic Design III ........................................................... 4 Advanced Digital Imaging ............................................. 4 Introduction to the History of Art ............................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking ................................ 3

18 Fourth Quarter (Fall) GD232 GD244 GD249

ART167

Advanced Graphic Design I ......................................... 4 Digital Page Layout ......................................................... 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 History of Graphic Design ........................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) GD233 GD235 GD246

Advanced Graphic Design II ........................................ 4 HTML Programming for Graphic Designers ........... 4 Digital Publication Design ............................................ 4 Mathematics/Science/Computer Science Requirement‡ ............................................................. 3

Sixth Quarter (Spring) GD236 GD247 GD249

Graphic Design GD113 GD114 GD120 WR121

GD115 GD121 GD145 ART231 WR122

15

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Christina Maier 503-491-6992 - Room VA 23 maierc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall)

Second Quarter (Winter)

Cr

Digital File Preparation ................................................. 4 Digital Typography I ........................................................ 4 Graphic Design I ............................................................. 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I* .............. 3

Portfolio ............................................................................ 4 Interactive Media Design .............................................. 4 Graphic Design Practicum or WE280GDB Cooperative Education Internship .................................................................... 4 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

15 * Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102.

15 ‡See pages 13-14.


Horticulture (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program) Are you interested in ornamental plants or in improving the environment through intelligent use of plants? Does growing, caring for or marketing ornamental plants, equipment or supplies sound exciting? Are you currently working in the industry and need to upgrade your skills or prepare for a license exam? If this sounds exciting to you, then you should consider a career in the numberone agronomic industry in Oregon: Horticulture. The field of horticulture includes some of the most technical aspects of agriculture. Northwest growers use elementary principles of mathematics, chemistry, biology, engineering, and electronics to produce some of the best ornamental plants grown in the United States. Oregon ranks third in the nation in wholesale sales of ornamental plants. Horticulture is an important business. Annual wholesale sales of ornamental plants in Oregon exceeded $642,000,000 in 2001. Include Christmas trees and sales totaled over $782,000,000. Home owners and US industries spend large sums of money to beautify their surroundings. Indoor and outdoor gardening continues to increase as leisure time increases and individuals become more aware of the environmental benefits of ornamental plants and flowers. Even in difficult economic times this industry continues to grow.

Employment Opportunities Positions are available for horticultural graduates in the areas of production, marketing, research, pest management, landscape design and management, floriculture, teaching, government inspection, the health care industry, public gardens and many other related industries. Qualified students often find jobs prior to graduation. Part-time jobs are also available for students wishing to work while continuing their studies. Starting salaries for horticulture graduates compare favorably with other areas of agriculture.

Program Outline A one-year certificate and a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree are offered to students in the MHCC Horticulture Program. Students may select from two areas of interest: Greenhouse and Nursery Management, and Landscape Design and Management. Students in each of these areas complete studies in a core curriculum. Individuals working and attending classes part-time may complete their selected program over a period of several years. Individual classes are also open to any individual desiring to upgrade their skills or prepare for licensing examinations.

Additional Costs Cost lists of hand tools, texts and miscellaneous items are available from the division office. In addition, foul weather gear is highly recommended. Program Adviser (Life Science Department): Erric Ross 503-491-7402 or 503-7477 - Rooms AC 2590 and HF 14 rosse@mhcc.edu; FAX 503-491-6096 Landscape Design and Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work as residential designers for garden centers, building contractors, or start their own design business. They will also be prepared to work in the area of landscape management & maintenance (groundskeeping) or start their own landscape maintenance and/or construction business.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH65 WR101

Cr

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition*** ........................... 3

16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102

Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Workplace Communications II or WR121 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** .......... 3

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR157 HOR160 HOR210

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Landscape Management & Maintenance ................... 3 Intro to Landscape Design and Construction ........ 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4

16 Fourth Quarter HOR203 HOR205 HOR217 HOR261 HOR265

Pest Identification & Control II*,** ............................ 3 Landscape Design I ........................................................ 4 Turf Management ............................................................ 3 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3

14 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR232 HOR235 HOR237 HOR262 CS105 CS105L

Arboriculture** ............................................................... 3 Interiorscape Management .......................................... 3 Landscape Design II ....................................................... 3 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

17 Sixth Quarter HOR260 HOR263 WE280HR HE252 PSY101

Advanced Landscape Design & Construction ........ 3 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

14 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. ***Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ‥See pages 13-14.

87


Horticulture, continued (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program with Two Options/ Certificate Program)

88

Greenhouse & Nursery Management Option: Students completing this option will be prepared to work for a commercial greenhouse or nursery or start their own wholesale/retail greenhouse or nursery business.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR150 MTH65 WR101

Cr

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition*** ........................... 3

16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR102

Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I ......... 5 Workplace Communications II or WR121 English Composition: Critical Thinking*** .......... 3

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR160 HOR210 PSY101

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Intro to Landscape Design & Construction ............ 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

Horticulture Certificate Due to an increase in the minimum wage, many employers can no longer afford to train new employees. The horticulture certificate option provides the basic training needed for individuals seeking employment or wishing to expand their knowledge in the broad field of horticulture. If additional training is needed, the certificate program design allows for easy expansion into the two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree.

First Quarter HOR100 HOR101 HOR103 HOR150 MTH65

14-16 Second Quarter HOR131 HOR132 HOR133 CH104 WR101

HOR103 HOR203 HOR204 HOR261 HOR265

Greenhouse Construction & Maintenance ............. 3 Pest Identification and Control II*,** ........................ 3 Fall Greenhouse & Nursery Practice** .................... 5 Perennial and Native Plants I ....................................... 1 Horticulture Marketing and Customer Service ..... 3

15 Fifth Quarter HOR231 HOR234 HOR237 HOR262 CS105 CS105L

Aboriculture** ................................................................ 3 Winter Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ........... 5 Irrigation ........................................................................... 3 Perennial and Native Plants II ..................................... 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1

16 Sixth Quarter HOR254 HOR263 HE252 WE280HR

Spring Greenhouse & Nursery Practices** ............. 5 Perennial and Native Plants III .................................... 1 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Related Electives: BT213, MTH80, SP115, WLD116

Plant Identification II** .................................................. 3 Horticulture Business Practices ................................. 3 Chemical Safety and Application*,** ......................... 3 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 5 Communication Skills I ................................................. 3

17 Third Quarter HOR151 HOR152 HOR160

16 Fourth Quarter

Cr

Introduction to Horticulture** .................................. 4 Plant Identification I** ................................................... 3 Greenhouse Construction and Maintenance or Related Elective ..................................................... 1-3 Pacific Northwest Horticulture Industry ................. 3 Beginning Algebra II ........................................................ 3

HOR210 PSY101

Plant Identification III** ................................................. 3 Pest Identification and Control I*,** ......................... 3 Introduction to Landscape Design and Construction ...................................................... 3 Soils and Plant Nutrition** .......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

16 * HOR133, 152, 203 are approved by the Oregon Department of Agriculture for 15 Pesticide Licensing Recertification credits each. ** Approved for CEU by ISA toward Certified Arborist recertification. *** Students must complete either: 1) WR121 and WR122 or 2) WR101 and WR102. ‥See pages 13-14.

College Transfer Individuals selecting this option should enroll in CH104, 105, 106; PSY201, 202, 203; MTH111 and/or higher; and WR121, 122, 123 to insure transfer of credit for these areas of study to institutions of higher education. Students will need to work with the horticulture program adviser to select appropriate horticulture courses for their area of interest to transfer to higher education institutions.


Hospitality and Tourism Management (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Hospitality and Tourism Management is an associate degree program designed to prepare students for careers in the hospitality and tourism industry.The curriculum includes instruction and training in hotel, travel, recreation, tourism, food service, convention and meeting planning and related service industries. In addition to formal instruction, cooperative education internships are an integral part of the program and allow for on- the-job experiences in a wide variety of settings and occupations directly related to each student’s career objectives. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 – Room AC 2665 carrierc@mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 – Room AC 2664 franksl@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

International Hospitality and Tourism ....................... 3 Supervisory Management for the Hospitality Industry .................................................. 3 HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing or HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing ................ 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Work Experience or HTX35 Culinary Arts - Food Prep I .................... 4 CS125_ Softward Applications or BT210_ Software Applications (optional - requires adviser approval) ................................................................... (1) Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

16-17 Fifth Quarter (Winter) HT180_

First Quarter (Fall) HT104 HT106 HT140 BT103

Cr

Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Travel and Tourism Geography ................................... 3 Business Mathematics or MTH60 Beginning Algebra I .................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

15

HT47 HTX40C

BA238 CS125_

Second Quarter (Winter) HT41

HT240 CS105 CS105L WR121

Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Related Elective or HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management ............. 3 Convention and Meetings Management ................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

16 Third Quarter HT42

HT180_

HTX40C PSY201 WR122

Traval and Tourism Agency Operations or HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers ....... 3 Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry .................................... 3 Destination Specialist or WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship .................... 2-4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP112 Persuasive Speech or SP115 Intro to Intercultural Communication or BA205 Business Communication ...................... 3-4

14-17

Cr

HT204 HT242

Airline Computer Reservations System Training or HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management ....................................... 3 Airlines, Cruises and Tours or HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls .......... 3 Destination Specialist or AC110 GeneralAccounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 2-4 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Software Applications or BT210 Software Applications (optional - requires adviser approval .................................................................... (1) Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

14-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) HT48

etravel.com or HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry ............. 3 HT230 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 HT249 Hospitality Issues and Trends ...................................... 3 WE280HTB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Related Elective* ............................................................. 3

16 Related Electives Students are advised to consider additional hospitality or tourism courses. In selecting related courses, the student must consult with an adviser to determine which courses are most appropriate to the student’s goals and area of interest. Note: Please check the course description section of the catalog for those courses which require a prerequisite. * Instructor approval required. ‡See pages 13-14. Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.

89


Hospitality and Tourism Management (Certificate Program)

90

Students may earn a certificate in Hospitality and Tourism Management and specialize in one of the following areas: Travel and Tourism, Hotel and Resort, Convention and Meetings, Food Service Management, or Recreation and Leisure Management. Students completing the certificate program may apply these credits toward an associate degree in Hospitality and Tourism Management. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Court Carrier 503-491-7486 - Room AC 2665 carrierc.mhcc.edu Larkin Franks 503-491-7666 - Room AC 2664 franksl.mhcc.edu

Basic Course Requirements: HT41 HT104 HT106 HT230 BA238 CS105 CS105L CS125HTF CSX30IN PSY101 WE280HT WR101

Cr

Customer Service Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Travel and Tourism ............................ 3 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry ................. 3 Hotel, Restaurant, Travel Law ...................................... 3 Sales ................................................................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab ..................................... 1 Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 Beginning Internet .......................................................... 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Workplace Communications I .................................... 3 Program Specialties (See Below) ....................... 18-19

Certificate Program Concentrations Travel and Tourism Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT42 Travel and Tourism Agency Operations (Wi/Sp) .... 3 HT140 Travel and Tourism Geography (Fall) ......................... 3 HT180_ Airline Computer Travel Reservation System Training (Worldspan - Spring) or (Apollo - Winter) ...................................................... 3 HT204 International Hospitality and Tourism (Fall) .............................................................................. 3 HT205 Travel & Tourism Marketing (Fall) .............................. 3 HT47 Airlines, Cruises and Tours .......................................... 3

Food Service Management Concentration

Cr

In addition to basic course requirements, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT170 Food, Beverage and Labor Cost Controls (Winter) .......................................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

Convention and Meetings Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT33 Special Events and Attraction Mgmt (Wi -alt yr) or HTX32 Trade Show Convention and Event Facilities Mgmt (Wi - alternate yrs) ......... 3 HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT240 Convention and Meetings Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

Recreation and Leisure Management Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements, add: HT107 Introduction to Leisure and Recreation Management (Winter) ............................................. 3 HTX46 Managing and Programming of Recreation and Sport Facilities (Spr - alternate yrs) ............. 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4 HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ....................... 3 Outdoor/Recreation Related Electives .................... 6

Short Term Travel Training (HTX43) Offered by The Center for Travel Career Training Hotel and Resort Operations Concentration In addition to the basic course requirements above, add: HT105 Catering, Restaurant and Food Management: Concept to Customers (Spring) ........................... 3 HT160 Hotel/Resort Operations Management (Winter) . 3 HT181 Computer Applications for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT215 Managerial Accounting for the Hospitality Industry (Spring) .................................. 3 HT260 Hospitality Industry Marketing (Fall) ......................... 3 AC110 General Accounting I or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ........................................................... 4

· A ten-week, 190-hour intensive, up-to-date training program at an accredited degree-granting college. · Internship training at a professional travel/tour-agency. · Extensive hands-on computer training to prepare you for an exciting career in the travel industry. · Earn 12 credits that can be applied to the MHCC Hospitality and Tourism Program (HT42, HT140, HT180W and WE280HTA) · Professional placement and expert job search assistance.

Mt. Hood Community College is an officially licensed school with the Institute of Certified Travel Agents and offers the Certified Travel Counselor and Destination Specialists Certifications.


Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Integrated Natural Resources Technology program is designed to educate technologically advanced field technicians for all facets of natural resource management. This ecosystem centered program prepares students for jobs such as 1) conducting wetlands, wildlife, and stream surveys; 2) performing vegetation, aquatic, and botanical inventories; and 3) assessing habitat suitability. Employment opportunities exist in local, state, and federal agencies and in private industry. A majority of the course work will involve hands-on experiences both in the classroom and in the field. Each student in the program is also required to complete a cooperative work internship. The curriculum culminates with a final field project which allows the students to integrate all of their previous coursework into a “real-life” situation. Students desiring entry into the Integrated Natural Resource Program are advised that admission is on a first-come, first-served basis after satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Interested students should contact the Admissions Office at 491-7342 for application materials.

F111 F141 CS90 GEOG290 MTH60 PE285OL

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Environmental Problems ............................................... 3 Beginning Algebra I* ....................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

Second Quarter Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Technical Mathematics I ................................................ 4 English Composition** .................................................. 3

16 Third Quarter F200 FW253 BOT203 MTH85

Introduction to Forest Surveying ............................... 4 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Technical Mathematics II ............................................... 4

15 Fourth Quarter FT220 FT226 FT242 BI273 WR122

Introduction to Wetlands Identification and Management ...................................................... 3 FT228 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems ........................................................................ 3 FW252 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 FW255 Wildlife Techniques ........................................................ 2 HD209INT Interviewing Techniques ................................................ 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

15 Sixth Quarter INR228 FI231 FI241 FW254

Field Projects ................................................................... 3 Current Issues in Natural Resources ....................... 1 Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement .............................................................. 2 Wildlife Resources: Fish, Amphibians and Reptiles ........................................................................ 4 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

16

15-16 F112 FT122 FW251 MTH80 WR121

Cr

INR224

WE280NR WR227

Program Adviser (Life Sciences Department) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591or shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu

First Quarter

Fifth Quarter

Aerial Photointerpretation .......................................... 3 Fundamentals for Resource Mapping ........................ 3 Watershed Processes .................................................... 3 Ecology .............................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3

16

* Optional mathematics sequence: MTH95, MTH111, MTH112 ** Optional communications sequence: WR101, WR102, WR199FI Suggested Social Science/Humanities Requirements: ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ANTH232 North American Indians EC201, EC202 Principles of Economics GEOG105 Introduction to Physical Geography GEOG106 Introduction to World Regional Geography GEOG107 Introduction to Cultural Geography PS201, PS203 American Government PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking SP112 Persuasive Speech SP218 Interpersonal Communication ‡See pages 13-14.

91


Integrated Natural Resources Technology (Limited Entry, Certificate Program)

92

Students may earn a certificate in Integrated Natural Resources Technology. The curriculum would be suitable for people now working for industry or public agencies in the areas of forest and conservation work or anyone interested in entering this field. Students may find this option a beginning point for the associate degree program. Program Adviser (Life Science Department) Walter Shriner 503-491-7362 - Room AC 2591 or shrinerw@mhcc.edu Kate Holleran 503-491-7306 - Room AC 2592 hollerak@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) F111 F141 BI273 CS90 MTH60 PE285OL

Cr

Introduction to Natural Resources ........................... 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Ecology .............................................................................. 4 Computer Applications (optional) .......................... (1) Beginning Algebra I ......................................................... 3 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3

16-17 Second Quarter (Winter) F112 FT122 FW251 PSY101 WR101

Computer Applications in Forestry ........................... 3 Forest Measurements I ................................................. 3 Principles of Wildlife Conservation ........................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations ................................. 3 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

15 Third Quarter (Spring) FI241 FT235 FW253 BOT203 WE280NRA

Stream Habitat Assessment and Improvement ...... 2 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Plant Taxonomy ............................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

15


Machine Tool Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The purpose of the two-year Machine Tool Technology curriculum is to prepare students for entry into the machining occupations. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in study and actual operation of industrial equipment and tools used by machinists. This includes emphasis on the setup and operation of a CNC (computer numerical controlled) lathes and milling machines. Students will also be introduced to CAD/CAM (computer assisted design/computer assisted manufacturing) software and its applications.The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the metalworking occupations. Students will also be able to complete skill building necessary for participation in an individual credential from NIMS (National Institute of Metalworking Skills) at Level II. NIMS are nationally recognized skill standards established by companies involved in the various metals manufacturing trades. Students are expected to have a set of machinist tools. They are expected to maintain a minimum grade level of “C” on core curriculum classes to progress in the program. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Employment Opportunities Many opportunities exist in the manufacturing industries for the machinist. Students completing the Machine Tool Technology program are prepared for entry into the manufacturing workforce leading to careers such as: - manual and CNC machine operators - maintenance machinist - tool and die maker - quality assurance technician - engineering technologist - CNC programmer - instrument makers Employment opportunities exist that provide support for industries such as: - forest products/paper/lumber - medical technologies - aerospace technologies - computer hardware technologies - heavy industrial manufacturing - hydraulic/pneumatic equipment manufacturing - and many other manufacturing settings Entry into the Machine Tool Technology Program is permissible Fall, Winter, or Spring terms based on individual qualifications. See advisers for details. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.edu Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.edu

First Quarter MFG110 MFG111 MFG113 MFG116 WR121

Second Quarter MFG130 MFG131 MFG134 MFG135 MFG136 MTH34

Cr

Machine Shop II Theory ................................................ 3 Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3 Metallurgy Theory .......................................................... 3 Metallurgy Lab ................................................................. 1 Introduction to CNC Machining ................................ 3 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

16 Third Quarter MFG115 MFG137 MFG150 MFG151 MFG153 MTH35

Industrial Safety ............................................................... 3 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design** ............ 2 Machine Shop III Theory ............................................... 3 Machine Shop III Lab ..................................................... 3 CNC (Computer Numerical Control) Machining ..................................................................... 4 Professional-Technical Computation III .................... 3

18 Fourth Quarter MFG213 MFG214 MFG215 MFG216 WLD116

Integrated Machine Shop I Theory ............................ 2 Integrated Machine Shop I Lab ................................... 3 Inspection and Measurement ...................................... 4 CNC/CAM Applications ............................................... 4 General Welding I ........................................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter MFG212 MFG231 MFG232 MFG236 WR122

CAM Concepts I ............................................................ 4 Integrated Machine Shop II Theory ........................... 2 Integrated Machine Shop II Lab .................................. 3 Quality Control - Statistical Methods ....................... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking* ................... 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

18 Sixth Quarter MFG250 MFG251 MFG256

Applied Machine Shop Theory .................................... 3 Applied Machine Shop Lab ........................................... 3 Quality Issues: ISO 9000 and GDT (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) ....... 3 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life or HE250 Personal Health or HE252 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies ................................................................ 3 WE280MFA Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 3

15

Cr

Machine Shop I Theory ................................................. 3 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3 Machine Tool Blueprint Reading & Sketching ................................................. 3 Introduction to Precision Measuring ........................ 2 English Composition* .................................................... 3

14

* Optional for students to take WR101 Workplace Communications I in place of WR121 and WR102 Workplace Communications II, or SP100 Basic Speech Communication, or SP111 Fundamentals of Public Speaking in place of WR122. ** Minimal computer literacy required. See program adviser. Note: Students interested in transferring to O.I.T. should consult with program advisers early in the first quarter. ‡See pages 13-14.

93


Machine Tool Technology/Computer Numerical Control (Evening Program/Recognition of Completion)

94

Machine Tool Operator

NIMS Credential Exam Preparation

The purpose of the Machine Tool Operator evening program is to prepare students for entry level employment or to upgrade present skills of employees in the manufacturing trades as well as earn credits applicable toward an associate degree. Students participating in the program will spend considerable time in the study, setup, and operation of manual and CNC machine tools used by machinists working in metals manufacturing. The program is designed to offer a broad background of experiences in the manufacturing trade. This program requires that all students have a basic set of machinist tools. Students must meet program entry requirements.

Students desiring to prepare for the NIMS Level II Credentialing Exam will have the opportunity to complete the necessary skill building for the practical test through the Machine Tool Applications Lab class. Those interested need to contact program advisers for information on exams and the development of the necessary skills documentation for taking the exam. See Machine Tool Technology Program page for additional information on NIMS.

Upon completion, a recognition of completion will be awarded. Applications are available in the Industrial Division. Some credits may be applied toward an associate degree if approved by the program adviser and area manager. Interested students should contact the Machine Tool Technology adviser, Industrial Technology Division. Watch the class schedule for other program courses that maybe offered in evenings and on weekends to enable students working day shifts to complete course work towards the associate degree. Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.edu Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.edu

First Year First Quarter (15 weeks, Sept. - Feb.) MFG110 MFG111

Machine Shop I ................................................................ 3 Machine Shop I Lab ........................................................ 3

Machine Shop II .............................................................. 3 Machine Shop II Lab ....................................................... 3

6 Second Year First Quarter Introduction to CNC Operations ............................. 3

3 Second Quarter MFG153 MTH34

Machine Tool Applications Lab .................................... 2

CAM (Computer Assisted Manufacturing) Students in the CAM program will receive instruction in the use of CAM software for programming CNC code files for manufacturing parts on CNC machining and turning centers. These classes will focus on the use of Master CAM software. There are 2 options for study. These will focus on programming CNC milling machines and CNC turning machines. The programs are to upgrade the current skills for those in CNC manufacturing positions. Students interested in these programs should contact a Machine Tool Technology adviser for answers to specific questions.

Option 1 Cr

Second Quarter (15 weeks, Feb. - June)

MFG136

MFGX11

Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Timothy Polly 503-491-7207 - Room IT 42 pollyt@mhcc.cc.or.us Ron Hartline 503-491-7237 - Room IT 43 hartlinr@mhcc.cc.or.us

6 MFG130 MFG131

Fall, Winter, Spring

CNC Machining .............................................................. 4 Professional-Technical Computation II ..................... 3

7

CNC Milling

Students in the CNC Milling option will focus on the methods of applying MasterCAM in the development of CNC milling programs. This will include study of cutting tool applications in the manufacture of simple parts using the basic Cartesian Coordinate systems through an introduction to 3-D modeling. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX27 MFGX28

Option 2

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level III .......................................... 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level IV .......................................... 2

CNC Turning

Students in the CNC Turning option will focus on the methods of applying Cartesian Coordinate systems to both mill and lathe applications. Later courses will focus on applying Master CAM in the development of CNC turning programs. This will include study of all tooling options and program documentation. Each course is 5 weeks long and may be offered in any term depending on student demand. MFGX25 MFGX26 MFGX31 MFGX32

MasterCAM Mill - Level I ............................................. 2 MasterCAM Mill - Level II ............................................ 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level I ........................................ 2 MasterCAM Lathe - Level II ........................................ 2


Medical Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical Assisting requires competency in both clinical and administrative skills for careers in medical offices and other outpatient healthcare settings. This program prepares the student to perform a wide range of duties including preparing the patient for the exam, giving injections, processing lab specimens, working the reception desk, assisting the physician, and numerous other functions in the ever-changing modern medical office. After the Medical Assistant student completes the comprehensive two-year (six quarter) program, he/she is awarded an Associate of Applied Science Degree. Graduates may be employed in a variety of settings: medical centers, HMOs, government healthcare facilities, chiropractic clinics, and specialized medical offices. While graduation from high school is not required for admission to the college, national accreditation standards require that a high school diploma or the equivalent be on file before the student starts the Medical Assistant program. Students who enter the program should be prepared with minimum keyboarding skills, high school or college biology and/or chemistry. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Sue Boulden 503-491-7136 - Room AC 2786 bouldens@mhcc.edu

Fourth Quarter (Fall) MA20 MO31 PSY201 SP115

Cr

Clinical Procedures I ..................................................... 5 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ................... 3

14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA21 MA24 MA26 MO12 WE280MAB

Clinical Procedures II .................................................... 5 Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Basic Electrocardiography Techniques ....................... 1 Diversity and Health Care ........................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA40 MA46 MA48 MO30 WE280MAC

Medical Assistant Certification Exam Review* ....... 1 Medical Assistant Clinical Skills Test Lab .................. 1 Telephone Triage in the Medical Office* .................. 1 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

14 First Quarter (Fall) MA19 MO14 BI121 CS105 CS105L WR121

Cr

Introduction to Medical Assisting .............................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ... 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3

16 Second Quarter (Winter) MO10 MO15 MO25 MO47 BI122

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

16 Third Quarter (Spring) MA23 MA25 MO24 MO26 HPE295

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3 Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3

15

* Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. Students must have health exams and must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) before entering the fourth quarter of the program. All completed health forms must be on file. Please contact the Allied Health Department for the appropriate forms. Additional costs for lab fees, health exams, immunizations and supplies will be the responsibility of the student. Prior to beginning the fourth quarter, the student must provide evidence of current Level C CPR and current first aid training which may be obtained from any certified training site. Note: A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. ‡See pages 13-14.

95


Medical Claims Analyst (Recognition of Completion)

96

Medical claims analysts process healthcare insurance claims in physicians’ offices, government health agencies, insurance companies, and hospitals. This program comprises two to three terms of basic knowledge and skills in medical language, anatomy and physiology, medical coding and billing, computer usage, and communication skills. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2785 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall Term) MA25 MO10 MO14 MO31 AH11

Cr

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4

16 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO12 MO15 MO30 MO32 WE280MOB

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

18

First Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO31 AH11

Cr

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4

18 Second Quarter (Spring Term) MA25 MO15 MO30 MO32 WE280MOB

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

16 The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding competency on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” is required in all courses. Other courses suggested for the Medical Claims Analyst program include: MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations MO40 Medical Office Billing II MO47 Medical Calculations BT210_ Software Applications Note: Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program.


Medical Office Coding (Recognition of Completion) Coding is one of the nation’s fastest growing industries. Medical coders are responsible for accurately assigning diagnostic and procedural codes of information found in medical records. Coding is done to meet government standards that insurance companies and third-party payers must meet in order to receive maximum reimbursement for medical services. Coders work in hospitals, clinics, government agencies, insurance companies, and medical offices. The job requires organizational skills, computer and ten-key competency, and attention to detail, as well as the ability to prioritize multiple projects, to sit for long periods of time, and to communicate with a diverse population. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter MA25 MO10 MO14 MO25 MO31 CS105L

Cr

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

16 Second Quarter MA24 MO12 MO15 MO26 MO30 MO32 BT220

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1

18 Third Quarter MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ...... 3 MO40 Medical Office Billing II ................................................. 3 MO41 Medical Coding III .......................................................... 4 WE280MOCB Cooperative Education Internship ........................ 8

18 The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Students should have keyboarding accuracy of 45 wpm on computers before enrolling in classes in this program. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

97


Medical Office Specialist (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

98

Medical office specialists work in healthcare facilities as administrative secretaries or unit/ward secretaries, accounting clerks or office supervisors. Today’s rapidly changing and demanding medical office environment requires skills in office administration, medical transcription, communication, and medical office operations. The Medical Office Specialist program includes a core of classes and four concentrations for specialization: Administrative Secretary, Unit Secretary, Accounting, and Management. Students interested in administrative work in a medical setting should enjoy working with healthcare professionals, demonstrate strong communication skills, show an interest in medical and health issues, and be dedicated to professionalism. Students should have typing competency (30 wpm) and basic formatting knowledge before enrolling in classes in this program. Upon graduation students may be hired to work in physicians’ offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, clinics, laboratories, insurance companies, and governmental facilities. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

Basic Core Requirements: First Quarter (Fall) MO10 AH11 CS105 CS105L PSY201 SP115

Cr

Business Communications ........................................... 4 Health & Fitness for Life ............................................... 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 4-7

14-17 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Specialty Options .................................................. 12-14

15-17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ................................................... 3 WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-9

10-16 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. Note: A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses.

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations .................................................. 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............. 3

Second Quarter (Winter) Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Information Technology in Business .......................... 4 Specialty Options ....................................................... 3-4

15-16 Third Quarter (Spring) MO15 MO24 MO26 MO31 WR121

BA205 HPE295 BT110

Cr

17 MO12 MO14 MO25 BA231

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Specialty Options ....................................................... 0-4

15-19

Specialty Options The student should consult with an adviser when selecting an option. See next page. ‡See pages 13-14.


Medical Office Specialist Options Administrative Secretary Option

Management Option

A Medical Office Specialist as an Administrative Secretary will gain skills in patient relations, reception, medical records, computers, scheduling, and billing.This option appeals to one who enjoys helping people, wants to work in a professional setting, and prefers a variety of job assignments.

A Medical Office Specialist in Management prepares to oversee a healthcare facility by learning how to lead people and manage office operations. The Management Specialist most often aspires to eventually manage some segment of a medical organization.

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

BA101 BA206 BA211 BA224 BA226 BA255 MO30 MO32 MO40 MO47

AC120 BT111 BT126 BT218 MA25 MO30 MO32 MO34 MO40 MO47

Accounting for Professional Services or BA211 Principles of Accounting I ..................... 3-4 Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3 Microsoft Word Skills Management* ......................... 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing I* ................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

30-31 Accounting Option A Medical Office Specialist in Accounting concentrates on accounts receivable billing and collection procedures, patient and insurance recordkeeping, and budget and financial records. Generally, an Accountant prefers to spend time on the job working with financial reports and records, billing, and computers.

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

32 Unit Secretary Option A Medical Office Specialist as a Unit Secretary functions as the center of the communications hub found in a hospital unit. S/he works in a dynamic medical setting with physicians, nurses, and other healthcare professionals. Desirable traits of a Unit Secretary include strong communication skills, flexibility, professionalism, and responsibility. In addition to basic course requirements, add:

In addition to basic course requirements, add:

BI121

BA101 BA177

BI122

BA211 BA212 BA222 BT218 BT220 MO30 MO40 MO47

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements* ................................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Principles of Accounting II* ......................................... 3 Finance* ............................................................................ 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

Introduction to Business .............................................. 4 Management Fundamentals* ........................................ 3 Principles of Accounting I ............................................. 4 Human Resources Management ................................. 3 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 Medical Office Billing* ................................................... 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Office Billing II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

BT218 BT220 MA25 MO32 MO34 MO36 MO47

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I** ..................................................... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* ...................................................... 4 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Electronic Calculator ..................................................... 1 Disease Processes* ........................................................ 3 Medical Coding II* .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription I* ................................................ 3 Medical Transcription II* ............................................... 3 Medical Calculations ...................................................... 3

27

30 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** AH11, Survey of Body Systems must be taken as a prerequisite for BI121.

99


Medical Receptionist (Recognition of Completion)

100

A medical receptionist holds a key position in the medical officein greeting patients, scheduling appointments, processing patient information, managing the reception desk, and assisting with other responsibilities. In today’s modern medical office environment, the medical receptionist requires skills in human relations, data processing, communication, and medical office operations. Job opportunities are found in doctors’ offices, hospitals, clinics and government medical facilities. Characteristics for success as a medical receptionist include an interest in medicine; a desire to work with physicians and other health care professionals; a positive, caring personality; high energy and a desire to help people. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall Term) MO10 MO14 MO25 MO31 BT110 BT210___

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Word - Level I ................................................................ 1

16 Second Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO12 MO24 MO26 MO30 WE280MOB

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Introduction to Medical Transcription* .................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

18

First Quarter (Winter Term) MA24 MO10 MO12 MO14 MO25 MO31 BT210___

Cr

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Medical Office Procedures I ........................................ 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Word - Level I ................................................................. 1

18 Second Quarter (Spring Term) MO24 MO26 MO30 BT110 WE280MOB

Introduction to Medical Transcription ...................... 3 Medical Office Procedures II ....................................... 3 Medical Office Billing I .................................................. 3 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

16 Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” grade is required in all courses. Students may take longer than two terms to complete the program. Other courses suggested for the Medical Receptionist program include the following: AH11 Survey of Body Systems CS105/L Computing Fundamentals/Lab* MO15 Medical Terminology II* MA23 Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations MA25 Disease Processes* MO40 Medical Office Billing II* Note: Keyboard skills (typing by touch, not sight) are necessary for enrolling in classes. *Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.


Medical Transcription (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Medical transcriptionists transform spoken words into comprehensive records that accurately communicate medical information. These reports are used in the areas involved in all aspects of each patient’s care. These reports function as legal documentation and fulfill requirements for insurance reimbursement. They also serve as references for scientific research. Medical transcriptionists utilize their talents in a variety of healthcare settings, including doctor’s offices, public and private hospitals, teaching hospitals, medical transcription services, clinics, laboratories, radiology and pathology departments, insurance companies, medical libraries, government medical facilities, rehabilitation centers, legal offices, research centers, veterinary medical facilities, and associations representing the healthcare industry.Transcriptionists may also choose to work out of their homes as employees of transcription services or hospitals, or as independent contractors. Transcription offers unlimited intellectual challenge to those who possess an interest in learning. Characteristics of a successful medical transcriptionist include dedication to excellence, extensive medical knowledge and understanding, sound judgment, deductive reasoning, and excellent English and computer skills. This program is designed to prepare students for entry-level positions. Academic courses include science and English, with practical courses in computer technology, medical transcription, and medical record coding. Students will use computers to transcribe authentic physician-dictated medical reports organized by body system or medical specialty. Students will be graded on accuracy, speed, and medical knowledge in the transcription of letters, chart notes, history and physical examination reports, consultations, emergency room reports, and discharge summaries. Students will use reference materials and other resources. Students will edit and proofread each report, using proper grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Carole Wickham 503-491-7195 - Room AC 2779 wickhamc@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) MO10 MO14 MO24 AH11 CS105 CS105L

Cr

Work Behavior for Health Services .......................... 3 Medical Terminology I ................................................... 3 Introduction to Medical Transcription** .................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Computing Fundamentals* ........................................... 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

17 Second Quarter (Winter) MO12 MO15 MO34 MO47 BT110

Diversity and Healthcare .............................................. 2 Medical Terminology II .................................................. 3 Medical Transcription I** .............................................. 3 Medical Calculations* .................................................... 3 Business Editing ............................................................... 3

14

Third Quarter (Spring) MA25 MO36 BT111 HPE295 WR121

Cr

Disease Processes .......................................................... 3 Medical Transcription II** ............................................. 3 Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) MO44 BI121 PSY201 SP115

Medical Transcription III** ............................................ 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 General Psychology or PSY101 Psychology of Human Relations ............ 3 Introduction to Intercultural Communication or SP100 Basic Speech Communication ............ 3

13 Fifth Quarter (Winter) MA24 MO31 MO46 BI122

Medical Law and Ethics ................................................. 3 Medical Coding I ............................................................. 3 Medical Transcription IV** ........................................... 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II ........................................................ 4 WE280MOB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

17 Sixth Quarter (Spring) MA23

Pharmacology for Medical Office Occupations ................................................................ 3 MO32 Medical Coding II ............................................................ 3 WE280MOC Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 8

14 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** Students may elect to complete transcription classes by using either standard keyboard and/or the stenograph machine. Additional classes to develop stenograph skills are: MOX20A Machine Shorthand Theory I MOX20B Machine Shorthand Theory II MOX21A Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding I MOX21B Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding II MOX21C Machine Shorthand Speedbuilding III Note: The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B Vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization, and current Tuberculin skin test (PPD) by the first week of classes. A minimum grade of “C” in all courses is required. ‡See pages 13-14.

101


Mental Health/Human Service (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

102

The Mental Health/Human Service program is a six-term sequence of day or evening/weekend classes leading to an associate degree. Classroom study and practical experiences are combined to prepare the student to work in community and institutional treatment facilities. These facilities deal with the emotional, social and physical needs of the chemically dependent, the adolescent, the mentally ill and the elderly, as well as others. Courses include basic information in group dynamics, community resources, case management, interviewing, recording and other helping skills. A substantial portion of the academic credit may be transferred to baccalaureate degree programs. Admission is based on date of application and satisfactory completion of placement criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7342 or 491-7165) Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2765 allenl@mhcc.edu

First Quarter HS101 HS107 HS111 WR121

Sixth Quarter HS291 PSY226 SW201 WE280HSB

16 Curriculum Tracks A) Generalist PSY201 PSY202 PSY203

General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1 Related Electives ......................................................... 2-3

B) Chemical Dependency Counselor

Cr

Introduction to Human Services ................................ 3 Orientation to Mental Health Careers .................... 3 Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 English Composition ...................................................... 3

11

HS141 HS142 HS143 HE208

Interviewing Skills II ....................................................... 2 Case Management .......................................................... 3 The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 Human Development I-Infancy to Adolescence ..... 3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Addiction Theories ......................................................... 3 Treatment of Addiction ................................................. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

C) Youth Worker HS141 HS154 HS153 CJA230

Second Quarter HS112 HS121 HS150 PSY235 WR122 HE 207

HE208

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Principles of Youth Development** ........................... 3 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process or Related Elective ...................................................... 2-3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

D) Gerontology HS141 PSY222 SOC232 HE202

15

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2 Death and Dying ............................................................. 3 Adult Development and Aging .................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

Third Quarter

E) Community Corrections

HS113 HS291 PSY236 PSY239 WE280HSB

HS141 CJA112

Interviewing Skills III: Cross Cultural ........................ 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Human Development II-Adolescence to Aging ...... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology ...................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Fourth Quarter HS265 HS291 PSY225 SOC206 WE280HSB

Intervention Strategies I ............................................... 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2 General Sociology* ........................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

14 Fifth Quarter HS266 HS291 HDFS224 WE280HSB

Cr

Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Psycho-Social Development II ..................................... 3 The Field of Social Welfare .......................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3

Intervention Strategies II .............................................. 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4 Science/Mathematics Requirement‡ ......................... 3

15

CJA113

HE208

Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System .................................................... 3 Criminal Justice Administration: The Corrections System or CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ............................................ 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1

Related Electives HS144 HS154 HS155 HS156 ASL101 PSY222 RUS111 SPAN111

Dual Diagnosis II ............................................................. 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 American Sign Language - Beginning I ...................... 3 Treatment of Chronically Mental Ill Persons .......... 2 Beginning Russian Conversation I .............................. 3 Beginning Spanish Conversaiton I .............................. 3

* SOC213 or SP115 may be substituted for SOC206 ** HS153 offered alternate years. ‡See pages 13-14.


Mental Health/Human Service Youth Worker (Limited Entry, Certificate Program) The Youth Worker Certificate program is designed for people who have a high school diploma, associate degree, or bachelor degree and want to work with youth. A one-year sequence of courses, it is designed to prepare the entry-level youth worker for employment in youth serving agencies. Course work is theory and experiential-based. The certificate can be completed in one year by attending classes during the day or a combination of day and evening/weekend courses. Students may elect to attend part time. Students may also elect to take selected courses from the certificate program listing. Students who complete this certificate may work in community justice programs, addictions, residential care, and in some recreational and community facilities. All coursework (44 credits) can be applied toward the associate of applied science degree in Mental Health/Human Services. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Dr. Ann Bonner 503-491-7425 - Room AC 2771 bonnera@mhcc.edu Leslie Allen 503-491-7178 - Room AC 2792 allenl@mhcc.edu

Core Courses First Quarter HS111 HS154 PSY225 WR121

Cr

Interviewing Skills I ........................................................ 2 Juvenile Risk Assessment .............................................. 3 Psycho-Social Development I ...................................... 2 English Composition ...................................................... 3 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3

13 Second Quarter HS150 HS155

The Effective Helper, A Personal Skills Approach .. 3 Negotiation ...................................................................... 1 Specialty Course ............................................................. 3 Math/Science requirement‥ ......................................... 3

10 Third Quarter HS113 HS153 HS156 HS291 WE280HSB

Interviewing Skills III: Cross-Cultural ........................ 3 Principles of Youth Development ............................... 3 Milieu Management ........................................................ 3 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

15 Core Courses: Must be taken by all students pursing the certificate for a total of 38 credit hours. Specialty Courses: A total of 6 credit hours may be selected from the specialty course listing.

Fourth Quarter HS291 Practicum Seminar ......................................................... 2 WE280HSB Cooperative Education Internship ............................. 4

6 Specialty Courses CJA230 HDFS224 HS141 HE208 PSY222

Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process ..... 3 Abuse in the Family ....................................................... 3 Pharmacology of Psychoactive Substances .............. 3 Aids and Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases ...... 1 Treatment of Chronically Mentally Ill Persons ....... 2

‥See pages 13-14.

103


Nursing (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

104

Nurses provide and manage care for individuals of all ages who have health concerns. They work independently and collaboratively with other health team members to meet patient needs and use scientific and humanistic principles of care. Registered nurses (RN) can independently assess, plan, implement, and evaluate basic health and nursing needs and therapies for persons whose health status is stable or unstable.The RN can delegate responsibilities and supervise auxiliary workers as manager of care. Employment opportunities in nursing are abundant in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout most of the state. Graduates from Mt. Hood Community College generally find employment within three months of graduation. After completion of program requirements, the student is eligible for licensure examination as a registered nurse after seven terms. Licensure is necessary to practice nursing as a registered nurse (RN) and is obtained by satisfactory completion of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX) through the Oregon State Board of Nursing. Required and related general education courses are part of the basic curriculum. The student must document initiation of the three dose Hepatitis B vaccine series, the second dose of measles immunization and Tuberculin skin test (PPD) (within 6 months of entering the second quarter), and CPR (level C, valid through June of the first year). Requirements also include completion of an Oregon State Board of Nursing approved nursing assistant program prior to entry into second quarter (Fall). Admission is based on meeting application deadlines and satisfactorily completing qualifying criteria. Applications are available from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165) Placement of Licensed Practical Nurses into the program is based on completion of curriculum requirements and current licensure in Oregon. Packets describing this procedure should also be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. LPNs seeking this consideration should contact Counseling and the Program Director early for an individualized plan of study. Applicants to the nursing program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the nursing profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. It is the student’s responsibility to make known any disability in which accommodation in class or testing is being requested prior to the activity. Verification of all disabilities must be made by the Disabilities Services Office. Persons with questions concerning particular qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Adviser (Allied Health Division): Paula Gubrud-Howe 503-491-7446 - Room AC 2776 gubrudp@mhcc.edu Program Prerequisites: BI231 and WR121. (Students must complete these courses before applying to the program. )

First Quarter (Summer) BI234 FN225 HPE295 PSY201

14 Second Quarter (Fall) NUR101 NUR111 NUR121 NUR122 WR122 PSY237

Nursing I ........................................................................... 5 Nursing Student Success Strategies (optional) ... (2) Nursing Lab I ................................................................... 1 Nursing Clinical I ............................................................ 2 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 Human Development .................................................... 4

15-17 Third Quarter (Winter) NUR102 NUR131 NUR132 PSY239

Nursing II .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Lab II .................................................................. 1 Nursing Clinical II ........................................................... 3 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology or BI240 Pathology ......................................................... 3

12 Fourth Quarter (Spring) NUR103 NUR141 NUR142 BI240

Nursing III ......................................................................... 4 Nursing Lab III ................................................................. 1 Nursing Clinical III .......................................................... 4 Pathology or PSY239 Introduction to Abnormal Psychology .............................................. 3

12 PSY239 and BI240 may be taken either Winter or Spring term. Both must be completed by the end of the first year.

Fifth Quarter (Fall) NUR201 NUR211 NUR222A NUR222B NUR231

Nursing IV ........................................................................ 5 Nursing Pharmacology .................................................. 3 Nursing Clinical IV- A .................................................... 2 Nursing Clinical IV-B ..................................................... 2 Nursing Lab IV ................................................................ 1

13 Sixth Quarter (Winter) NUR202 NUR220 NUR221 NUR232 SP115

Nursing V .......................................................................... 5 Nursing Assessment ...................................................... 2 Nursing Assessment Lab .............................................. 1 Nursing Clinical V ........................................................... 4 Introduction to Intercultural Communication ....... 3

15 Seventh Quarter (Spring) NUR203 NUR242 WR227

Nursing VI* ....................................................................... 4 Nursing Clinical VI .......................................................... 6 Technical Report Writing ............................................. 3

13

Students must complete BI232 and BI233 before enrolling in NUR101. Note: A minimum of “C” grade in all courses is required.

Cr

Microbiology .................................................................... 4 Nutrition ........................................................................... 4 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 General Psychology ....................................................... 3

* NUR203 must be taken concurrently with WR227. ‡See pages 13-14.


Occupational Therapy Assistant (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The OTA program will not be accepting a class in Fall 2002, but will be accepting applications for a Fall 2003 startup, depending on enrollment numbers. Occupational Therapy is a health and rehabilitation profession that helps individuals achieve independence in their lives despite disabilities. Occupational Therapy Assistants work with people of all ages who, because of physical, developmental, social, or emotional problems, need specialized assistance to lead productive and satisfying lives. The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone number is 301-652AOTA. Graduates of the program will be able to sit for the national certification examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this exam, the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA). Most states require licensure in order to practice; however, state licenses are usually based on the results of the NBCOT Certification Examination. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7341 or 503-491-7165. Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): Chris Heideman 503-491-7129 - Room AC 2767 heidemac@mhcc.edu

Foundations I ................................................................... 3 Foundations II .................................................................. 3 Survey of Body Systems ................................................ 4 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Therapeutic Use of Self ................................................ 2 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

18 Second Quarter (Winter) OTA110 OTA120 OTA121 OTA122 OTA140 PSY237 WR101

Conditions I ..................................................................... 3 Life Tasks and Skills I ...................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills II ..................................................... 2 Life Tasks and Skills III ................................................... 3 Experience I ..................................................................... 2 Human Development .................................................... 4 Communication Skills I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3

19 third Quarter (Spring) OTA111 OTA130 OTA141 OTA200

Foundations VI ................................................................. 1 Conditions III ................................................................... 4 Applications II .................................................................. 2 Applications III ................................................................ 3 Experience III ................................................................... 2 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1 Sociology Elective* ......................................................... 3

16 Fifth Quarter (Winter) OTA211 OTA232 OTA234 OTA250

Conditions IV .................................................................. 2 Applications IV ................................................................ 2 Applications VI ................................................................. 1 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities or OTA251 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities ........... 7

12 Sixth Quarter (Spring) OTA220 OTA233 OTA234 OTA251

Life Tasks and Skills IV ................................................... 2 Applications V .................................................................. 2 Applications VI ................................................................. 1 Fieldwork II: Mental Disabilities or or OTA250 Fieldwork II: Physical Disabilities ................................................................... 7

12

First Quarter (Fall) OTA100 OTA101 AH11 AH12 AH17 PSY201

Fourth Quarter (Fall) OTA201 OTA210 OTA230 OTA231 OTA240

Conditions II .................................................................... 4 Applications I ................................................................... 3 Experience II .................................................................... 2 Foundations V .................................................................. 3 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 1

13

NOTE: Minimum of “C” grade is required in all OTA classes. * A sociology elective (SOC prefix) is required by program accreditation; it cannot be substituted with a humanities course. ‡See pages 13-14.

105


Office Assistant (Certificate Program)

106

Office support staff are employed in offices where documents are created, edited, and formatted; records are managed; customers are welcomed; and information is transmitted. The efficiency of any organization depends upon office support professionals. Each job will require a person with good communication skills (both verbal and written), a variety of computer and clerical skills, and good human relations skills although specific duties vary with different positions. Employment opportunities for full-time, temporary, or part-time work in the Portland metropolitan area are excellent. The demand for office support personnel is high in both the private and the public sector. Those individuals who are eager to enter the world of work at an entry-level position will find this program appealing. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Filing Clerk) BT110 BT101 BT122 BT218 BT210___ BT210___ BT210___ CS105L

Cr

Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Professional Keyboarding* or BT121 Keyboarding Principles* ............................. 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14 Second Quarter (Clerk/Receptionist) BT111 BT116 BT123 BT125 BT210___ AC120 WR121

Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed*or BT122 Professional Keyboarding* ........................ 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ....................... 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

19 Third Quarter (Office Clerk) BT117 BT126 BT225 BT210___ BT210___ BA205 PSY101

Professional Problem Solving ...................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........................... 3 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3

18 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Related Programs In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Software Specialist certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical, or computer applications.


Office Management/ Administrative Assistant (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Students who are interested in providing essential support in a variety of offices will be interested in pursuing this degree. Today’s office management assistants handle many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. In addition to earning the degree in Office Management/Administrative Assistant, credits earned through the legal career path lead to a Recognition of Completion in Legal Administrative Assistant. For more information about these career paths, visit the program website at www.mhcc.edu and search the MHCC website for Office Management/Administrative Assistant. This two-year program provides hands-on development of project management expertise and professional-level skills with an emphasis on communication with clients. Other responsibilities include budgeting and organizing office functions, equipment, and staff. While responsibilities and duties vary in different types of organizations, the job requires good organizational, analytical, and clerical skills; initiative; flexibility; good human relations and inter-personal communication skills, and the ability to make decisions and work without supervision. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed to give students the opportunity to focus on various career paths. Internet research skills, web page development, support and maintenance can be developed by taking related electives with a focus in computer technology. Students may take a variety of business administration courses that stress higher-level decision making. In the legal administrative focus, students learn to create legal documents and court pleadings from actual Oregon cases. Employment opportunities for full-time, part-time or temporary work in the Portland Metropolitan area are excellent.The demand for office support staff and legal adminstrative assistants in the public and private sectors is high. Legal administrative assistants rank among the highest entry-level salaries in the field. Program Advisers (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - -Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - Room AC 2782 houchenb@mhcc.edu Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - Room AC 2780 shieldsp@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BT101 BT110 BT123 BT218 BT210___ BT210___ CS105 CS105L

Second Quarter (Winter) BT111 BT116 BT125

BT210___ BT210___ AC120

Cr

Editing Techniques* ........................................................ 3 Business Tools and Techniques or BT218 Records Management with Microsoft Access .... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or BT122 Professional Keyboarding* or BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .................. 3 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Accounting for Professional Services ........................ 3

14 Third Quarter (Spring) BT117 BT123

BT125 BT225 WR121

Professional Problem Solving or Related Elective** ................................................ 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Speed and Accuracy* ................................................ 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect* or BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* ........ 3 Document Processing* ................................................. 3 English Composition* .................................................... 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) BT126

BT210___ BT210___ BA101 BA226

Microsoft Word Skills Assessment* or BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed .................................................................... 3 Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1 PowerPoint - Level I ...................................................... 1 Introduction to Business or Related Electives** ... 4 Introduction to Business Law ..................................... 3 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) BT210___ BT210___ BA205 WE280OP

Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Business Communications* ......................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship or HD209 Getting a Job or Related Electives** . 3-4 Related Electives** ......................................................... 4

13-14 Sixth Quarter (Spring) Cr

Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT121 Keyboarding-Principles* ............................. 3 Records Management with Microsoft Access or BT116 Business Tools and Techniques ................. 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

16

BA231

Information Technology in Business or Related Electives** .................................................... 4 HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life ........................................... 3 WE280OPA Cooperative Education Internship or Related Elective ......................................................... 4 Social Science/Humanities‡ ......................................... 3 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3

17 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** See next page for Related Electives ‡ See pages 13-14.

107


Office Management/ Administrative Assistant Related Electives

108

Related Electives

Computer Technology/Web Publishing

In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students can expand career path opportunities further by taking additional coursework in business, legal, or computer courses. The following courses are not offered each term and will be offered based on sufficient enrollment; please refer to the quarterly schedule.

Within this focus, you can also develop project management expertise, Internet research skills, and have an opportunity to take related electives in web page development, support, and maintenance. Related electives provide an opportunity to concentrate on courses specifically designed for using the Internet as an integral part of an office management support system.

Legal Administrative Assistant

CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing ............................................. 1 CS125HTF Beginning HTML ............................................................. 1 CS125HTS Intermediate HTML ....................................................... 1 CS125HTT Advanced HTML ............................................................. 1 CS125PSF Beginning Photoshop ..................................................... 1 CS125WDF Web Page Design* .......................................................... 1 CS144 Problem Solving Methodologies ................................. 3 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu

(Recognition of Completion) This Recognition of Completion is for bright, hard-working students who are interested in the law. A well-prepared Legal Administrative Assistant possesses initiative, flexibility, organization, secretarial, and computer skills. These attributes are rewarded with one of the highest entry-level salaries in the administrative assistant fields. LA230 LA231 LA232 LA233 LA241

Law Office Systems (Spring) ...................................... 3 Law Office Simulation (Fall) ....................................... 3 Pleadings and Practices I (Fall) ................................... 4 Pleadings and Practices II (Winter) .......................... 4 Trial Case Management in Multnomah County (Spring) ........................................................ 2 LA242 ALS Certification Review (Spring) ........................... 2 Pam Shields 503-491-7458 - shieldsp@mhcc .edu

Business Students may find themselves interested in handling many of the traditional managerial responsibilities for department heads, senior managers, vice presidents, and CEOs. An office manager is often called upon to oversee support staff, hire support staff, manage financial resources, coach and counsel staff, work directly with managers, and resolve conflicts. BA206 Management Fundamentals .......................................... 3 BA224 Human Resource Management ................................... 3 BA255 Supervisory Management ............................................. 3 BA267 eBusiness Project Management* ................................ 3 BT103 Business Math .................................................................. 1 BT210 Access - Level I ............................................................... 1 BT210 Access - Level II .............................................................. 1 BT210 Publisher - Level I ........................................................... 1 BT210 Publisher - Level II ......................................................... 1 BUS22 Managing Conflict ........................................................... 1 Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - brushr@mhcc .edu Brenda Houchen 503-491-7431 - houchenb@mhcc.edu


Office Software Specialist (Certificate Program) Office Software specialists work in all types of businesses as technicians in a variety of software applications that may include word processing, desktop publishing, microcomputer or data entry. The ideal candidate may have previous office experience and simply wish to update his/her computer skills. These professionals are technically trained on popular software and hardware. They produce quality publications from handwritten, printed, or electronic material. If you want to be on the cutting edge of technology, you will thrive in this field. Students will be trained in Microsoft applications using Microsoftapproved textbooks that cover the required objectives on the MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) exams. Students will become prepared to take MOUS exams indicating that they have an understanding of the core and possibly the expert features in Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook in Microsoft Office software programs. By passing one or more MOUS certification exams, students can demonstrate proficiency in a given Office application to employers. The outlook for jobs in this field of software applications is excellent. Specialists are in high demand with opportunities for advancement. They possess problem solving and technical skills and are prepared for tomorrow’s challenges. Program Adviser (Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division): Robin Brush 503-491-7174 - Room AC 2777 brushr@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) BT110 BT101 BT116 BT123 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ CS105L

Cr

Business Editing .............................................................. 3 Office Careers Survey ................................................... 1 Business Tools and Techniques .................................... 3 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed or BT121 Keyboarding Principles ............................... 3 Beginning Windows or CS equivalent ....................... 1 Word - Level I or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level II or CS equivalent ............................... 1 Computing Fundamentals Lab* ................................... 1

14 Second Quarter (Winter) BT122 BT125 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ BT218 CS105

Professional Keyboarding* ........................................... 3 Word Processing with WordPerfect or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 Internet for Office Professionals or CS equiv ........ 1 Excel - Level I or CS equivalent ................................. 1 Excel - Level II or CS equivalent ................................ 1 Word - Level III or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Records Management with Microsoft Access ......... 3 Computing Fundamentals ............................................ 3

16

Third Quarter (Spring) BT111 BT126 BT210__ BT210__ BT210__ WR121 PSY101

Cr

Editing Techniques .......................................................... 3 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment ............................. 3 PowerPoint - Level I or CS equivalent ..................... 1 Access - Level I or CS equivalent .............................. 1 Access - Level II or CS equivalent ............................. 1 English Composition* .................................................... 3 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

15 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog.

Related Electives In selecting general and related courses, the student should consult with the program adviser. Students may choose to earn the Office Assistant certificate or expand employment opportunities further by taking additional coursework in the associate degree program, Office Management/Administrative Assistant. Students might also wish to consider additional coursework in business, legal, medical or computer applications. Note: Individuals who do not desire to pursue a one-year certificate program may want to consider obtaining within three months a Recognition of Completion in Office Administration. Applications are available in the Business, Computer Technology, and Media Arts Division. ‥See page 19.

109


Outdoor Education (Recognition of Completion)

110

“Education Outdoors� is the Mt. Hood Community College academic Outdoor Program. This program offers a wide range of courses in land and water-based outdoor activities as well as courses in Outdoor Leadership and Adventure Education.We provide instruction for individual activities as well as training for current and future outdoor professionals. The last few years have brought a dramatic increase in recreational use of wilderness lands in every region in the U.S.. This has been paralleled by rapid growth in the job market for outdoor professionals. Jobs in field-based outdoor education, environmental education and interpretation, wilderness recreation, adventure tourism and teambuilding adventure courses are now to be found in every region of the country. The Pacific Northwest is no exception. Dozens of programs are operating within the Portland Metropolitan area. The number of programs more than triples if the circle is widened only slightly to include Salem, Eugene, Bend and Hood River. This growth in the outdoor profession has also been matched by a growing need for trained professionals to lead high quality safe educational outdoor programs. Education Outdoors at Mt. Hood currently offers a Recognition of Completion Program in Outdoor Education. This program is open to individuals interested in pursuing careers in outdoor education and those interested in integrating outdoor education into their current work. A small sample of individuals utilizing outdoor education techniques in their professions include; school counselors, physical education teachers, scout and youth group leaders, community organizers and group- home recreation coordinators. The classes offered each term are open to anyone as applied to the recognition of completion program or on an individual courseby-course basis. If you want to acquire the experience and training that will help you move into this exciting field, this is a great place to start. The program includes one internship placement per term, which provides students with hands-on field experience and the opportunity to develop valuable contacts in the outdoor community. Applications for completion of this program are available in the Health and Physical Education Division. Program Adviser (Health and Physical Education): Steve Rubinstein 503-491-7353 - Room PE 155 rubinsts@mhcc.edu

Required Courses

Cr

HE253 PE233 PE234 PE285OL PE285ON PE185OH PE185ON PE185RK PE185RKI PS217

Wilderness Advanced First Aid ................................... 3 Place Mapping: Place-Based Learning Methods ....... 2 Place Mapping: Instructional Methods ....................... 2 Wilderness Survival ....................................................... 3 Outdoor Leadership ...................................................... 2 Adventure Education ..................................................... 1 High Angle Rescue ......................................................... 1 Beginning Rock Climbing .............................................. 1 Intermediate Rock Climbing ....................................... 1 Introduction to Public Land Management: The Politics of Recreation ...................................... 3 WR121 English Composition: Nature Writing ....................... 3 WE280PEA Cooperative Education (2 quarters) ......................... 6 Activity Electives* ........................................................... 4 Related Electives** ......................................................... 3 Wilderness First Responder National Certification Challenge Course Advanced Skills

35 Activity Electives* Select four credits from the following: PE185KY PE185OA PE185OA PE185OD PE185OF PE185OG PE185OJ PE185OK PE185OL

River Kayaking ................................................................. 1 Backpacking: Cascades .................................................. 1 Backpacking: Coastal ...................................................... 1 Beginning Sea Kayaking ................................................. 1 Winter Camping ............................................................. 1 Backcountry Winter Mountain Travel ....................... 1 Mountaineering Fundamentals .................................... 1 Mountaineering Field Skills .......................................... 1 Progressive Fly Fishing, Level I .................................... 1

Related Electives** Select three credits from the following: (others may be selected with permission of adviser.) ANTH231 F141 FT235 FW252 FW253 PE292SWT

Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest ................ 3 Tree and Shrub Identification ...................................... 3 Outdoor Recreation ...................................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Mammals ..................................... 3 Wildlife Resources: Birds ............................................. 3 Water Safety Instruction .............................................. 3


Physical Therapist Assistant (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Mt. Hood Community College is two years (six quarters) in length, leading to an associate degree. Course work consists of lecture and laboratory instruction on campus, and supervised clinical experience in health care facilities in the Portland metropolitan area and throughout the state. Upon taking the state board examination and becoming licensed, the assistant is qualified to work in any health care facility which provides supervision by a licensed physical therapist.

Fourth Quarter

Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from the Admissions and Records Office. (491-7341 or 491-7165)

PTA217 PTA217L PTA221 PTA227

Applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the physical therapy profession. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Persons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Admissions and Records Office to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Jane Cedar 503-491-7464 - Room AC 2775 cedarj@mhcc.edu Debbie VanDover 503-491-7461 - Room AC 2790 vandoved@mhcc.edu

First Quarter PTA111 PTA112 AH12 AH140 BI121 WR101

Cr

Patient Care Skills .......................................................... 3 Introduction to Physical Therapy ................................ 3 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Clinical Emergency Procedures .................................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition* ............................... 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 1

Second Quarter Physical Therapy Procedures I ..................................... 3 PT Procedures Lab I ...................................................... 2 Issues in Physical Therapy ............................................. 3 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4 General Psychology ....................................................... 3 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking* ............ 3

18 Third Quarter PTA113 PTA115 PTA115L PTA125 HE207

Clinical Kinesiology ........................................................ 4 Physical Therapy Procedures II ................................... 3 PT Procedures Lab II ..................................................... 2 Clinical Affiliation I ......................................................... 3 Stress Control - Activity Intervention ...................... 1

13

Cr

Physical Therapy Procedures III .................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab III .................................................... 3 Pathological Conditions I ............................................. 5 Clinical Affiliation II ........................................................ 5

16 Fifth Quarter Physical Therapy Procedures IV .................................. 3 PT Procedures Lab IV ................................................... 3 Pathological Conditions II ............................................ 5 Clinical Affiliation III ....................................................... 5

16 Sixth Quarter PTA228

Clinical Affiliation IV ...................................................... 8 Health and Physical Education Requirement‡ ........ 1 Social Science/Humanities Requirement*‡ .............. 3

12 * Those students electing WR121 and WR122 must take a speech class to satisfy the Social Science/Humanities requirement. ‡See pages 13-14.

18 PTA114 PTA114L PTA130 BI122 PSY201 WR102

PTA216 PTA216L PTA220 PTA226

111


Professional Photography (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

112

Graduates of the photography program will emerge after two years of coursework with solid technical and aesthetic photography skills. In addition, they will gain a strong foundation in small business and marketing practices, essential to survival as an independent operator. Current market demand offers our graduates entry-level positions in general commercial, advertising, industrial, editorial, and free-lance photography. Employment will also be found as technicians in professional processing labs, electronic imaging and multimedia service bureaus, and as members of film or television production crews. Success in the competitive field of photography not only requires mastery of the craft but also an aptitude for pre-visualizing, problem-solving, teamwork and communication. For this reason, the curriculum ranges from basic black-and-white, color and lighting photography courses to courses in marketing and small business management. Second-year students have three terms of a photo business practicum that attempts to simulate business environments by servicing the college’s internal photographic needs. Finally, students gain experience in the field as interns with the professional photographers from the greater Portland metropolitan area. Due to the sequencing of courses, students will be admitted only at the fall term. Alternates may be considered for midyear entry if space is available. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of the application criteria by a stated deadline. Students accepted in the program will be expected to complete prior to the first quarter ART261 (Photography I) or have the program adviser’s waiver. Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Dana Spielmann 503-491-7412 - Room VA 09 speilmad@mhcc.edu

ART117 ART262 ART266 PHO131 WR121

Cr

Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional .................................. 3 Photography II ................................................................. 3 Color Slide Photography ............................................. 3 Basic Photographic Lighting ........................................ 3 English Composition ..................................................... 3

15 Second Quarter (Winter) ART264 ART265 PHO271 BA250 SP111

Cr

Field Photography ........................................................... 3 Color Photography II .................................................... 3 Small Product Photography ......................................... 3 Principles of Marketing ................................................. 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

15 Fourth Quarter (Fall) PHO226 PHO267 PHO272 CS125MCI J134

Photography Business Practicum I ............................. 4 Photoshop I ...................................................................... 4 Stock Photography ......................................................... 3 Overview of MacIntosh Application .......................... 1 Introduction to Photojournalism ............................... 3

15 Fifth Quarter (Winter) PHO227 PHO268 PHO273 AC110

Photography Business Practicum II ............................ 4 Photoshop II .................................................................... 4 Page Layout for Photographers .................................. 3 General Accounting ....................................................... 4

15 Sixth Quarter (Spring) PHO269 PHO281 WE280PH

Digital Studio ................................................................... 4 Photography Portfolio ................................................... 4 Cooperative Education Internship* ........................... 4 Health/Physical Education requirement‡ ................. 3

15

Note: Prior to first quarter, students must complete ART261, Photography I. This is an open enrollment course offered each summer through spring term.

First Quarter (Fall)

Third Quarter (Spring) ART263 PHO132 PHO270 BA223

Portrait Photography .................................................... 3 Color Photography I ...................................................... 3 Photographic Style ......................................................... 3 Small Business Management ........................................ 3 Fundamentals of Public Speaking or SP100 Basic Speech Communications ................. 3

15

* WE280PH may be taken at any time in the second year. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree. ‡See pages 13-14.


Radio Broadcasting (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Radio broadcasting is an exciting career offering opportunities nationwide. Students prepare for careers in sales and promotion, as air-talent, news reporters/anchors, traffic and operation managers, program managers, production directors, and music directors. In radio, women and minorities are in great demand and are being employed on the air and in production and promotion. Salaries vary with the job and market size. X58, a modern rock, student operated station, serves the campus, the community on AT&T Broadband, and the world at X58radio.com. All students work on-air, and X58 is managed by a core staff of second-year student managers, housed in state-ofthe-industry digital facilities. Students are trained in digital production (Pro-Tools, Cool Edit Pro), digital music rotation (Selector), and digital traffic systems (Marketron.) There is an equal emphasis on teaching concepts and principles in the classroom, getting lots of hands-on experience on the air and in the production room, and internships at local Portland area stations. Admission is based upon satisfactory completion of placement criteria and satisfactory completion of the screening process. The program begins fall quarter, but classes fill much earlier. Applications may be obtained from David Arguello, in the Admissions and Records office, 503-491-7165. Information packets can be mailed to you; please call Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506.

Fourth Quarter (Fall) RB222 RB235 RB240 CS90

14 Fifth Quarter (Winter) RB223 RB224 RB225 J205

RB110 RB111 RB112 BT121

Cr

Introduction to Radio Broadcasting .......................... 3 Introduction to Radio Broadcasting Lab .................. 2 Broadcasting Practices I ................................................ 2 Keyboarding-Principles* ................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

Broadcast Advertising Practices ................................. 3 Broadcast Advertising Practices Lab ......................... 2 Broadcasting Practices V ............................................... 2 Public Relations ............................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) RB226 RB228 RB230 WE280RB

Program Adviser (Computer Technology and Media Arts Department): Jeff Young 503-491-7632 - Room AC 1385 youngj@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall)

Cr

Broadcasting Practices IV ............................................. 2 Broadcast News Reporting II ...................................... 3 Radio Operator’s Certificate Preparation ............... 2 Computer Applications ................................................. 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

Broadcast Station Operation ...................................... 4 Broadcasting Practices VI .............................................. 2 Broadcast Sales ............................................................... 3 Cooperative Education Internship** or Related Elective ..................................................... 3-4 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

15-16 * BT121 may be waived with one year high school typing, keyboarding or the equivalent. ** WE280RB may be taken any term. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be applied toward degree.

Related Electives

Second Quarter (Winter)

In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals.

RB113 RB114 RB115

Students in the Radio Broadcasting Program may specialize with an emphasis in radio sales, taking courses in the first or second year.

16 Radio Scriptwriting ........................................................ 3 Radio Scriptwriting Lab ................................................ 2 Broadcasting Practices II ............................................... 2 Related Elective ............................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

16 Third Quarter (Spring) RB116 RB117 RB118 RB120 RB121 J211

Radio Traffic ..................................................................... 3 Radio Traffic Lab .............................................................. 2 Broadcasting Practices III ............................................. 2 Broadcast News Reporting I ....................................... 3 Broadcast News Reporting I Lab ............................... 2 Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3

15

Radio Sales: RB230 RBX40 BA238 J225

Broadcast Sales Commercial Broadcast Sales*** Sales Introduction to Advertising

* * * This course is sponsored by the Oregon Association of Broadcasters. Scholarships may be available; contact the Radio program director, Jeff Young. ‡See pages 13-14.

113


Respiratory Care (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

114

Respiratory Care is an allied health discipline that uses scientific principles to carry out physician directed diagnosis and treatment of abnormal respiratory conditions. Respiratory Care Practitioners work in a variety of settings, including hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, home care, research, education, and medical equipment sales. The program combines basic science and modern respiratory care theory with clinical experience in local medical centers. Both campus and clinical learning focus on all areas of respiratory care, which includes adult, neonatal and pediatric, acute and intensive care. The Respiratory Care Program prepares the student for both local and national standards. Graduates are eligible to take the national entry level examination and the national advanced practitioner level examinations administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Passing these examinations serves to fulfill state licensure testing requirements. The respiratory care profession continues to develop and diversify. Studies by the American Medical Association indicate that the need for Respiratory Care Practitioners will continue to grow. The personal requirements necessary to succeed as a Respiratory Care Practitioner include a general aptitude for the biological and physical sciences. The Respiratory Care Practitioner is required to understand the physiology and pathology of circulation and respiration. Also required is the emotional maturity to deal with decision making in critical life and death situations. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and satisfactory completion of criteria. Applications may be obtained from Admissions and Records. (503-491-7341 or 503-4917165) Program Adviser (Allied Health Department): George Hicks 503-491-7172 - Room AC 2768 hicksg@mhcc.edu

Second Quarter RT121 RT122 BI122 BI234 WR122

Cr

Respiratory Care Procedures ..................................... 5 Respiratory Care Procedures Lab ............................. 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* .. 4 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 English Composition: Critical Thinking or WR102 Workplace Communications II .............. 3

10-18 Third Quarter RT131 RT141 RT142 RT150

Respiratory Diseases and Pharmacology ................. 6 Mechanical Ventilation ................................................... 4 Mechanical Ventilation Lab ........................................... 2 Clinical Clerkship ........................................................... 1 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ ................ 3

16 (Optional Summer Quarter) BI234 PSY101

Microbiology .................................................................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology .................................. 3

7 Fourth Quarter RT211 RT220 RT251

Pulmonary Assessment ................................................. 3 Neonatal and Pediatric Respiratory Care ............... 4 Clinical Practice I ............................................................ 8

15 Fifth Quarter RT231 RT252 PSY101

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care I ............................... 3 Clinical Practice II ........................................................... 8 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology* ................................. 3

11-14 Sixth Quarter

(Optional Summer Quarter) BI121 BI122

Cr

Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I ..... 4 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II .... 4

RT232 RT253

Cardiopulmonary Critical Care II .............................. 3 Clinical Practice III ......................................................... 8 Social Science/Humanities Requirement‡ ................ 3

14

8 First Quarter RT111 RT112 AH12 BI121 WR121

* See (Optional Summer Courses)

Cardiopulmonary Physiology ...................................... 6 Cardiopulmonary Physiology Lab .............................. 1 Medical Vocabulary ......................................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ....................................................... 4 English Composition or WR101 Workplace Communications I ................ 3

12-16

‡See pages 13-14.


Sheet Metal Technology (Restricted to students participating in a Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) The associate degree in Sheet Metal Technology is designed for individuals serving in the sheet metal trades industry or individuals who have been accepted into the sheet metal apprenticeship program affiliated with Mt. Hood Community College. This degree combines a five-year sheet metal apprenticeshiptraining program, with apprenticeship trade experience, related industry training and general education courses leading to journeyman status and the awarding of the A.A.S. Degree. For additional information regarding the AAS degree contact the MHCC Apprenticeship Coordinator at 503-491-7401 located in room IT27 in the Industrial Technology building at MHCC. For additional information regarding the application process into the Sheet Metal Apprenticeship program contact the Sheet Metal Training Center at 503-257-1022. The degree requirements are as follows:

Related Training

60 credits

A minimum of 60 credit hours of course work earned through apprenticeship training must be completed. Three credits are awarded for each 48 hours combination of lecture and lab.

Supervised Trade Experience

12 credits

Supervised trade experience is a process of education, which combines work experience with college instruction as an integral part of the community college curriculum. It is dependent upon employers and educators cooperating to form a more complete educational program for the students. It is a unique plan of education designed to develop skills and knowledge and to improve self-understanding by integrating classroom study with planned supervised work experience. A maximum of 12 credits may be earned that can be applied to the degree.

General Education

18 credits

In addition to the related training and industrial work experience, a minimum of 18 credit hours (effective 2002-03) is required to satisfy the general education requirements.

Total Credit Hours Required

90 credits

1st Year

Cr

SMT110 SMT111 SMT112 SMT113 APP280S

Introduction to Sheet Metal ........................................ 3 Sheet Metal Transitions ................................................. 3 Welding and Electrical Fundamentals ........................ 3 Sheet Metal Triangulation I ..................................... 3 Supervised Apprentice Trade Experience ....... 1 2 Communications Requirement* ......................... 6 - 7

2nd Year SMT120 SMT121 SMT122 SMT123

Sheet Metal Triangulation II .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal I .......................................... 3 Architectural Sheet Metal II ........................................ 3 Fundamentals of Calculator Layout ........................... 3 Science/Math/Computer Science Requirement** ............................................................. 6

3rd Year SMT230 SMT231 SMT232 SMT233

Cr Introduction to Environmental Systems ................... 3 Advanced Environmental Systems ............................. 3 Gas Metal Arc Welding .................................................. 3 Plans and Specifications ................................................ 3 Social Science/Humanities Requirement*** ............ 3 Health/Physical Education Requirement**** ........... 3

4th Year SMT240 SMT241 SMT242 SMT243

Sheet Metal Triangulation III ........................................ 3 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing HVAC Systems ............................................................. 3 Introduction to Gas Tungsten Arc Welding .............. 3 Food Service Equipment ............................................... 3

5th Year SMT250 SMT251 SMT252 SMT253

Advanced Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ........................ 3 Industrial Sheet Metal ................................................... 3 Introduction to Detailing ............................................. 3 Advanced Detailing ........................................................ 3

* Select WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. ** Select from any of the following: CS105, CS106, CS133, CS140, CS161, CS162, ENGR211, ENGR212, ENGR213, GE101, GE102, GE115, MTH60, MTH65, MTH80, MTH85, MTH111, MTH112, MTH241, MTH243, MTH251, MTH252. *** Select from any of the following: EC201, EC202, HST110, HST111, HST112, HST201, HST202, HST225, PS104, PS201, PS203, PSY101, PSY201, PSY202. **** Select from any of the following: HE202, HE204, HE205, HE207, HE208, HE250, HE252, HE255, HE261, HE265, HPE295, PE185. The Oregon State Bureau of Labor and Industry journeyman’s card in the trade of Sheet Metal Worker may be used in conjunction with transcripts to verify that the SMT and the APP280S requirements of the MHCC Sheet Metal Technology AAS degree program have been met. The student must satisfy all other MHCC degree requirements, which includes a minimum of 90 college credits earned.

115


Surgical Technology (Limited Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

116

The Surgical Technology program at Mt. Hood Community College is six quarters in length leading to an associate of Applied Science degree. It is designed for selected men and women who wish to prepare for a paramedical career as members of a multi-disciplinary team caring for patients in the operating room and in the surgical practice setting. The program combines academic study with clinical practice in metropolitan hospitals. After completion of this program the graduate is eligible to take the national certification examination. Successfully passing this exam is a requirement for employment in many hospitals. The Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), in collaboration with the American College of Surgeons (ACS) and the Association of Surgical Technologies (AST), which sponsor the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST), is the accrediting agency that acts on the accreditation recommendation formulated by the ARC-ST. The ARC-ST is located at 7108-C South Alton Way, Centennial, Colorado, 80112-2106. The ARC-ST’s phone number is 303-694-9262; their web site is www.arcst.org. The student must initiate the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series upon acceptance to the program. Accepted students must have verification of second dose of measles (Rubeola) immunization, Tuberculin skin test (PPD) and must document initiation of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series prior to entering first quarter. Prior to registering for second quarter, the student must document having received the second dose of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Prior to registering for the third quarter, the student must document completion of the three-dose Hepatitis B vaccine series. Must also show proof of CPR Level C, valid September through June of the second year. The surgical technologist assists with patient care and related services in the operating room by performing as a member of the surgical team. This role includes preparing supplies and equipment for surgery and using correct surgical technique while performing as a sterile team member. In addition, anticipating and meeting the needs of the surgical team is a continuing challenge. Background knowledge in human anatomy, physiology, microbiology and pathology is necessary. Providing safe patient care is the primary focus of all the actions and responsibilities of the surgical technologist. In the specialty area of operating room patient care, the ability of the personnel to function independently, as well as cohesively, is of prime importance. The students are encouraged to learn as much about themselves as possible and how to interact effectively with other professionals. The laboratory/clinical practice follows theory lectures as closely as possible so that the student will be able to relate principle to practice in the shortest amount of time. Admission is based upon meeting application deadlines and on a space available basis after academic criteria have been met. Application packets are available in the Admissions and Records Office. (503-491-7342 or 503-491-7165) Applicants to the Surgical Technology Program must be physically and mentally able to cope with the rigors of the curriculum and the demanding nature of the field of surgical technology. Established academic and clinical requirements essential to the program of instruction apply to all students and cannot be waived. Attempts will be made to accommodate and retain qualified applicants with disabilities unless results of evaluations indicate that given reasonable accommodation an individual will still not be able to perform the essential functions required by the program. Per-

sons with questions concerning qualifications are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions to arrange an appointment for individual consultation and advice prior to formal application. Program Advisers (Allied Health Department): Jackie Morfitt 503-491-7179 - Room AC 2766 morfittj@mhcc.edu Tracy Woodsworth 503-491-7459 - Room AC 2764 woodswot@mhcc.edu

First Quarter ST101 AH12 BI234

Cr

Surgical Technology Theory I ...................................... 4 Medical Vocabulary ........................................................ 2 Microbiology* .................................................................. 4 Health/Physical Education Requirement‡ .......... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

16 Second Quarter ST102 ST111 BI121

Surgical Technology Theory II ................................ 4 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I* ................................................... 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3 Approved Communications Requirement‡ ....... 3

16 Third Quarter ST103 ST112 BI122

Surgical Technology Theory III .............................. 6 Surgical Technology Lab ........................................... 2 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology II* .................................................. 4 Social Science or Humanities Requirement‡ ..... 3 Related Elective** ...................................................... 1

16 Fourth Quarter ST204 ST205 ST221

Surgical Technology Theory IV ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory V ............................... 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 Fifth Quarter ST206 ST207 ST222

Surgical Technology Theory VI ............................. 4 Surgical Technology Theory VII ............................ 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 Sixth Quarter ST208 ST209 ST223

Surgical Technology Theory VIII .......................... 4 Surgical Technology Theory IX .............................. 4 Surgical Technology Clinical Practicum ............... 6

14 * Prerequisite: See course description in back of catalog. ** In selecting a related elective, the student should consult with a program adviser. ‡See pages 13-14


Television Production Technology (Restricted Entry, Associate of Applied Science Degree Program) Television first came into America’s living rooms in the 1940’s and moved swiftly to the top of the entertainment world. In the 1960’s, powerful images of war changed forever the way we received our news and information.The space age took television equipment to the moon, which in turn moved us toward video production on a smaller scale. Video equipment that only a few years ago would have cost thousands and required an engineer to operate is now as accessible as the medium itself. The World Wide Web offers a glimpse at the next level of change and with this increasingly assessable technology has come a growing demand for people trained to develop media messages. The Television Production Technology program at MHCC is perhaps the best way to gain an understanding and obtain training. Over the last 20 years, MHCC’s Television Production Technology program has placed hundreds of graduates in a variety of video and media related jobs. A production oriented curriculum benefits from a fully equipped multi-camera studio, portable field production units, and editing facilities that train fundamental, as well as digital and nonlinear, concepts. Our instructors are working professionals with experience in every aspect of this field. MHCC offers a two-year Associate of Applied Science Degree in Television Production Technology. It is a Restricted Entry program with acceptance only after admission criteria has been met and applicants are reviewed by program advisors and faculty members. Because the core courses are sequential, students must start in the fall term. Applications may be obtained from David Arguello in the Admissions and Records Office, 503-491-7165. Students interested in this program should contact and request an information packet from Cheryl Faust, 503-491-7506. Program Adviser (ComputerTechnology and Media Arts Department): Jack Schommer 503-491-7611 - Room AC 1371 schommej@mhcc.edu

First Quarter (Fall) J211 TV100 TV110

Cr

Introduction to Mass Communications .................... 3 Critical Viewing ............................................................... 3 Introduction to Television ............................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

15 Second Quarter (Winter) TV111 TV112 TV115

Television Production .................................................... 3 Television Production Lab ............................................ 3 Introduction to Television Scriptwriting ................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

15 Third Quarter (Spring) TV113 TV114 TV116 ART261

Television Applications .................................................. 3 Television Applications Lab .......................................... 3 Television News Reporting .......................................... 3 Photography I .................................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15

Fourth Quarter (Fall)

Cr

TV230 Intermediate Video ......................................................... 3 TV231 Intermediate Video Lab ................................................. 4 WE280TVA Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

16 Fifth Quarter (Winter) TV232 TV233 TV236 WE280TVA

Television Directing ....................................................... 3 Television Directing Lab ............................................... 4 Closed Circuit Systems ................................................ 3 Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3

16 Sixth Quarter (Spring) TV234 Advanced Telecasting ..................................................... 3 TV235 Advanced Telecasting Lab ............................................. 4 WE280TVC Cooperative Education Internship or Related Electives ........................................................ 8

15 Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Among suggested courses are: TV120 TV121 TV122 TV225 TV227

Introduction to Cinema ............................................... 3 History of Television ..................................................... 3 History of Cinema II ..................................................... 3 Community TV Survival Techniques .......................... 3 Community TV Career Preparation ......................... 1

‡See pages 13-14.

117


Trade and Industrial Technology (Associate of Applied Science Degree Program)

118

The two-year associate degree curriculum in Trade and Industrial Technology is designed primarily for people in trades or industrial occupations. The curriculum recognizes previous trade or industrial experience and provides preparation in related training, occupational upgrading, general education and related specialty courses. Evaluation of credit for prior learning or industrial experience must be requested through the Office of Evening/Weekend College prior to applying for graduation. For additional information, contact Valerie Ward 503-491-7239 Note: The college has an established charge for course challenge exams or credit for prior learning. Program Adviser (Industrial Technology Division): Joe Dunlap 503-491-7471 - Room IT 47 dunlapj@mhcc.edu

Trade and Industrial Experience

0-22 credits

A journeyman in any trade or craft who has completed a bonafide apprenticeship program or can provide satisfactory proof of equivalent training and experience resulting in journeyman status, may be credited with a maximum of 22 credits (APP200E) toward an associate degree. An additional option to fulfill this experience requirement would be enrollment in APP280, Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience. The authority for granting credit for previous education and training toward apprenticeship training requirements is delegated by law to each local joint apprenticeship committee. NOTE: A journeyman may request credit from the joint apprenticeship committee for previous experience. If the previous experience was outside the supervision of the joint apprenticeship committee, the apprentice must submit his request in writing to the joint apprenticeship committee and furnish such records, affidavits, or other bona-fide evidence as the joint apprenticeship committee shall require to substantiate his claims.

General Education In addition to trades and industrial experience and trade or industrial training, a minimum of 18 credit hours are required to satisfy general education requirements. See pages 13-14. Credits needed for the curriculum degree requirement of 90 and not received for trade or industrial experience may be selected from curriculum-related subjects agreed upon between the student and the appropriate associate dean.

Related Trade or Industrial Training

27-42 credits

A minimum of 27* and a maximum of 36* quarter hours of credit (APP200T) may be earned through completion of apprenticeship-related training, journeyman upgrading or other approved course work. Nine credit hours are allowed for each 144 hours of verified related training or similar training.

Other Required Related Electives

8-23 credits

Selection of these courses should be made with consultation of an adviser.

Total Credits * Credit for trade or industrial experience and training will be granted upon completion and recommendation by the appropriate local training committee. College fees for the degree assessed at the time of application will be based upon three conditions: 1) Number of credits recommended by appropriate local training committee; 2) Current college fee per college credit; 3) Number of credits previously paid for.

90


Welding Technology (Limited Entry Certificate Day Program) (Recognition of Completion Evening Program) The program is designed to prepare the person with little or no welding skill to enter the welding field with skill, knowledge and confidence. Also, it is designed for those wishing to upgrade their welding skills or to learn a new process. MHCC Welding Tech is an AWS accredited welding testing facility. The day program is a participating organization in the American Welding Society entry level welder program. The curriculum is designed to meet AWS standards.

What are the employment opportunities? Students who apply themselves in the program and obtain a satisfactory level of competence in welding should be able to secure employment in many areas, such as in ship repair, metal fabrication, construction and maintenance welding. Most companies require the prospective employee to pass a welding test as a condition of employment. This program will assist the student in preparing for the welder qualification testing. Admission to the day program is based on date of application. Upon acceptance a placement evaluation maybe required. Applicants may enter fall or winter term. Contact the instructor for placement.You are required to have the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Second Quarter WLD130 WLD131 WLD132 WLD133 WLD134

17 Third Quarter WLD150 WLD151 WLD152 WLD153 PSY101

Fabrication Practices ..................................................... 2 Fabrication Practices Lab ............................................. 3 Welding Processes and Procedures .......................... 2 Welding Certification Preparation Lab ..................... 4 Psychology of Human Relations or HUM202 Age of Technology: Ethics in the Workplace ............................................................ 3

14 ‡Recommended General Education Requirements: Communications (3 cr): WR101 or higher, RD117, or SP100

Heavy duty clothes suitable for welding. High top boots, “safety toes.” One pair gauntlet gloves. Leather welding jacket, burning glasses. Miscellaneous small tools, pliers, rule, tip cleaners, igniter, slag hammer and tool box. Welding and blueprint reading textbooks. Welding helmet. Safety glasses and ear plugs.

Welding Technology (Evening Program) Recognition of Completion First Quarter WLD110 WLD111A

Cr

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ............................ 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) .................... 2

4

Lab Fees A lab fee for each term is charged for the welding program. All electrodes, materials, gas, supplies, and power tools are furnished by the college.

Second Quarter

Program Advisers (Industrial Technology Department): Vern Porter 503-491-7209 - Room IT 41 porterv@mhcc.edu Wendall Johnson 503-491-7217 - Room IT 44 johnsonw@mhcc.edu

WLD131A

WLD130

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ................................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2

4 Third Quarter WLD150B WLD153A

Welding Technology (Day Program)

Blueprint Reading ........................................................... 2 Welding Certification Prep Lab .................................. 2

4

9-Month Certificate First Quarter WLD110 WLD111 WLD114 WLD118 WLD119 MTH33

Cr

Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding (Wire Feed) ........................................ 2 Gas Metal and Flux Core Arc Welding Lab (Wire Feed) ....................................... 4 Welding Metallurgy ........................................................ 3 Welding Metallurgy Lab ................................................ 1 Automated Manufacturing ........................................... 4 Communications Requirement‡ ................................. 3

Cr

Shielded Metal Arc Welding (Stick) ..................... 2 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Lab (Stick) ............ 4 Blueprint Reading for Welders ................................ 3 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG) ......................... 2 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Lab (TIG) ........................ 2 Professional-Technical Computation I ...................... 3

16

Additional Supporting Courses WLDX11 WLDX13 WLD116 WLDX16 WLDX17 WLDX34 MTH20 VT10WE

TIG-GTAW (Heli-Arc) Welding .................................. 2 MIG-GMAW (Wire Feed) Welding ............................ 2 General Welding I ........................................................... 3 General Welding I ........................................................... 2 General Welding II .......................................................... 2 CNC Burning ................................................................... 3 Applied Arithmetic & Pre-algebra .............................. 3 Special Projects ........................................................... 1-4

‡See page 19.

119


Special Studies Programs 120

General Studies ........................................ 120 Performing Arts ........................................ 120 Special Studies Music ................................................. 121 Theatre Arts ................................ 122-123 Associate of General Studies Degree The purpose of the Degree in General Studies is to provide the student an opportunity to pursue a broad general education during the two years at a community college. It is intended as a flexible program for the student who is not pursuing a specified curriculum in the lower division transfer or professional-technical area. The general studies degree may, in addition to including the number of hours in the divisional areas as listed below, include courses in lower division collegiate transfer, occupational education, professional-technical education and general education. Because of the flexibility and broad approach of this degree, a student may find that it may not fulfill all of the requirements of full junior standing when transferred to a four-year institution. The transferable credits generally include only those courses numbered 100 or above. Please refer to pages 9-10, “Courses Numbered 100- 299�, for more information. The Associate of General Studies Degree will be awarded to students who satisfy the following requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 90 applicable credit hours. 2. Successfully complete all required courses in the general studies curriculum as follows. Progression of classes must be vertical. That is, once a course has been successfully completed, a lower level course may not be taken for credit. A. Health and Physical Education A minimum of three credit hours which must include one class in Physical Education (PE) and one class in Health Education (HE). Other options: HPE295 Health and Fitness for Life, HPE291 Lifeguard Training, or PE285OL (3 credits) satisfies the total HPE requirement. A student successfully completing PE285OL Wilderness Survival for 2 credits may satisfy the HPE requirement by completing one additional credit in either health or physical education. B. Communications Six quarter credit hours at a level equivalent to WR101 and WR102; or WR121 and WR122; or three credits in writing and three credits in speech; or three credits in writing and RD117; or three credits in writing and BA205. C. Humanities (Arts and Letters) 12 credit hours in humanities (arts and letters). (Maximum of six credit hours in skill-oriented classes.) D. Social Sciences 12 credit hours in social science. E. Science/Mathematics/Computer Science 12 credit hours in mathematics or science. (MTH20 and MTH40 are excluded and will not meet this requirement.) F. Complete the above requirements plus elective courses (no more than 25 credits of one discipline may apply as electives) to total 90 applicable credit hours.

A maximum of 25 credits of ENL courses may be applied toward the AGS degree. 3. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher. 4. Maintain a 2.00 GPA for all courses being applied toward the degree and maintain a 2.00 GPA in the core requirements. 5. Satisfactorily earn a minimum of 24 hours of credit at Mt. Hood Community College and be in attendance at MHCC the term in which the degree is completed. Non-traditional credit (College Level Examination Program,Advanced Placement Program, Challenge) does not satisfy this requirement. If extenuating circumstances prevent a student from being in attendance the last term, the student may petition to take the remaining credits (maximum of nine) at a regionally accredited college or university within one year from the date of last attendance at MHCC. This request must be in writing and indicate the school at which the courses will be completed. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain written approval from MHCC of course acceptance prior to enrollment and to send an official transcript to MHCC upon completion of the course work. 6 . Complete the application process and pay a non-refundable application fee two quarters prior to the quarter of completion (i.e., spring term graduates must apply during fall term). Please see pages 17-18 for additional information on Associate of General Studies degree.

The Performing Arts The special studies curricula at Mt. Hood Community College are designed to provide opportunities for students who wish to attain an optimum of self-development in the performing arts. The programs also provide a basis for those who may later wish to expand into more specialized areas. The special studies program is a two-year associate of General Studies degree program designed to provide students with the basic skills and techniques necessary for the development of their music or theatre interests. It differs from a transfer program in that the course requirements provide for breadth as well as an opportunity to concentrate in special interest areas. Specialized courses not otherwise available in a transfer program are included. Students who plan to graduate from Mt. Hood Community College with this associate degree should fulfill all the requirements in one of the curricula. Provision for related electives adds flexibility to the programs. Substitutions can be made for parallel or related courses on either the transfer or nontransfer levels with the approval of the associate dean. The special studies curricula are not intended to meet prerequisites or to be transferable to a four-year college. Any student who is planning to enroll in a special studies curriculum should understand thoroughly this situation and the intent of the special studies programs, and thus avoid possible disappointment later. Students who intend to earn a four-year degree in the arts should choose a college transfer program.


Special Studies: Music The curriculum in music is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of music and in the development of skills, with an opportunity to select areas in which he/she would like to specialize. It includes course work in music and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

First Quarter MUS111 MUS114 MUS131 MUS147 MUP MUP WR101

Cr

Music Theory I ................................................................ 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Beginning I ....................................... 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15-16 Second Quarter MUS112 MUS115 MUS132 MUS148 MUP MUP WR102

Music Theory II ............................................................... 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or proficiency test .......................................................... 2 Class Percussion Intermediate II ................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ......................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

15-16 Third Quarter MUS113 MUS116 MUS133 MUP MUP PE PSY101 SP111

Music Theory III .............................................................. 3 Sight Singing/Ear Training .............................................. 1 Group Piano: Skills for Majors or Proficiency Test .......................................................... 2 Music Performance Group ....................................... 1-2 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Physical Education* ........................................................ 1 Psychology of Human Relations or PSY201 General Psychology ................................... 3 Fundamentals of Speech ............................................... 3

15-16 Fourth Quarter MUS211 MUS214 MUP MUP

Music Theory IV .............................................................. 3 Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-17

Fifth Quarter MUS212 MUS215 MUP MUP

Cr

Music Theory V ................................................................ 3 Keyboard Harmony ........................................................ 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 6

13-14 Sixth Quarter MUS213 MUS224 MUP MUP HE250

Music Theory VI .............................................................. 3 Advanced Sight Singing/Ear Training .......................... 1 Music Performance Group ....................................... 2-3 Applied Individual Lessons ........................................... 1 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ .............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16-17 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses.

Related Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine whether a selection of courses across divisional areas or a concentration of courses within a specific division is more appropriate to the student’s vocational goals. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 17-18.

121


Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director)

122

Two programs in theatre are offered, one concentrating in acting and directing and one in stage technology and design. The ActorDirector program is designed to give the student a broad background in the understanding of drama and in the development of skills in acting and directing. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 96-101 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager. Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

Fifth Quarter

Cr

TA35 Theories of Directing .................................................... 3 TA112 Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA280A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................. 1 TA241 Intermediate Acting Techniques: Styles ..................... 3 SP262 Voice and Articulation ................................................... 3

14-16 Sixth Quarter

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Actor Director) First Quarter TA106 TA141 TA153A WR101

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ............................................. 3 Acting Fundamentals I .................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 Workplace Communications I or WR121 English Composition ................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

16 Second Quarter TA107 TA142 TA153D WR102

Introduction to Theatre II ........................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals II ................................................. 3 Theatre Workshop: Children’s Theatre ................... 2 Workplace Communications II or WR122 English Composition: Critical Thinking ........................................................ 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6

17 Third Quarter TA101 TA143 TA153A

Appreciating Theatre .................................................... 3 Acting Fundamentals III ................................................ 3 Theatre Workshop ........................................................ 1 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 9

16 Fourth Quarter TA111 TA114A TA227 SP229 HE250

Theatre Technology I .................................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA153A Theatre Workshop ................................... 1 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3 Oral Interpretation ........................................................ 3 Personal Health* ............................................................. 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Physical Education* ........................................................ 1

17

TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop** or TA253A/B/C Theatre Workshop ....................... 1-3 TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3 TA144 Improvisation ................................................................... 3 TA148 Movement for the Actor .............................................. 2 TA199A Special Studies in Theatre ............................................ 1 TA213 Stage Lighting Design .................................................... 3

13-15 * Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree.. ** Must be taken concurrently with TA111, TA112, TA113.

General Education Electives In selecting related courses the student should consult with an adviser to determine selection of courses. Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree. ‡See pages 17-18.


Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician-Designer) The Technician-Designer program objective is to train students in the planning and construction of sets, lighting operations and design, sound systems and stage management. The curriculum includes course work in theatre and related electives, and in general education to total 90 hours; other related courses may be substituted with the approval of the Performing and Visual Arts program manager.

Sixth Quarter TA199A/B/C Special Projects in Theatre ....................................... 1-3 TA213 Stage Lighting Design ..................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3 Related Elective ............................................................... 6

14-17

Forecast: Sequence of offerings may be altered in a given year.

Special Studies: Theatre Arts (Technician Designer) First Quarter TA106 TA111 TA114A/B/C HE252 WR121

Cr

Introduction to Theatre I ............................................ 3 Theatre Technology I .................................................. 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 First Aid: Responding to Emergencies* ..................... 3 English Composition ...................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 3

16-18 Second Quarter TA35 TA107 TA112 TA114A/B/C WR122

Theories of Directing .................................................... 3 Introduction to Theatre II ............................................ 3 Theatre Technology II .................................................... 3 Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 English Composition: Critical Thinking ..................... 3 PE Requirement* ............................................................ 1

14-16 Third Quarter TA101 Appreciating Theatre ..................................................... 3 TA113 Theatre Technology III ................................................... 3 TA114A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18

* Students who complete HE252 Standard First Aid or HE250 Personal Health are required to complete at least one additional credit of P.E. Activity to satisfy the Health and Physical Education requirement for the Associate of General Studies degree..

Suggested Related Electives ART115 Basic Design 1: Two-dimensional ART116 Basic Design 2: Color Theory ART117 Basic Design 3: Three-dimensional ART281 Painting I ART291 Sculpture: Beginning EET111 Introduction to Electronics Technology ENG105 Introduction to Literature: Drama ENG201 Shakespeare: The Early Period ENG202 Shakespeare: The Middle Period ESR295 Safety and Health Standards and Laws ET120 Architectural Drawing ET154 Computer-Aided Design I ET231 Basic Strengths of Materials FA257 Films and Society FA258 Understanding the Film FA266 The Great Film Directors TV100 Critical Viewing TV115 Scriptwriting WLD110 and WLD111 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Note: This program is a unique version of a General Studies degree.

Fourth Quarter TA141 Acting Fundamentals I ................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 TA227 Theatrical Makeup ......................................................... 3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Electives ............................................................. 3

16-18 Fifth Quarter

Cr

TA121 Costuming ........................................................................ 3 TA211 Scene Design ................................................................... 3 TA214A/B/C Technical Theatre Workshop ................................... 1-3 General Education Requirement‡ ............................. 6 Related Elective ............................................................... 3

16-18

‡See pages 17-18.

123


MHCC Courses on International Education 124

“Work to create an interculturally literate citizenry so that students can be successful living and working in the increasingly interconnected global community.”** Courses dealing with an international perspective give the student understanding of the world as a global community consisting of interdependent peoples and nations. Areas of concentration in Asian, European, or Latin American studies provide an opportunity to examine carefully a specific area of the world.These courses are valuable for students who are interested in international issues, in learning about life in countries other than the United States, in working for corporations with offices abroad, in the diplomatic service and other international careers or experiences. The following courses all emphasize an understanding not only of the United States, but also of other countries and cultures.

BUSINESS AND COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY HT140 HT204 WE280

Travel and Tourism Geography International Hospitality & Tourism Cooperative Education Internship

COMMUNICATION ARTS SP115

Introduction to Intercultural Communication

LANGUAGE, LITERATURE AND HUMANITIES FR101, 102, 103 FR111, 112, 113 FR150, 151 FR201, 202, 203

First-Year French I, II, III Beginning French Conversation I, II, III Beginning French (Intensive) Second-Year French I, II, III

GER101, 102, 103 GER111, 112, 113 GER201, 202, 203

First-Year German I, II, III Beginning Conversation I, II, III Second-Year German I, II, III*

JPN101, 102, 103

First-Year Japanese I, II, III

SPAN101, 102, 103 SPAN111, 112, 113 SPAN150, 151 SPAN201, 202, 203 SPAN211, 212, 213

First-Year Spanish I, II, III Beginning Spanish Conversation Beginning Spanish (Intensive) Second-Year Spanish I, II, III Intermediate Spanish Conversation I, II, III

ART201, 202, 203

Introduction to the History of Art

ENG107, 108, 109 ENG250 HUM110 HUM111 HUM112

World Literature: Introduction to Mythology Contemporary Culture: Introduction to Human Values Contemporary Culture: Changing Values Contemporary Culture: Future Trends

R210

World Religions

SOCIAL SCIENCES ANTH101 ANTH102

HST292 HST293

Introduction to Biological Anthropology Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory Introduction to Cultural Anthropology Language and Culture Indian Cultures of the Pacific NW North American Indians Introduction to Physical Geography Introduction to World Regional Geography Introduction to Cultural Geography Geography of Mexico & Central America World Civilizations History of Vietnam War* Introduction to Peace Studies* Peace Studies: Nonviolent Political Theory* Peace Studies: World Order Theory* African American History* History of Mexico, Central America, South America* China: Past and Present* Japan: Past and Present*

INTL110 IS210, 211, 212

Introduction to International Studies I Comparative Culture I, II, III*

PS105 PS204 PS205 PS220 PS225 PS241

Global Issues Introduction to Comparative Politics International Relations* American Foreign Policy and World Order Political Ideology Political Terrorism

SOC213 SOC214

Race Relations in the United States Social Problems: Introduction to U.S. Culture and Society

ANTH103 ANTH180 ANTH231 ANTH232 GEOG105 GEOG106 GEOG107 GEOG214 HST110, 111, 112 HST195 HST211 HST212 HST213 HST264 HST270, 271, 272

* Offered at irregular intervals ** From MHCC Mission Statement

Study Abroad The college offers a variety of study abroad options. Choose from two Spanish immersion programs in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico--an eight-week program during spring term and a twoweek program during summer session. We also offer a French immersion program in Quebec, Canada, during the summer. In addition, we offer a spring study abroad program in England, “The London Quarter” and a fall program in Italy, “The Florence Quarter.” For information on San Miguel/Quebec, call 503-491-7290 and London/Florence, call 503-491-7488.


125

COURSE

DESCRIPTIONS


Understanding Course Requirements 126

Mt. Hood Community College is committed to student success.The college offers courses for students who need additional academic preparation. Mt. Hood Community College requires that students are proficient in reading, writing, and math or a combination of these basic skills before they can enroll in most college courses.

by taking the College Placement Test (CPT) or by successfully completing previous college course work.There are two proficiency levels: Proficiency needed or Proficiency Required. Proficiency levels for each course can be found at the end of individual course descriptions.

Proficiency is defined as course placement above:

Proficiency Needed

RD90 Introduction to College Reading and Study Skills WR90 Basic Writing Skills MTH20 Applied Arithmetic and Pre-Algebra Note: Students who have completed a reading, writing, or math prerequisite numbered higher than RD90, WR90 and MTH20 will meet the reading, writing, or math proficiency requirement.

Reading, Writing, and Math Proficiencies Reading Proficiency A student who meets the reading proficiency generally is able to read pre-college textbooks (9th grade level) and find main ideas and supporting details. Students may still have great difficulty when the amount of reading material is high, content is abstract, or vocabulary is difficult.

Writing Proficiency A student who meets the writing proficiency is able to generate ideas to write a logical nonfiction paragraph on a single topic.The writing will be free of distracting technical errors.The student may have difficulty writing long papers or answering essay questions. They should have little difficulty writing one or two paragraph essays or lab reports.

Math Proficiency A student who meets the math proficiency is able to understand and do basic mathematical problems with fractions, decimals, and percentages. Note:A student who places beyond a specific course may not have all the skills contained within the prior courses.

Proficiency Levels

Proficiency in reading, writing and mathematics can be determined

All students registering for proficiency-needed courses must meet the proficiencies in reading, writing, and mathematics either through the CPT or through self-evaluation. Self-evaluation can be used only if the student plans to enroll in five (5) or fewer credits. Students enrolling in five (5) or fewer must realize that they are expected to possess the needed reading, writing and math proficiencies to enroll in the specified course.

Proficiency Required All students registering for proficiency-required courses will be required to take the CPT and place above RD90,WR90 and MTH20 or prove proficiency with successfully completed college course work regardless of the number of credit hours taken.

Other Helpful Course Description Terms Proficiency:

Having suitable or sufficient skill, knowledge and /or experience.

Prerequisite: A requirement that must be successfully completed before taking the course.

Co-Requisite: A requirement or course that must be either successfully completed beforehand or taken in combination with the course.

Concurrent: A course that must be taken in combination with another course.

Recommended/Suggested Requisite: Students are strongly encouraged to complete the stated requirement in order to be better prepared for the course.


Course Descriptions

Course Descriptions

AC38 Intermediate Accounting I

AH11 Survey of Body Systems

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course builds on the student’s understanding of accounting learned in the first two Accounting Principles courses. A more in-depth understanding and use of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles will enable students to determine whether information has been properly recorded (recognized, measured and classified) and clearly develop solutions to bring the financial statements into compliance. Recognizing both the value and the limitations of the financial statements, students will be ready to evaluate a company’s past performance and assess risks. Students will also develop their ability to research topics in accounting and present their findings both orally and in writing. This course will prepare students for accounting positions requiring them to detect and resolve accounting reporting problems. The students will also be prepared to make recommendations that will increase the efficiency and internal control of the accounting system. This course is also an excellent way to prepare for the rigorous accounting courses required in fouryear accounting degree programs. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is a general introductory course in human anatomy and physiology. Included in this course is a brief study of the structure and function of the ten major body systems. It includes laboratory exercises that parallel the lecture topics. Recommended as an introductory course and for those who have no background in human biology. Concurrent enrollment in AH11L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AC39 Intermediate Accounting II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to enable students to continue applying Generally Accepted Accounting Principles to frequently encountered gray areas in financial reporting. Students will be able to distinguish between reporting requirements and options in the areas of inventory, fixed asset acquisitions vs. operating expenses, depreciation, revenue recognition, and commitments. When alternative reporting methods are available, students will make recommendations based on the resulting impact on financial statements. In addition, students will evaluate the merits of debt and equity financing. Prerequisite: AC38. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AC110 General Accounting I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course about basic accounting systems used by small businesses. This course is intended to provide the student with a practical knowledge of how accounting transactions are recorded and posted and eventually reflected on financial statements. The practical use of special journals, ledgers and worksheets will be emphasized. A computerized practice set will be used. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Math.

AC120 Accounting for Professional Services Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An introductory course presenting a system of accounting for use in an office providing professional services. Using the cash basis of accounting, the complete accounting cycle is presented with special emphasis on analyzing transactions, posting and billing charges, payroll procedures and required payroll forms. This course assumes no previous accounting courses or experience. Designed for a true novice to accounting theory. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AH12 Medical Vocabulary Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The basic elements of medical words (prefixes, words, roots and suffixes) and medical abbreviations are studied so that the student is able to analyze, define and build medical terms that are most commonly used within the clinic/hospital environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

AH17 Therapeutic Use of Self Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course addresses therapeutic use of self as it relates to client-centered therapy. The course begins with an understanding of how the theories of Erickson, Maslow, and Kohlberg impact the development of the self. Individual values, cultures and beliefs will be discussed as students develop self-awareness. Interpersonal problem solving as it pertains to stress management, time management and conflict resolution are an integral part of this course. Intended for those interested in working in a health career.

AH140 Clinical Emergency Procedures Credits 2 (1 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F The principles and practices of medical emergency procedures commonly encountered in a hospital and/or other clinical setting are examined. Successful completion will lead to CPR for the Professional Rescuer, and Automatic External Defibrillator certifications. Limited to Physical Therapist Assistant majors. Prerequisite: Current Standard First Aid: Workplace Training Certification. Concurrent enrollment in AH140L is required.

AHX20 Central Service Technician Credits 6 (6 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course will provide instruction for students who wish to function in entry-level positions in Central Service/Sterile Processing departments of health care facilities. It will also serve to broaden the knowledge base of practicing Central Service Technicians. This course is designed to prepare students for the National Certification Examination for Sterile Processing and Distribution Technician. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Please note, high school diploma or GED may be required for employment. (AM100 – AM280, except AM127, are restricted to students in the Automotive Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Programs.)

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

127


Course Descriptions

128

AM100 Automotive Skill Building - Chrysler CAP and IMPORT

AM132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMM’s, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AM133 is required.

AM110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AM111 is required.

AM111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM110 is required.

AM118 Electrical Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AM132 is required.

AM136 Brake Systems Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM137 is required.

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical and electronic theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting, ignition and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM119 is required.

AM137 Brake Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM119 Electrical Systems Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

AM152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM118 is required.

AM120 Minor Vehicle Services - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AM127 Small Gas Engines Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A theory and lab course on minor service, periodic maintenances and operating principles of small gas engines.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM136 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AM153 is required.

AM153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AM152 is required.

AM156 Power Train Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AM157 is required.

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions AM157 Power Train Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AM156 is required.

AM216 Engine Performance Theory I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM217 is required.

AM217 Engine Performance Lab I - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AM216 is required.

AM251 Engine Performance Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM252 is required.

AM252 Engine Performance Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AM251 is required.

AM253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM254 is required.

AM254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM253 is required.

AM256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM257 is required.

AM257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the auto air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model import, domestic cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AM256 is required.

AM258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM259 is required.

AM259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical systems, semiconductors, computer control systems and vehicle computer communications on late model import, domestic cars, and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AM258 is required.

AM280 Automotive Dealership Experience – Chrysler CAP & IMPORT Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in an automotive repair facility. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

129


Course Descriptions

130

(AMF100 - AMF280 are restricted to students in the Automotive Ford Asset Program)

AMF100 Automotive Skill Building - Ford Asset Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) This is a self-study course designed to provide training in foundational automotive skills for individuals who desire to enter a full-time automotive program. Students will study a variety of fundamental topics such as internal combustion engines, basic electricity, auto shop safety, and nut and bolt identification. Instructor permission is required.

AMF110 Internal Combustion Engine Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course with complete analysis of construction, working principles and proper service procedures for modern internal combustion engines. The study of measurements and fittings also is included. Concurrent enrollment in AMF111 is required.

AMF111 Internal Combustion Engine Lab - Ford Asset

also be covered. This course will include instruction on the basics of semiconductors such as diodes, LED’s, and transistors. Emphasis will be on learning to use diagnostic tools such as DMMs, Scantools, and Oscilloscopes. Concurrent enrollment in AMF133 is required.

AMF133 Automotive Electronics Lab I - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on the use of digital multi-meters, scantools and oscilloscopes as diagnostic tools. Concurrent enrollment in AMF132 is required.

AMF136 Brake Systems Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern disc and drum base braking systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF137 is required.

AMF137 Brake Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in overhaul methods, troubleshooting, general engine performance and testing, and service techniques covering valve, cylinder and bearing systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF110 is required.

Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive disc and drum base brake systems, and anti-lock braking systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF136 is required.

AMF118 Electrical Systems Theory - Ford Asset

AMF152 Automatic Transmission Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F A lecture course covering electrical theories and components commonly used in the charging, starting and accessory systems of the automobile. Introduction to computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF119 is required.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lecture course dealing with the principles and theory of hydraulically operated transmissions, transaxles, torque converters and fluid couplings. Concurrent enrollment in AMF153 is required.

AMF119 Electrical Systems Lab - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Instruction in automatic transmission, including principles of operation, troubleshooting and overhaul procedures on hydraulically operated transmissions and transaxles common to the automotive field. Concurrent enrollment in AMF152 is required.

Credits 2 (6 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in servicing charging systems, starting systems, ignition systems and accessory systems of the automobile. Computer controlled electrical systems and components also will be covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF118 is required.

AMF120 Minor Vehicle Services - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in shop safety, service manuals, techniques of precision measurement, shop tools and equipment, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, minor vehicle services and new car delivery.

AMF132 Automotive Electronics Theory I - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering advanced electrical circuit operation and diagnostics. The application of electrical components in complex circuits, with the corresponding methods of diagnosis and repair will

AMF153 Automatic Transmission Lab - Ford Asset

AMF156 Power Train Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the function, operation and design of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Concurrent enrollment in AMF157 is required.

AMF157 Power Train Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab class covering the diagnosis service and repair of the power train components such as clutches, transmissions, transaxles, drive axles, drive lines, u-joints, standard and locking differentials and four-wheel drive components. Safety and safety instruction will be conducted throughout this course. Concurrent enrollment in AMF156 is required.

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions AMF216 Engine Performance I Theory - Ford Asset

AMF256 Heating and Air Conditioning Theory - Ford Asset

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course on terminology, principles of operation, and problems related to the fuel system, components, computer controls, emission systems, and diesel fuel delivery systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF217 is required.

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair, and diagnostic procedures of the modern heating, defrosting and air conditioning systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF257 is required.

AMF217 Engine Performance I Lab - Ford Asset Credits 2 (8 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A course in techniques and procedures for overhauling and service of fuel injection systems, components and delivery system. Diagnosis and testing procedures involving fuel injection and emissions system are covered. Concurrent enrollment in AMF216 is required.

AMF251 Engine Performance II Theory - Ford Asset Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in theory and operation of the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices as they relate to engine performance. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF252 is required.

AMF252 Engine Performance II Lab - Ford Asset Credits 3 (10 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction in diagnosing malfunctions in the automotive engine, engine computer controls, ignition and emission control devices. Advanced methods of testing electrical and fuel injection system with emphasis on developing the ability to analyze and diagnose the operation of all components directly related to engine performance. Concurrent enrollment in AMF251 is required.

AMF253 Steering and Suspension Theory - Ford Asset Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Theory of operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern steering systems, suspension systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF254 is required.

AMF254 Steering and Suspension Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, servicing and repair of automotive suspension systems, steering systems and alignments on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF253 is required.

AMF257 Heating and Air Conditioning Lab - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F Instruction is given in the diagnosis, trouble-shooting, service and repair of the automobile air conditioning, heating, and defrosting systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Concurrent enrollment in AMF256 is required.

AMF258 Automotive Electronics Theory II - Ford Asset Credits 2 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A theory course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on understanding computer controlled system operations and diagnostics, vehicle computer communications, and then using diagnostic equipment to troubleshoot these systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF259 is required.

AMF259 Automotive Electronics Lab II - Ford Asset Credits 1 (4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp A lab course covering the operation, service, repair and diagnostic procedures of the modern electrical, electronic and computer control systems on late model Ford cars and light trucks. Emphasis will be on diagnosing faults in computer controlled systems. Concurrent enrollment in AMF258 is required.

AMF280 Ford Dealership Experience – Ford Asset Credits 6 (40 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The student will be employed a minimum of forty (40) hours per week in a pre-assigned Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealership. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the student’s work experience with his/her college studies. Instructor permission is required.

AMX44 Small Engines, Fuel and Ignition Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) A theory and lab class covering fuel and ignition systems for small gas engines. Periodic maintenance and operating principles will be covered in depth. Offered at irregular intervals. Prerequisite: Some knowledge of small engine operation.

ANTH101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the physical aspect of humankind. Students will be introduced to the basic concepts of biological evolution as they apply to the human species. Emphasis on the narrative of human evolution is augmented by material on primatology and a discussion of human biological variation. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

131


Course Descriptions

132

ANTH102 Introduction to Archaeology and World Prehistory

ANTH232 North American Indians

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is an introduction to the study of archaeology. Class topics include a brief introduction to archaeological methods and an overview of world prehistory from the mammoth hunters to the earliest civilization. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is designed to provide the student with a broad introduction to the culture, arts, and history of the American Indians north of Mexico. Traditional Native American cultures, history of Native/U.S. relations and contemporary Native American issues are emphasized. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

ANTH251 Archaeological Analysis and Interpretation

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class focuses on the Anthropological concept of culture. Students learn how culture is studied while performing cross-cultural analyses of various aspects of culture such as; religion, language, economy, and technology. Emphasis is placed on understanding cultural differences. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH180 Language and Culture

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp How do archaeologists reconstruct ancient environments, date ancient artifacts, and reveal ancient lifeways? This class provides hands-on experience with the analytical laboratory methods professional archaeologists use in solving the mysteries of the past. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How does language work? Where is it in the brain? How is it acquired by children? How does language affect thought and our perception of the world? How is our language different from that of other animals? How did human language evolve and develop throughout history? Is ‘Ebonics’ a language or a dialect? This course provides answers to these provocative questions by exploring the anthropological disciplines of descriptive, historical, and socio-cultural linguistics. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

APP280S Supervised Apprenticeship Trade Experience - Sheet Metal

ANTH211, ANTH212, ANTH213 Introduction to Field Archaeology

ART115 Basic Design I: Two-Dimensional

Credits 4 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This class is an introduction to the methods and goals of American archaeology. Students will learn the basic techniques of scientific field archaeology, both in the classroom and at on-site archaeological digs and labs. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH215 Introduction to Greek Archaeology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp How do we know what we know about ancient Greece? Introduction to Greek Archaeology investigates Greek archaeological sites central to our understanding of this ‘cradle of civilization’. Students will investigate the artifacts, ecofacts, and feature from the Bronze Age to Classical Greece and learn how archaeologists can reconstruct ancient Greek lifeways from the physical evidence. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ANTH231 Indian Cultures of the Pacific Northwest Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (alternate years) This class is a survey of Native American cultures in the Pacific Northwest from prehistoric to modern times. Archaeological findings, historical accounts and recent developments and issues are discussed. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 6 (440 Lab Hrs/Year) The student will be employed a minimum of 40 hours per week in their related Apprenticeship trade. Through agreement with the employer, a program instructor will coordinate the students work experience with his/her apprenticeship training. Instructor permission required. Prerequisite: The student must meet local union qualifications and be a registered apprentice.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class explores the process of using art elements and organizational principles of design in inventing visual images. This course structure is built on the articulation of visual language, terminology, and a survey of processes. Class preparations in theoretical knowledge will be applied in final works of art using a variety of art materials and tools. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART116 Basic Design II: Color Theory Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp This class explores color theory and its applications in designing invented images. This course continues to apply art elements and organizational principles as explored in Basic Design I, adding the complexities of color harmonies. Students will have the opportunity to manipulate color by using a variety of media and supports in designing final art works. Prerequisite: ART115. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART117 Basic Design III: 3-Dimensional Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This studio course is an introduction to the basic concepts of threedimensional design. This class begins with the most basic elements of three dimensional line and plane and works towards ideas of form, space and content. Assigned projects will help develop an understanding of sculptural and design considerations while expanding your conceptual and material ability. Demonstrations, lectures and critical discussions will contribute to developing a working vocabulary of spatial relations. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions ART167 History of Graphic Design Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A survey of the history of modern design, beginning with the invention of movable type in the 15th Century to the present. The impact of technology, various art movements and styles upon graphics, advertising, fashion, architecture, and industrial design is emphasized.

schools, vocations, and trends. Sequential. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART214 Computer Graphics: Page Layout

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This is a course designed specifically for those wishing to explore the very basics of relief printmaking techniques. Black-and-white prints in linocut, woodcut and relief collagraph processes will be addressed. Non-art majors as well as students from the larger community seeking an enriching experience in printmaking are especially welcome.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a page layout software program to learn the basic principles of combining type and images for the printed page. Applied projects will cover five major layout types: advertising, business stationery, brochure, editorial layout and short catalog. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Students will learn how to effectively format type, import graphics and photographs, and position elements according to a grid. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART197 Gallery Design and Management

ART219 Calligraphy

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) The class provides an administrative and practical experience in the operation and design of an exhibition space. Whether it is a museum, gallery or alternative space, proper procedure needs to be observed in the selection, documentation and exhibit design of artists’ work. Projects include planning, publicity and physical installation of artwork. Course requirements include independent reviews of current gallery exhibits. Offered at irregular intervals. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART225 Applied Design: Computer Graphics I

ART170 Basics of Relief Printmaking

ART198 Independent Studies: Applied Art Credits 1-3 - maximum 9 (3-9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for unique individual and/or group projects of a special nature for interdisciplinary or in-depth work in applied art not normally covered in an existing course. Enrollment requires a written project proposal that must be approved by the instructor and associate dean before registration. Maximum of three credits per term to a total of nine credits.

ART201, ART202, ART203 Introduction to the History of Art Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Selected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for non-majors as well as for art majors. ART201 covers c. 30,000 BC to c. 0 - prehistoric Europe, Ancient Near East, Egypt, Aegean, Greece. ART202 encompasses c. 500 BC to c. 1400 AD - ancient Roman, Byzantine, Medieval, Proto-Renaissance. ART203 includes c. 1400 to the present - Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Romantic, Realism, Impressionism, Modern. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART211, ART212, ART213 Survey of Visual Arts Credits 3,3,3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) This course is a survey of traditional and contemporary art forms with emphasis on the observer, the artist, and the critic. Approximately half the course in any given term will involve field trips to museums, galleries, and studios. All terms also will include discussions of artist’s material, visual resources, newsletters, gallery memberships, gallery openings, periodicals, research, libraries,

Credits 1 - maximum 3 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a year-long course to enable the student to gain an understanding and technical competence of various calligraphic styles. You may start any term. Fall term is basic bookhand, plain and Roman capitals. Winter term presents italic with a variety of capital forms. A variety of historical styles - decorative hands are taught spring term. Layouts are developed in all alphabets.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and a vector-based drawing program as a visualization tool, and a fine art medium. An overview of the Macintosh operating system and working with a variety of peripheral devices will be covered./Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Through applied projects, students will learn how to use drawing tools, create paths, elemental graphic shapes, work with type and apply both color and gradient fills. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART226 Applied Design: Computer Graphics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – W This visual arts course will introduce the art student to the use of Macintosh computers and an image-editing program as a means to digitally manipulate photographs as well as create original images. Students will learn how to use a flatbed scanner, digital camera, work with stock photography and other image sources. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Paint tools, filters, color correcting, selection methods, color modes and file formats will be explored. Through assigned projects, students will learn how to alter, improve, create and manage bitmap images. Conceptual as well as technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART227 Applied Design: Computer Graphics III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp In this visual arts course, students will use the Macintosh computer and a modeling, rendering, and animation software program to learn the basic principles of 3-D or digital animation. Applied projects

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

133


Course Descriptions

134

will cover the major model types, lighting and camera placement, rendering, surface maps, textures and 3-D environments. Emphasis will be placed on use of the Macintosh computer as a fine art-making tool. Simple 3D images or animations will be created using a variety of approaches. Conceptual, as well as, technical issues will be covered. Prerequisite: Macintosh computer experience recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

studies will investigate the potential of the human form as subject matter in explorations regarding color theory and composition. Prerequisite: ART234, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART236 Life Drawing III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for both the novice and the art major. This course content focuses on training the eye to see perceptually, developing a confidence of using traditional drawing tools, manipulating basic art elements such as space, value, line, shape and form, and on composing imagery reflecting volume and mass through the understanding of light. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. Although students in ART236 will continue to draw directly from the model in class, this course expands beyond the basic form and structure of the figure to discover conceptual and media explorations. Students will develop drawings that exhibit a personal or expressive component beyond the classical descriptive studies done in ART234 and ART235. Proposals for extended studies will be discussed in class and approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: ART235, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART232 Drawing II

ART240 Drawing - Cartooning I

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing II continues the study of perceptual seeing with an emphasis on drawing methods and techniques. Students will experience a larger variety of drawing tools and supports, encouraging an exploration of process and content cohesion. Drawing II provides opportunity to enhance eye-hand coordination, improve methodologies in composition, form, spatial issues and mass. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W This is an introductory course in the art of cartooning which covers character development and marketing for various types and formats of cartoons. Prerequisite: None, however ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART231 Drawing I

ART233 Drawing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Drawing III works on refining methods and techniques with a portfolio of finished drawings as a final result of having taken this course. In addition to previous drawing course objectives, Drawing III students will study contemporary art issues, genres, mixed media, a variety of formats, and color. Students in this course will be expected to articulate outcomes and processes in drawing media and to create a body of work. Prerequisite: ART232 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART234 Life Drawing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces the student to life drawing. Students will follow drawing methods that lead to observational documentation of the human form’s proportion, mass and structure. Students will explore the elements of line and value as enhancements to structure, issues in light, perspective, and surface anatomy. Prerequisite: ART231 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART235 Life Drawing II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an intermediate level course in the study of the human form and anatomy. This course builds upon skills developed in ART234, Life Drawing I, to delve deeper into studies of skeletal and muscular structure. In-class exercises will further students’ ability to respond to drawing the human form with accuracy and precision. Extended

ART241 Drawing: Cartooning II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is a continuation of ART240. Emphasis will be on the use of Macintosh computer software and hardware in the design, development and production of cartoons. Applications introduced are: Adobe Streamline, Adobe Illustrator, and QuarkXpress. Idea gathering, refining of composition, hand-building and computer conversion are the major issues of the course, with preparation of files for printing also covered. Prerequisite: ART240 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART254 Ceramics I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous experience in pottery/ceramics. The student will be introduced to the materials, tools, and manipulative skills necessary to create both utilitarian and aesthetic three-dimensional art forms. Beginning with an investigation of cultural influences on primitive processes and continuing through contemporary techniques, visual literacy will be developed through a study and application of the elements of design by creating both hand built and wheel thrown projects, utilizing various techniques of decorating and glazing, and evaluating student work. The theory and practice in loading and firing the electric kiln will be explored. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions ART255 Ceramics II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A course for the student with previous ceramic training. Students will be introduced to an in-depth study of skill building techniques, materials, tools, design and glaze applications. Each student will be allowed to develop his/her wheel throwing or hand building skills or a combination thereof. Those choosing to concentrate on wheel throwing will practice the skill necessary to create the five basic pottery forms. Those interested in hand building skills will explore construction methods using five of the basic techniques. Emphasis in both areas will be on the implementation of design elements and their application to form. A basic understanding of decorating, glazing and kiln firing will be covered as well as the theory of glaze firing. ART254, ART255 and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART254 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART256 Ceramics III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp A course for the serious ceramic student with previous ceramic training in throwing and hand building skills. Students will be expected to demonstrate a proficiency in clay manipulation, development of form and use of tools in the formation of visual images. Students will learn to understand and recognize the role of visual and conceptual elements as they affect structure and form. Students will have the opportunity to evaluate various claybodies. Discussions of pottery as a business/profession and marketing techniques will be explored. The student will have the opportunity to experiment with and test glaze formulations, as well as participate in firing the glaze kilns. Evaluation through interaction with other students, instructor and self criticism. ART254, ART255, and ART256 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART255 or consent of instructor. ART117 not required, but strongly recommended. Sequential. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a marriage between the applied design principles of an art class and metalsmithing and jewelry as an art media. The course will further the student’s design awareness in combination with the continuing development of a sound, step-by-step metals technique, design application, craftsmanship skills and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler and practicing artisan. Evaluation will be based upon a combination of applied design principles, original design concepts, craftsmanship, and a demonstration of competency in the use of tools. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART257B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing I Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course designed for the student with limited or no previous jewelry/metalsmithing experience. The course is a combination of the applied design principles and jewelrymaking/metalsmithing as an art media. It will include the continuing development of sound metalsmithing skills, design application, craftsmanship and expertise in the use of power equipment and hand tools related to

art metal. The student will become familiar with technical processes used by the professional jeweler, practicing artisan and metalsmith. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is the continuation of the study of applied design principles in metals, emphasizing original designs. Students will continue to learn manipulative skills with hand tools and power equipment related to more advanced technical processes. Each student should gain greater insight into design opportunities and appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. Prior experience in fundamental techniques and process allow the student to operate at higher levels of competency and have more latitude in their creative experiences. The use of related materials will be introduced as part of designing and the construction process. Both individual, and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it related to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implication will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential. Prerequisite: ART257. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART258B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing II Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is a continuation of the study of applied metalsmithing design principles, emphasizing original designs. Students will develop greater manipulative skills related to both hand tools and power equipment through an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Each student should gain greater insights into design opportunities and a greater appreciation of the art forms of jewelrymaking and metalsmithing. As a result of prior experiences in fundamental techniques and processes, the student will be able to operate at intermediate levels of competency and will be allowed more latitude in creative experiences. Individual and group discussions of jewelry/art metal and how it relates to fashion design, as well as historical and contemporary implications will be explored. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. Prerequisite: ART257B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART259 Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will have more latitude in project selection, which will incorporate several advanced metalsmith techniques. Students will implement strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials. This experience will help develop an insight on the process in order to successfully complete areas of study selected. Students will discuss and critique each other’s work and discuss basic aesthetics of art metal design and construction, thus expanding the student’s perception of themselves within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257, ART258, and ART259 are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258. Proficiency

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

135


Course Descriptions

136

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART259B Jewelrymaking/Metalsmithing III Credits 2 (1 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The third term student will be expected to build on the skills he/she has acquired in the two preceding terms. Students will be allowed more latitude in project selection and development. Students will implement specific advanced strategies in transferring applied design elements, manipulating tools and fabricating materials during an in-depth study of one main metalsmithing process. Student work and basic philosophies in art metal design and construction will be discussed and critiqued, thus expanding the student’s aesthetic perception within an historical as well as contemporary context. In addition, students considering a career in the jewelry and metalsmithing trades will receive practical guidelines for pursuing their profession. ART257B, ART258B, and ART259B are sequential courses. Prerequisite: ART258B. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART261 Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning black and white course emphasizing visual and technical proficiency using small format cameras. Camera mechanics, exposure control, lighting, film processing and printing are explained and practiced through lectures, visual illustration and lab work. Emphasis on design and composition. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. Adjustable camera is necessary.

lenses, and composition. Basic theory of three color negative color processes explained and demonstrated. Fundamentals of color and printing are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART266 Color Slide Photography Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F An introduction to color slide photography using slides for assignments and critiques. This non-lab class introduces camera use, lenses, aperture and shutter relationships and exposure. The properties of color balance, light, color slide films, close-up photography and use of electronic flash are covered. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART271 Printmaking I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the first in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in this first level is to introduce the novice to the direct method of image design and transfer to a block, to practice basic cutting and incising techniques, inking and pressing a print. Relief printmaking will be the focus of this first course covering both the Western and Japanese methods of registration and printing. In addition, the student will have the opportunity to experience the more painterly monotype, which applies a non-direct method of imagery development. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART272 Printmaking II

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate black and white course designed to build proficiency beyond basic skills. Emphasis is on photo content, composition, lighting and darkroom practices that produce quality images. Students create a photo essay on a single theme. Covers advanced black and white photographic processes and techniques. Prerequisite: ART261 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the second in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in the second level is to further the practice of the objectives of Printmaking I and to explore additional printmaking processes. In this course, students will have the chance to explore black and white relief, collagraph and intaglio methods. As in Printmaking I, students will use both the direct and indirect method of imagery development. Prerequisite: ART271 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART263 Field Photography

ART273 Printmaking III

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp An advanced black and white course in creative or applied photography through completion of student defined projects. Field trips provide experience in group practice, discussion and criticism. Emphasizes camera and darkroom skills and seeing photographically. Prerequisite: ART262, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This class is the third in a three-course sequence of printmaking. The emphasis in the third level is to begin a personal exploration of imagery and to choose an area of interest within the scope of printmaking processes and methods. It is expected that students in this course will be well practiced in the fundamentals of print materials and techniques and will use this time to declare a focus. Students will build on their imagination, inventiveness and craftsmanship of the print. In addition, students will explore the history of the print as an art form. Prerequisite: ART272, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART262 Photography II

ART264 Portrait Photography Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F/W Studio portrait techniques in black and white or color, adapted to small camera formats with emphasis on lighting, model, personality and cosmetics, background setting, print and portfolio presentation. Covers basic black and white photographic processes and techniques; development of camera and darkroom skills; seeing photographically. Prerequisite: PHO131 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART265 Color Photography I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Introduction to camera use, shutter and aperture relationship,

ART281 Painting I Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The objectives of this course are: 1) manipulation of tools and materials, 2) introduction to basic color wheel, color properties, their mixtures, approaches and interactions, 3) an introduction to basic compositional concerns including placement and scale of subject matter, pictorial balance, volume and spatial depth, and 4) application of the above to the process of painting. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology expand

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions the students perception of themselves as artists within an historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: None, but ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART282 Painting II Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the second of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to learn a higher mastery of the tools and materials of traditional easel painting, 2) to achieve a theoretical understanding of basic color theory, interaction and perception, and 3) to apply the above to the processes of painting. The student is encouraged to begin and sustain the process of self-examination by dealing with diversified subject matter in both “object” and “non-objective” idioms. Both individual and group criticisms, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART281. ART231 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART283 Painting III Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is the third of a three-course sequence. The objectives of the course are 1) to apply the tools and materials of traditional easel painting to more expanded forms and ideas, 2) to address the fundamental issues of contemporary abstraction in painting, narrative painting and society and issues in painting. Both individual and group criticism, combined with discussions of painting ideology, expand the student’s perception of themselves as artists within a historical and contemporary context. Prerequisite: ART282. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART287 Sculpture: Ironcasting Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This course is an introduction to iron casting. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand mold to molten iron to finished sculpture. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. The purpose of this course is to gain a working knowledge of cast iron sculptural form, vocabulary and history through lecture material, demonstrations of process, visual experience, physical practice and critical discussion. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART288 Sculpture: Ceramic Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is a beginning level sculpture class. Clay is one of the oldest sculptural media. Using low fire clay students will develop sculptural forms through a variety of techniques including slab and coil construction, mold making and slip casting. Instruction will include several finishing and glazing techniques. Students work on an individual basis with the instructor to complete their projects and to begin developing a personal aesthetic. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

to working in the metal casting foundry. Students will learn to transform a sculptural form from sand or investment mold to finished bronze or aluminum sculpture. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART290 Sculpture: Welding Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the materials, processes and forms of welded sculpture. Knowledge of welding techniques is fundamental, not only for finished sculptural forms, but also as a structural foundation for other materials, and for finishing cast metal pieces. Instruction will cover fabrication processes including welding, brazing, cutting and bending. Finishing processes such as grinding and surface treatment are also included. The possibility for sculptural exploration throughout the process will be emphasized as students work on independent projects. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART291 Sculpture: Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an introduction to the sculpture studio. Traditional sculptural processes including modeling, mold making and construction are taught alongside contemporary sculptural concepts of form and content. Using plaster, clay, wood and material of your own choosing, you will learn how material and process interrelate to create form. You will be given an introduction to sculptural ideas and history with a view toward developing a personal form of expression. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: None, but ART117 is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART292 Sculpture: Intermediate Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An intermediate level sculpture class. This course is an introduction to the constructive techniques of welding and woodworking and their application to sculptural ideas and forms. Students are encouraged to continue developing their ideas from beginning sculpture in a variety of media. The development of a personal sculptural aesthetic will be emphasized. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART291, Sculpture: Beginning; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART293 Sculpture: Advanced

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an advanced study of sculptural form, space and content. Students will be introduced to installation and site-specific sculpture. Working independently, students explore their own creative philosophy while sculpting in any medium including metal, ART289 Sculpture: Metalcasting wood and mixed media. This course is also an introduction to metal Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp casting, with instruction in mold-making and casting techniques for An advanced level sculpture class, this course is an introduction bronze and aluminum. Studio work is supplemented with practical demonstrations, slide lectures, field trips, and critical discussions. Prerequisite: ART292, Sculpture: Intermediate; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing. The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

137


Course Descriptions

138

ART294 Watercolor - Beginning Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in Watercolor exploring basic English Transparent Watercolor techniques and their uses. Emphasis is on the technical uses of the media utilizing a limited palette of color as well as composition, color theory and mixing, design elements and principles. Imagery will include still-life, landscape, figurative, and abstract subject matter. Sequential. Prerequisite: None, however, ART231 is highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART295 Watercolor: Figure Painting Credits 1 (3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course uses watercolor techniques to paint from live models. The course will emphasize drawing techniques to gain control of proportion and values in order to give the figure a feeling of form and vitality. Prerequisite: None. However, ART231 or ART281 are recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ART296 Watercolor - Intermediate Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 4 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W This is a course in Watercolor, further exploring English Transparent Watercolor and its combination with other materials such as fabrics and painted papers as a means of expression and communication. A variety of content issues will be addressed. Prerequisite: ART294. Also, ART231 and ART295 are highly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL101 American Sign Language-Beginning I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course introduces communication techniques and culture information of Deaf people. The course includes the manual alphabet, numbers and approximately 400 vocabulary items along with a variety of everyday phrases and dialogues used both expressively and receptively. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL102 American Sign Language-Beginning II Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course introduces conversational use of American Sign Language, increases vocabulary and linguistic devices used by the Deaf, and continues the study of Deaf Culture. Prerequisite: ASL101 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

ASL103 American Sign Language-Beginning III Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course continues instruction in American Sign Language, Deaf culture and receptive expressive communication as used by the Deaf. Prerequisite: ASL102 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

AV100 IFR Refresher Course Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F This course is for instrument rated pilots who wish to retain currency in IFR flight operations. Topics covered will include environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight and recent rule changes, IFR departure, enroute, and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Writing, Math.

AV104 Aircraft Systems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Ground and simulator instruction that entails a detailed study of aircraft systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex single-and multi-engine aircraft. Aircraft in current use by industry will be studied and emphasis placed on basic operations, including emergencies. Applicable Federal Aviation regulations, including use of Minimum Equipment Lists, will be introduced. Prerequisite: AV110 with a grade of “C” or better or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV108 Aviation Meteorology Theory Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is a study of the fundamentals of meteorology, which forms the foundation for detailed understanding of aviation weather. In depth analysis of atmospheric composition, properties, and structure, including energy transfer, are applied on a global scale. Relationships of temperature, pressure, density, wind, vertical motion, moisture, cloud formation, and atmospheric stability are related to local and global circulation patterns and resultant formation of airmasses, movement, and weather systems. Weather hazards are analyzed with emphasis on flight safety and avoidance. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV110 Private Pilot I Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F Initial ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the Professional Pilot syllabus. Course involves an introduction to pilot training, human factors in aviation, and aviation opportunities. The student will obtain a basic working knowledge of subjects including fundamentals of flight, aerodynamics, aircraft instruments and systems, airspace and airport operations, air traffic control and radar services, radio communications, basic flight physiology, sources of flight information, fundamentals of weather theory, aviation weather hazards, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, predicting aircraft performance, controlling aircraft weight and balance, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning, and applicable Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to Private Pilot flight operations. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV111 is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. For Aviation program majors only. Non-Majors refer to course AV5 in the quarterly schedule.

AV111 Private Pilot Flight Lab I Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Second class medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV120 Private Pilot II Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing ground and simulator instruction in aeronautical knowledge and skills necessary to meet requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions making, human factors, and crew resource management. Subjects include cross country flight planning and VFR navigation, basic instrument flight, flight dispatching and crew coordination, radio navigation systems, physiological factors involved in flight safety, dealing with in-flight emergencies, accidents, incidents, applicable Federal Aviation Regulations, and aeronautical decision making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete the course. Concurrent enrollment in AV121 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

emphasis is on flight planning and decision making. Study includes environmental hazards, airspace and airport operations, Air Traffic Control system and services, obtaining weather reports and forecasts of IFR flight, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight, IFR departure, enroute and approach procedures and operations, and IFR emergencies. Five hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV211 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better, and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV121 Private Pilot Flight Lab II

AV211 Professional Pilot Flight Lab I

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV210 is required. Prerequisite: AV200 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV150 Aerodynamics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is an in-depth study of aerodynamics, beginning with a brief history of the development of flight and flight theory. The physics of lift, drag, weight, and thrust are related to airfoil and airplane design and operational characteristics. Aircraft stability and control are related to airplane performance and safety. Prerequisite: AV110 and AV111, both with a grade of “C”; or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV200 Instrument/Commercial Pilot Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course includes ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on IFR and VFR flight planning and decision-making. Subjects covered include night flight, physiology, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, systems and equipment malfunctions, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, and basic radio navigation. Four hours in the flight training devise (simulator) is required. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV220 Commercial Pilot Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced aerodynamics, aircraft performance, weight and balance, complex aircraft operations, advanced airplane systems, commercial operations, and Federal Aviation Regulations for commercial pilots and commercial flight operations, with emphasis on human factors, crew resource management and decision making. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV221 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot Certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV221 Professional Pilot Flight Lab II Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV220 is required. Prerequisite: AV210 and AV211 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV208 Aviation Meteorology Application

AV230 Multi-engine Pilot

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This class includes detailed analysis of weather reports and forecasts and application of weather information to VFR and IFR flight planning and decision-making. Atmospheric circulation systems, airmass characteristics, and large scale patterns are related to instrument and commercial flight operations. Weather hazards, including wind shear, turbulence, icing, and instrument meteorological conditions will be discussed with emphasis on flight safety. Prerequisite: AV108 or instructor consent.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp Continuing ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial and multi-engine pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Emphasis is on flight planning and decision making, human factors, and crew resource management. Includes multi-engine aircraft systems and operations, aerodynamics of multi-engine aircraft, performance considerations, engine-out operations, emergency operations, multi-engine instrument operations, and high altitude operations. Four hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Concurrent enrollment in AV231 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV210 Instrument Pilot Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course is a continuation of ground and simulator instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the instrument pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus.

AV231 Professional Pilot Flight Lab III Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage final require-

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

139


Course Descriptions

140

ments of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Concurrent enrollment in AV230 is required. Prerequisite: AV220 and AV221 with a grade of “C” or better and FAA Private Pilot certificate with instrument rating. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV235 Human Factors in Aviation Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W An introduction to the field of human behavior and characteristics as critical factors in the design and operation of electronic/machine systems. Emphasis is on crew resource management and human factors, including the study of human performance in complex systems with an examination of personality, stress, anxiety, fatigue, communication skills, leadership/followership, decision making, situational awareness, analysis of aviation incidents and accidents, and practical application of human factors and performance to modern aviation. Three hours of simulator training is required to complete this course. Prerequisite: AV120 and AV121 with a grade of “C” or better, or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AV256 Certified Flight Instructor Ground School Credits 5 (5 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include fundamentals of instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in an interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. In conjunction with this course each student must complete three hours of flight simulator lab. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH111 Helicopter Flight Lab 1 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Initial ground instruction on helicopter aerodynamics, systems, determining performance and helicopter navigation and flight planning. Flight instruction and experience necessary to meet stage requirements of the syllabus toward Professional Pilot application and certification. Concurrent enrollment in AV110 is required. Prerequisite: Student Pilot certificate and Second Class Medical certificate. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH121 Helicopter Flight Lab 2 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to private pilot certification. Begin ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes study of advanced helicopter systems and structures and enables the student to progress into heavier, more complex helicopters. Begin flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus applicable to commercial pilot certificate. Concurrent enrollment in AV120 is required. Prerequisite: AV110 and AVH111 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot syllabus. Includes study of helicopter performance, interpretation of aviation weather reports and forecasts, VFR charts, navigation and flight planning. Prerequisite: AV120 and AVH121 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH200 Helicopter Flight Lab 4 Credits 4 (12 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Ground instruction of aeronautical skills and knowledge applicable to the commercial pilot certification portion of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Includes weather theory, advanced aerodynamics, Federal Aviation Regulations pertinent to commercial pilot operations, aircraft flight instruments and instrument systems, attitude instrument flight, instrument preflight procedures, radio navigation systems and operation, Federal Aviation Regulations applicable to instrument flight. FAA Private Pilot Certificate required. Prerequisite: AVH131 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH211 Helicopter Flight Lab 5 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot training syllabus. Co-requisite: AVH200 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH221 Helicopter Flight Lab 6 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant acquire the instructional knowledge, understanding and skill necessary to effectively teach and analyze the maneuvers and procedures required for the issuance of a flight instructor certificate rotocraft-helicopter. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH231 Helicopter Flight Lab 7 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Continuing flight instruction necessary to meet stage requirements of the Professional Pilot Training syllabus. Prerequisite: AVH211 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH256 Helicopter Flight Lab 8 Credits 3 (9 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to provide the commercial pilot/flight instructor applicant with fundamental concepts and practice for successful flight instruction at the private and commercial pilot level. Elements include Fundamentals of Instruction, developing lesson plans for private pilot and commercial pilot syllabus, designing curriculum, creating objective evaluation and grading criteria, and practical application in presenting technical material in a interactive classroom setting. Students participate by giving one-on-one flight briefings, leading classroom discussions, and teaching in a classroom setting. Prerequisite: AVH231 with a grade of “C” or better. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

AVH131 Helicopter Flight Lab 3

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions ***

BA100 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ENT10) The course is designed for someone who wants to evaluate entrepreneurship as a vocation. Opportunities in small business are discussed as well as the risks and rewards of a business owner. Important elements of developing and operating a small business are briefly reviewed, and helpful traits as well as important skills of a small business owner are discusses. The course is practically oriented including interaction with business owners as well as seeing and hearing owners on video discuss what it’s like to have your own company and important elements your success or failure. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA101 Introduction to Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the various phases of business. Emphasis is placed on ownership and organization, marketing personnel management, and financial management. Its purpose is to prepare students for further business study. Proficiency Needed. Reading.

BA150 Developing a Small Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly ENT11) The course is designed for students to learn important elements and steps involved in starting a small business. The business idea, testing it, and protecting it are discussed. Formulating a mission statement, start-up, financing, choosing a legal structure, image building, record keeping, financial statements, people decisions, selling, and insurance are also covered. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA177 Payroll Accounting and Payroll Tax Filing Requirements Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course is designed to enable students to process payroll and meet the needs of the employer and legal requirements. Students will act as the payroll accountant for a company for the 4th quarter, processing the bi-weekly payroll register and deposits. In addition, students will prepare all necessary payroll journal entries, updating the general ledger accounts and employee earning records, federal, state and city tax forms. Students will demonstrate in-depth understanding of payroll by completing a manual and computerized payroll project for a 3-month cycle. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA200 Marketing for Small Business Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ENT20) This course is designed for students to learn the fundamentals of marketing for small business. Students will learn about the customers, what they are really buying and why, how to segment and target them. Students will also learn about the market, researching the market, developing the right market image, creating uniqueness in marketing and exploring many specific advertising and promotional techniques. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly ENT39) The course is designed for students to learn about employees and customers and how to satisfy their goals and objectives. Personnel selection, hiring, training, compensation, and treatment are discussed. Students learn the fundamental skills of managing and communicating with people through a variety of methods including role playing. The course also focuses upon the customer and the systems, methods, and strategies used to establish and maintain quality customer service in order to reap resulting profit. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA205 Business Communications Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) -F/W/Sp This course develops required skills to effectively communicate in a business environment. Technology is viewed and used as an efficient tool for processing and presenting information in a business setting. Students learn and practice effective strategies for writing good, persuasive, and bad news letters and memos. They learn interpersonal and organizational communication skills for working with and in groups as well as with individuals. Students will collaborate to research, write, and present business reports. Email, word processing, spreadsheets, on-line research, and presentation software will be used to enhance the communication process. Prerequisite: CS105L and WR121, or CS105L and WR101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA206 Management Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This is an introductory course in management. Major topics are evolution and scope of management, planning, decision-making, organizing, leading, and controlling. Current relevant management issues such as re-engineering, ethics, and managing in a global economy will be covered. Prerequisite: BA101. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA208 Business Plan - Marketing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W (Formerly ENT30) This course is designed for a student to learn how to research and write the marketing portion of the business plan. Students learn how to find information about industries, their size, growth, trends and competitive situations. They learn how to develop a market plan, involving choosing a distribution channel, location, setting a price structure, and promoting their product or service. The final product is a complete written marketing plan. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA211 Principles of Accounting I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is an introductory accounting course designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize external financial reporting for business enterprises. Information gathering, recording, and financial statement preparation will be covered with an emphasis on understanding, interpreting and applying accounting information. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA202 Customer Service and Employee Relations The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

141


Course Descriptions

142

BA212 Principles of Accounting II

BA223 Principles of Marketing

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the second course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in a business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course emphasizes external financial reporting. Topics covered will include long-term assets, current and long-term liabilities, stockholder’s equity, the statement of cash flow, financial statement analysis, international accounting and inter-company investments. Prerequisite: BA211. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A general survey of the nature and significance of marketing in our contemporary economy. General emphasis is placed on how marketing decisions are made. Particular emphasis is placed on the marketing environment, buyer behavior, market research procedures and uses, product-market relationships, pricing and promotional policies, channels of distribution, strategic marketing, and international marketing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA213 Principles of Accounting III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This is the third course in the basic accounting sequence designed to serve students who plan to pursue an associates degree in some business area and/or transfer to an undergraduate degree program in any area of business. This course will emphasize the use of accounting information by managers. Topics covered will include managerial accounting systems, product costing, standard costs, cost behavior and analysis, profit planning, budgets, responsibility accounting, and capital budgeting decisions. Some assignments will be done using an electronic spreadsheet. Prerequisite: BA211 or equivalent and an electronic spreadsheet course. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA215 Cost Accounting I Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable the student to analyze manufacturing and services costs for purposes of decision making and understand the ramification of their behavior. The student will be able to make production and pricing decisions, allocate costs, and make management decisions. The course focuses on cost management and covers activity-based costing as well as job costing. Prerequisite: BA213 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA224 Human Resources Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course provides perspectives on important traditional, current, and emerging practices to help the student develop a practical, realistic, and modern view of human resources management (HRM). Students study the HRM functions of the line executive or supervisor as well as functions of the HRM director in today’s business environment. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA226 Introduction to Business Law Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp The nature and functions of law, including areas such as torts, contracts and intellectual property, as they pertain to the business environment. There will be particular emphasis on recent developments in business law, such as electronic commerce. Emphasis will be placed on the student’s ability to understand and apply rules of law. In both class and homework assignments, students will be asked to think critically by: identifying legal issues in given situations; identifying the law applicable to those issues; analyzing the facts of the given situations in light of the applicable law; expressing the most likely outcomes of those situations; and explaining lessons the student learned from such assignments. This reasoning process will enable students to identify legal issues in the business environment and will facilitate the students’ learning about the legal process in general. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA228 Computer Accounting Applications

BA220 Tax Accounting Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course should enable students to prepare Federal individual tax returns including Schedules A, B, C, D, and E and forms 2106, 3903, 6251, and 4562. Students will review the state tax returns and also research tax issues. Students will also become familiar with the basic tax returns for S Corporations, partnerships and corporations. Prerequisite: BA212. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA221 Production Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Presents an introduction to the production function and the organization of production systems in business. Investigates the development and use of analytical models and methods for resolving production problems such as work, measurement, materials handling, plant layout and plant location. Additional focus is on production/inventory, planning and control, product design, project management, and process design. Prerequisites: BA101 and BA103 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course focuses on using accounting general ledger software, including a commercial general ledger package. It provides a good review of accounting procedures and topics. Prerequisite: BA211 and CS90. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA230 Business Plan - Operating/Financial Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly ENT32) This course is designed in conjunction with BA208, Marketing for Small Business. The two courses together comprise a complete business plan course. The BA230 course covers all of the business plan except the marketing portion. Students learn about what comprises and how to write the complete business plan, including the following sections: company description, management, operations plan, and financial statements and projections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA231 Information Technology in Business Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The purpose of this course is to present business professionals with the basic concepts and skills for the strategic use of information

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions systems in the organization. This course describes how information systems can be applied to business processes by supporting communications, improving decision making, and increasing organizational performance. The components & development of the appropriate personal, workgroup and enterprise systems will be examined. Additional lab time is required for hands-on applications experience in the use of information and computer technology for communication and decision making. Prerequisite: CS105 or successful completion of CS105 equivalency test. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BA238 Sales Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp An examination of the salesperson’s role in modern marketing. Emphasis is placed on buyer behavior, the sales communication process, prospecting for customers, planning the sales call, developing and giving the sales presentation, handling objections, and closing the sale. Presentations give the students opportunities to apply sales concepts. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA243 Introduction to Consumer Behavior Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W An analysis of the major determinants of consumer behavior and the consumer decision process. Theoretical concepts are explored, but special emphasis is placed on practical applications for all types and sizes of organization. Prerequisite: None. BA223 recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA250 Small Business Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is designed for a student to learn the practical and specific aspects of how to operate a small business. Creative thinking and leadership is discussed as well as planning and timemanagement. Other aspects of business management studied are: record keeping and controlling, buying and inventory, marketing, financing, and human resource management. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA255 Supervisory Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F Discusses common problems and issues of first line supervision. General emphasis is on the role of the supervisor in creating a challenging, rewarding and productive work environment. Particular focus is on selecting, training, motivating, and evaluating employees. Additional topics include leadership styles and effectiveness, communication, handling grievances and ineffective employees, group work and quality circles. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA264 eBusiness Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly BUS24) This is a foundation course that provides an overview of the emerging digital economy, focusing on the current role of eCommerce. An in-depth analysis of the marketing and customer service issues as they relate to the integration of the Internet into overall business strategy for new and existing businesses. Prerequisite: None. BA223 is recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BA265 eManagement Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly BUS25) This course examines current and future management issues in electronic business. Strategic business models are evaluated. Revising business processes for electronic business is explored and practiced. Strategies and materials are related to “bricks and mortar” and “pure play” internet companies, developing and using electronic business. Prerequisite: BA264 and CS105; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BA267 eBusiness Project Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly BUS28) This is a hands-on class for students who want to work with an on-line business. Through establishing, developing and managing an on-line business, students will draw on previous course knowledge to solve business management problems. Students will have an opportunity to work with students in a variety of majors in the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. This is a final course in the Business/eCommerce Marketing and Management program. Prerequisite: CS105, BA231 or web development coursework, and BA264; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI101, BI102, BI103 General Biology I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) BI101 - Su/F/W/Sp, BI102 - Su/W/Sp, BI103 - Su/Sp Survey of principles and concepts of life. This sequence fulfills the college requirements for a year of laboratory science. General Biology has its basis in the physical sciences and, therefore, includes a simple introduction to physical and chemical concepts as they apply to the study of life. Normally, BI101 includes basic cell structure, function and cycles; BI102 includes meiosis, mendelian genetics, molecular genetics, gene technology, and evolution; BI103 includes population dynamics, community ecology, ecosystems, climate and biomes. Not to be taken out of sequence, except by consent of instructor. This sequence is designed for non-majors. Those students who are considering majors in biology or pre-professional health occupations are advised to take BI211, BI212, BI213. Concurrent enrollment in BI101L is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI121, BI122 Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II Credits 4,4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/ F/W A course designed to cover the basic anatomy and physiology for most Allied Health students. BI121 covers body organization, cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous (with special senses) and endocrine systems. BI122 covers the cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, urinary and reproductive (with development) systems. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology, AH11, or BI101; or equivalent. High school chemistry or equivalent is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI132 Introduction to Animal Behavior Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F A general science course designed to provide students with an The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

143


Course Descriptions

144

introduction to the field of animal behavior. The course takes a biological perspective to investigate both the proximate and ultimate causes of behavior. Topics include the genetics, development, and neural basis of behavior as well as strategies of habitat choice, foraging, defense, courtship, parental care and sociality. The laboratory provides opportunities to conduct research on animal behavior. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI145 Environmental Problems Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F A non-majors course designed to provide students with an introduction to the principles of ecology and the impacts of humans on the environment. Through lectures and discussions students will consider major environmental issues facing modern society, both locally and globally. This course is also taught as GEOG290 for Social Sciences credit. The student may receive credit as BI145 or GEOG290, but not both. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI199BIT Introduction to Biotechnology Credits 3 (3 Seminar Hrs/Wk) The course will provide information in the fastest growing knowledge-based industry in the world today. It will provide opportunities to draw connections between engineering, biology, chemistry, physics, information science, computer technology, manufacturing, and bioethics. A Web page will support the instruction through links, chat room discussions, current biotechnology news updates on discoveries, and course information. The course will consist of a series of ten seminars, each presented by the instructor and experts in the field. Each weekly seminar will entail a three-hour presentation, discussion, background readings from the Web, and small group assignments. Prerequisites: One-year high-school level biology, chemistry, and algebra required, or instructor consent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI211, BI212, BI213 Biology I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F A pre-professional course designed for students planning to major in biology, conservation, pre-medicine, pre-dentistry, fish and game, range management, wildlife and biology education. This class is designed to teach the basic principles of biology with emphasis on molecular biology, cellular structure and function, genetics, evolution, physiological, organismic and developmental biology, botany, behavior and ecology. Field trips are likely in spring quarter. Not to be taken out of sequence. Co-requisite: CH104, CH151, or CH221 or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI231, BI232, BI233 Human Anatomy and Physiology I, II, III Credits 4,4,4 (3 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This three-course series is designed for the pre-professional student planning a career in medicine, dentistry, physical therapy, nursing (RN) or a related field of health care. The courses emphasize mastery of the body’s structure and function as well as the application of this knowledge, as in case studies. BI231 covers cell structure and function, tissues and membranes, and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and endocrine (introduction only) systems. BI232 covers

the nervous system, special senses, lymphatic/body defenses, and cardiovascular systems. BI233 covers the human respiratory system, urinary system, water and electrolyte balance, digestive system, nutrition and metabolism, endocrine system, lymphatic system, and reproductive system. Must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite: One year high school biology or AH11, BI101 or equivalent; one year high school chemistry or CH104, CH151, or CH221. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI234 Microbiology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp This course serves to provide students with a basic knowledge of microorganisms and their role in the disease process. Emphasis is placed upon bacteria and viruses with some consideration of fungi and protozoans. Bacterial structure is examined in detail followed by discussion of growth, metabolism, and genetics of microorganisms. Application of the role which each of these topics plays in infection and disease is stressed. Concepts related to inhibition of microbial growth and the role of immunity and host defense mechanisms are also discussed. The course concludes with discussions of transmissible disease of concern to the health care provider. Laboratory techniques for the study and identification of bacteria utilizing aseptic techniques are also presented. Prerequisite: High school biology or BI101 or AH11; AND high school chemistry or CH104 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BI235 Medical Microbiology/Immunology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is an extension of the concepts and principles presented in BI234, with emphasis upon bacteria, viruses and other agents that cause human disease. The course examines in depth mechanisms of pathogenicity and transmissibility. Discussion of disease etiology in the respiratory, gastro-intestinal, genito-urinary, nervous and integumentary systems are provided. Additionally, host defense mechanisms are examined in detail, with emphasis on inflammatory processes, types of immunity, cytotoxic reactions, and immune complex disorders. The companion laboratory serves to isolate and examine disease organisms, investigate and conduct epidemiological studies, and challenge the student with case studies. Prerequisite: BI234. BI121 and BI122, or AH11 are also strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI240 Pathology Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp A survey of the fundamental nature of disease. Topics include injury and repair, inflammation, immunopathology, infectious disease, cancer, hemodynamic disorders, and pathologies of selected systems. Non-sequential course except for dental hygiene students, who should take this course in sequence or only after admittance to the Dental Hygiene Program. Prerequisite: BI234 and completion of BI121, BI231 or AH11. Co-requisite: BI122 or BI232. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BI273 Ecology Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – F

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions This course studies the interrelationships of plants and animals with their environment. Different types of ecosystems are examined to better understand the composition and function of ecosystem components. Emphasis is on basic ecological principles, concepts, and mathematical analysis rather than current environmental problems. Laboratories emphasize field sampling techniques and several are out-of-doors. Prerequisite: None. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BOT203 Plant Taxonomy Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course introduces students to the characteristics and classification of nonvascular and vascular plant groups with special emphasis on Angiosperm plant families and indicator species through lecture, laboratory and field experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT11F Basic Keyboarding Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11F) This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BT11FO Basic Keyboard One-Hand Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11FO) This beginning course in keyboarding is for those students with no previous keyboarding experience who have the use of one hand only. The course covers the basic techniques of the touch typing system, speed and accuracy, and machine manipulation using a computer keyboard and software. An introductory set of lessons will guide the student through learning the alphabetic portion of the keyboard using either the left or the right hand only. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BT11S Keyboard/Formatting Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA11S) This course is designed for the student who wants to take charge of his/her own personal typing needs. After completion of this course, a student should be able to format the most commonly used letter, memo and report in classroom, business or personal settings. Some lesson documents will include information about editing and formatting rules. Prerequisite: Ability to keyboard by touch. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT101 Office Careers Survey Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F (Formerly OA101) Exploration of all office career programs featuring speakers from various segments of business and industry. Offered during the day, fall term, before fall term classes begin.

BT103 Business Mathematics Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp

(Formerly BUS31) This course provides the student with a mathematical background for general business, office work, and consumer knowledge. The student will learn how to solve basic business mathematic problems, will learn to estimate answers, and will learn terminology associated with business mathematics. Prerequisite: MTH20 or equivalent; or one-year of high school algebra with a “C” grade or better and consent of instructor; or consent of the instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BT110 Business Editing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA16) This course will provide an opportunity for in-depth study of the mechanics of language; review of grammar and punctuation rules; and practice in correcting, editing, and revising business documents. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT111 Editing Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly OA19) Accuracy is the most important standard for measuring quality of work in business. To achieve accuracy, editing for clarity and proofreading for correctness are essential skills for effective written communications. This course provides students with practice and shortcuts to detecting types and locations of errors in actual business documents. Also, computerized on-screen proofreading techniques are covered. Students will learn to use popular editing desk references effectively. Prerequisite: BT110 or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT116 Business Tools and Techniques Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W (Formerly OA116) Maximize your employment opportunities and business skills by learning Microsoft’s most popular information management and communication tool, Microsoft Outlook! Familiarization with this high-powered organizational tool in a model office environment is the key to using Microsoft Office software effectively and efficiently. The most current business etiquette techniques will be discussed and reviewed in the use of e-mail, calendaring, handling contacts, and strategies in using business telephone systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT117 Office Systems Management Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp (Formerly OA117) By participating in group and individual projects, students will gain experience in designing effective office layouts that are efficient and ergonomically sound, in purchasing office equipment, and setting up and facilitating support for meetings and conferences. Students will work with time management techniques and priority setting guidelines while scheduling and managing travel arrangements and processing incoming and outgoing mail. Students will use appropriate office machines to solve problems and disseminate information, including determining when outsourcing of resources is appropriate. Students will analyze problems familiar to office managers. The emphasis throughout the course is on efficiency, effectiveness, economy, and suitable presentation of information. Developing and portraying a professional attitude is stressed. Prerequisite: BT116, and the ability to keyboard and format office documents. Proficiency

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

145


Course Descriptions

146

Needed: Reading, Writing.

ciency Needed: Reading.

BT121 Keyboarding Principles

BT125 Word Processing with WordPerfect

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA121) This beginning course for those students with no previous keyboarding instruction or who have not attained the performance requirements for keyboarding principles. This course provides a strong foundation for professional typists and personal use, covering: 1) correct touch operation of the keyboard; 2) straight copy skill of not less than 30 words a minute; 3) the ability to copy, arrange, and position block style letters, memorandums and manuscripts with simple footnotes and endnotes; (4) experience and understanding of related skills such as centering, tabbing and composing at the keyboard. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp (Formerly OA203) Become proficient in WordPerfect! Emphasizes productivity with instructions that introduce and reinforce basic through advanced word processing skills. Focus on the most frequently used functions and the most easily implemented techniques to produce a wide variety of documents successfully in the Windows version of WordPerfect. Work with single- and multi-page documents, lists, tables, forms, mail merge, columns, graphics, and various document management techniques. Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 wpm and BT121; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT122 Professional Keyboarding

BT126 Microsoft Word Skills Assessment

Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA122) This advanced keyboarding course with increased emphasis on speed, accuracy and professional standards is for those students who meet the performance requirements for keyboarding principles or with one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. To prepare a student as a job-entry keyboardist, the course will cover (1) straight copy skill of not less than 40 correct words a minute for five minutes within a 5-error allotment, (2) ability to copy and arrange memorandums, block and modified block letters, tables, and reports and manuscripts, (3) ability to apply the editorial skills and technical procedures that the production work requires, such as proofreading. Prerequisite: All students entering BT122 must meet the performance requirements for BT121, Principles of Keyboarding, or have one to two years of previous keyboarding instruction. Straight copy seed on a five-minute timing should be at least 35 wpm.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp (Formerly OA123) An in-depth focus on word/information processing concepts through extensive skills assessment testing and hands-on (simulation) experiences. Extensive skills assessment testing will enable you to become prepared to take the MOUS (Microsoft Office User Specialist) tests for Word at the core and expert levels. You will apply the basic, intermediate, and advanced features of Microsoft Word in a variety of documents during simulation activities. Emphasis is on productivity elements of information processing, editing and proofreading for mailability, and file management techniques. Prerequisite: BT122 and BT110; and BT210YWA, BT210YWB, and BT210YWC, or CS equivalent of Word - Levels, I, II, and III; or consent of instructor. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT123 Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA124A) This is a lab/lecture course using a specific software package in a self-paced instructional environment as a lab activity. The course provides students with an opportunity for self-diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and increasing speed and accuracy skill development for computer operators. Prerequisite: Familiarity with keyboarding and the ability to type by touch. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BT124 Intermediate Keyboarding for Accuracy and Speed Credits 3 (2 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA124B) This is an individualized diagnostic and prescriptive method for developing accuracy and speed. This intermediate course provides students with the opportunity to improve both speed and accuracy at the keyboard. Utilizing a computerized diagnostic system, students are provided with an opportunity for self-diagnosing and evaluating computer keyboarding problems, prescribing and developing individualized practice, and speed and accuracy skill development. Prerequisite: BT123 or consent of instructor. Profi-

BT210 Software Applications Credits 1 (20 Lab Hrs/Term) (Formerly OA210) The Software Training Center (STC), located on the MHCC main campus and the Self-Paced Learning Center (SPLC), located on the MCC Maywood Campus offer one-credit courses in the most popular software suites, as well as other general software courses. This includes word processing (Word and WordPerfect), spreadsheets (Excel), databases (Access), presentations (PowerPoint), and operating system software. Grading options include letters, pass/no pass, and audit. Maximum of 12 credit hours may be taken for credit. Students will receive individual assistance accompanying their hands-on learning under the guidance of instructors and trained assistants. The STC and SPLC are open days, evenings and weekends. Student may register at various dates during the term to accommodate their personal schedule. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT218 Records Management w/Microsoft Access Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA244) This course provides the student with a working knowledge of the rules, procedures, and techniques of maintaining office records (filing) that are vital to every business worker. Upon completion of this course the student will be able to organize records with both manual and electronic (using MS Access) filing methods. The student will also become familiar with the terminology of records manage-

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions ment and technology, including databases and their relationship to the information systems used in business. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BT220 Electronic Calculator Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp (Formerly OA220) This course is designed to teach the basic operation of the desktop type electronic calculator used in the modern business office. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

BT225 Document Processing Credits 3 ( Hrs/Wk) - Sp (Formerly OA225) In this course, the student will bring together a variety of skills to prepare and format documents from a variety of input sources, including handwritten and typed draft, proofread computer draft and machine transcription. Students will use a variety of business machines, including computer, transcribing machine, and electronic typewriter to prepare letters, memorandums, reports, tabulated materials and business forms. Letter placement and styles, punctuation, and editing are incorporated into assignments. Emphasis is on professional standards for work habits on all documents. Prerequisite: Word processing software knowledge, typing speed of 40 wpm; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: BT111. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BUS21 Active Communicating Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp A detailed examination of interpersonal (non-written) communication. Highlighted topics include communication barriers, techniques to overcome them, personality and communication styles, listening, non-verbal interactions, gender and cross-cultural differences, and small group communication. The course will use interactive role plays and games to aid the student develop skills. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

BUS22 Managing Conflict Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp This course provides students with a clear understanding of what interpersonal conflict is, what its positive and negative aspects are, how it occurs, and how to effectively deal with it. The course’s intent is to assist students in developing habits and behavior patterns that will allow them to be deal successfully with conflict occurring in organizations. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

BUS23 Successful Negotiation Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W Learn and practice a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for negotiation successfully. You will also learn how to stay in control when under pressure, defuse anger and hostility, and reach agreements that satisfy both sides’ needs. Successful negotiations is a skill that will benefit you for life, no matter what job or career you choose. Proficiency Needed: Reading ***

CH104, CH105, CH106 General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry I, II, III

Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture – 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins Su/ F/W/Sp This course is taught on the assumption that the enrollee has had no previous introduction to the study of chemistry. The student must be proficient in general mathematics and must be able to handle elementary algebraic operations. The first term includes the major topics of inorganic chemistry including elements, compounds, atomic structure, nomenclature, stoichiometry, bonding and structure, states of matter, and nuclear chemistry. The second term includes solution chemistry, equilibrium, reaction rates, thermodynamics, acid-base chemistry, and an introduction to organic chemistry. The third term continues with organic chemistry and introduces general topics in biochemistry, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, and bioenergetics. Sequential. Prerequisite for CH104: MTH65 or the equivalent; CH105: CH104; CH106: CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH151 Basic Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F CH151 is a basic course designed for students who want to take the CH201, CH202, CH203 or CH221, CH222, CH223 sequence but who lack sufficient math and chemistry background. This one-term course includes mathematical applications appropriate for the first term of the above chemistry sequences as well as an introduction to classification of matter, atomic theory, stoichiometry, and nomenclature. Co-requisite: MTH95 or higher. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH170 Environmental Chemistry Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) – Sp This term deals with the fundamental aspects of the environment, primarily related to chemistry. The major objective of this course is to show the interaction between environmental problems and the science of chemistry. Prerequisite: MTH60 or higher and CH105. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH221, CH222, CH223 General Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F/W This course offers the fundamental basis of chemistry for science, pre-professional, and chemical engineering majors. A strong emphasis is placed on a mathematical approach. CH221 covers atomic and molecular structure, stoichiometry, periodic properties, thermochemistry, and introductory chemical bonding. CH222 covers molecular bonding and molecular properties, gases, liquids, solids, physical states and changes of state, solutions, kinetics, and nuclear chemistry. CH223 covers equilibrium, introduction to acids and bases, spontaneity of reactions, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction and electrochemistry. Co-requisite: MTH111 or higher. Prerequisite: 3 years of high school mathematics and 1 year of high school chemistry (or a grade of “C” or better in CH151). High school physics is strongly recommended. CH222 prerequisite: CH221 with a grade of C or better. CH223 prerequisite: CH222 with a grade of C or better. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CH241, CH242, CH243 Organic Chemistry I, II, III Credits 5,5,5 (4 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Sequence begins F The study of aliphatic, aromatic and biochemical compounds. This sequence of courses meets the organic chemistry requirements for many science and pre-professional majors. CH241 includes a study of nomenclature, aliphatic hydrocarbons, structure, conformation, stereochemistry, resonance and aromaticity, addition

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

147


Course Descriptions

148

mechanism, and infrared spectroscopy. CH242 involves the study of free radical, substitution, and elimination mechanisms involving alkyl halides, alcohols and ethers. Organic redox reactions, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and carbonyl chemistry are also studied. CH243 includes the study of carbonyl chemistry as well as polymers, heterocycles, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids. Not to be taken out of sequence. Prerequisite: CH106, CH203, or CH223. CH242: CH241; CH243: CH242. Proficiency Required: Reading, Writing, Math.

CJA212 Introduction to Criminal Law: Criminal Justice Procedure

CJA111 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: Law Enforcement Agencies

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course surveys the fundamental legal rules which apply to the gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include gathering and use of evidence in criminal cases. Topics include the history of evidence law, the “hearsay” and “Miranda” rules, differences between public and private documents, the nature and use of circumstantial evidence, documentary and photographic evidence, and physical evidence. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, CJA113, CJA211 and CJA212 are helpful to the student, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the structure and function of the criminal justice system in general and police agencies in particular. Topics include the types and impacts of crime, crime causation, objectives and functions of the police, as well as the various methods used to document crime in the U.S. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA112 Introduction to Criminal Justice Administration: The Court System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course surveys the role of the courts in the criminal justice system. Topics include the structure and function of federal and state court systems, the judicial process from arresting to sentencing, the role of the various courtroom actors, and basic legal definitions and sentencing options. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA113 Introduction to Criminal Justice Admin: The Corrections System Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course examines what happens to a defendant once s/he is found guilty of a crime. Topics include the sociology of confinement, prison organization, prison treatment programs, probation and parole, as well as community corrections and current problems in prison systems. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA123 Exploring Contemporary Issues in Criminal Justice Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course questions some of the basic assumptions that we have about crime and the criminal justice system in our country. Thus, we explore those assumptions and provide new light upon issues that have in some cases become distorted and inaccurate. This course is not designed to replace the introductory sequence in criminal justice (CJA111-113). It is a companion piece to that series of classes. Those courses provide a general description of criminal justice, which sets the stage for the current discussion. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA211 Introduction to Criminal Law: Fundamentals Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to survey the fundamentals of criminal law. It is intended for students who are considering employment in the field of law enforcement. Topics which may be covered include the history of criminal law, concepts of criminal responsibility and liability, and the characteristics of selected crimes. Completion of CJA111, CJA112, and CJA113 is helpful, but not required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the essentials of criminal procedures. Topics which may be covered include search and arrest procedures, criminal court proceedings, federal and state reports and Oregon Criminal Code sections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA213 Introduction To Evidence

CJA214 Introduction to Criminal Investigation Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course surveys the fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics which are covered include the history and theory of criminal investigation and the procedures which are used to investigate and document specific crimes. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA219 Introduction to Community Policing Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp This course explores how the police and citizens can work together to solve community problems. Topics include the history, current programs and future trends in community policing. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

CJA230 Juvenile Crime and the Juvenile Justice Process Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F This course examines the history of juvenile justice in the U.S.. Various theories of juvenile crime are explored as well as contemporary issues in this area of study. Consideration is also given to treatment programs in the future of juvenile corrections. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing.

COS10 Beauty Culture Theory I Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp These lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for Cosmetology students to prepare for participation in the Cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, ethics, personality development, introduction to haircutting and styling as well as all chemical service procedures and terminology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS11 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic I Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp The Pre-Clinic Hair Design Lab sessions employ demonstration and practical application of the following subjects; cleansing and

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions conditioning, haircutting for men and women, hairstyling both wet construction and thermal, chemical services such as hair coloring/lightening, permanent waving, and curl relaxing. These sessions prepare the student to enter the clinic phase of cosmetology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS12 Beauty Culture Theory II Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level lecture sessions begin to prepare the student to meet the requirements set by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology for sanitation. Other subjects are introduced to increase background information regarding histology of the skin and scalp, the recognition of diseases and disorders, client/stylist protection, retail sales, salon management, chemistry, and the action of products used in hair design. Prerequisite: COS10.

COS13 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic II Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp At the clinic level, students begin taking clients in salon simulation for all hair design services, cleansing and conditioning, haircutting and styling, all chemical services, reception desk and dispensary duties. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; clipper hair cutting, beard trimming, creative techniques in hair color, and custom perm wrapping. Students perform services under the supervision of instructors and further develop the skills learned in previous labs. Prerequisite: COS11.

COS14 Beauty Culture Theory III Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This lecture series continues the chemistry of hair structure and cosmetics used in hair design chemical services such as; permanent waving, chemical relaxing, and hair color. The introduction of corrective hair-color and artistry in hairstyling, as well as, the review of terminology for; sanitation, bacteriology, and diseases and disorders of the skin and hair. Prerequisite: COS10 and COS12.

COS15 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic III Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The clinic level students are working on self-promotion and gaining request clients in salon simulation for all hair design, facial technology, and nail technology services. The clinic level student participates in reception desk and dispensary duty training. The advanced lab sessions include the following subjects; foil and paper weave hair color techniques, longhair specialty wraps for permanent waving, soft edge and texture cutting techniques, artistic and special occasion hair styling. Prerequisite: COS11 and COS13.

COS16 Beauty Culture Theory IV Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The study of corrective hair coloring/lightening, permanent waving, and the chemistry of the hair structure will be covered in this course as well as a review of terminology and practices of all subjects covered in Beauty Culture Theory I-III. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12 and COS14.

COS17 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic IV

hair extensions, hair weaving, long hair styling, hair coloring/lightening, speed wrap perm, spa facial services, sculptured nails fills and repairs, problem solving, flat nail art, raised nail art. The students will continue to service clients in salon simulation under instructor supervision and further develop techniques, skills, and speed in performing services, reception desk and dispensary duties training. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13 and COS15.

COS18 Beauty Culture Theory V Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course is designed to meet the needs of the salon-ready student preparing to take the Oregon Board of Cosmetology certification exam. There will be a review of safety, sanitation and hygiene, followed by written and oral testing over all subjects covered in previous theory courses. Prerequisite: COS10, COS12, COS14 and COS16, COS 20 and COS22.

COS19 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic V Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The advanced lab and clinic is designed to review and practice in all areas of practical applications performed in COS11-23. Emphasis will be on speed, finishing techniques and weekly practice with the student’s board model. During this course, the student will complete the clock hour requirements, service requirements and the practical evaluation required by the Oregon Board of Cosmetology to prepare for the certification exam in Salem, OR. Prerequisite: COS11, COS13, COS15, COS17, COS21 and COS23.

COS20 Beauty Culture Theory VI Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su Theses lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for Nail Technology students to prepare for participation in the cosmetology clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, professional ethics, recognition of nail disorders, theory of massage, Oregon Administrative Rules, OSHA, and MSDS. This course also includes manicure and pedicure procedures, the use and care of equipment/implements, and the materials used by a Nail Technician. This course prepares the student for the Oregon Nail Technician certification exam. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS21 Beauty Culture Lab and Clinic VI Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) – Su The pre-clinic nail technology lab sessions employ demonstration and practical application of the following subjects; procedures and techniques used in manicuring and pedicuring services, reflexology massage, sculptured nails with forms and tips, nail repair, silk wraps, and gel nails. This course includes the use of equipment, implements and materials used in Nail Technology, including the electric rotary file and airbrush. Emphasis is placed on the observance of safety and sanitation for protection of the client and student. This course includes an introduction to Facial Technology. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS22 Beauty Culture Theory VII

Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W The pre-clinic facial technology lecture sessions concentrate on the beginning background information necessary for students to prepare for participation in the clinic/lab sessions. Subjects include; client preparation and protection, safety, sanitation, hygiene, professional ethics, recognition of skin types and disorders, theory of massage, The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp The lab/clinic sessions include demonstrations by the instructors and the practice by students with mannequins and/or models in the following areas: hairstyling finishing techniques, corn row braiding,

149


Course Descriptions

150

and Oregon Administrative Rules. This course also includes the use of electric facial equipment, and the study of electricity and light therapy. This course prepares the student for the Oregon Facial Tech. certification exam. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

COS23 Beauty Culture Lb and Clinic VII Credits 6 (26 Clinical Hrs/Wk) - Su/W The pre-clinic Facial Technology lab sessions employ demonstration followed by supervised practice in the development of skills in facial services including; analysis of the skin, cleansing of the skin, facial massage, facial treatments, superfluous hair removal by waxing, brow arching, lash and brow coloring, make-up selection and application. Emphasis is placed on safety and sanitation for the students and clients while preparing for and performing services. An introduction to nail technology is included in this course. Prerequisite: Admission into the Cosmetology program.

CS90 Computer Applications Credits 1 (1 Lecture - 1 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This class is for first-time computer users. The assignments acquaint the user with the basics of a personal computer and Windows, gets them into using email, has them use a Web browser and shows them basic search techniques using a Web browser. It is suggested that the student be able to type 20wpm or take BT11F, BT11S or BT121. This will help the student to complete the lab work within a reasonable amount of time. Proficiency Needed: Reading.Proficiency Needed: Reading.

CS105 Computing Fundamentals

/

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp This course discusses computer technology and how this technology is used in business, industry and at home. Emphasis is placed on evaluating work-related and personal situations, and then determining how software and computer-based systems can best be used to solve problems. The ethical, social and political implications of current and potential use are discussed. Students use the internet to research these topics. Co-requisite: CS105L. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math. Note: You must have already completed CS105L, or enroll in a section of CS105L that begins the first week of the term.

CS105L Computing Fundamentals Lab Credits 1 (2 Lab Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp Students will use email and a web browser, and portions of a commonly-used Windows-based suite of office products. The emphasis is on becoming proficient in the basics of the package and to understand how and where each product can best be used to solve a problem. Students use skills to solve problems typically found in business, industry and at home. The specific portions used are word processing, spreadsheets, presentations, and integration of these products, including searching for data on the internet and adding it to various documents. Prerequisite: CS90, or pass the CS105 Placement exam, which tests the ability to use email, the Internet, and work with a current Windows operating system. Suggested typing speed of 20 wpm (or take BT11F, BT11S, or BT121.) Students will be assessed for essential computer skills the first session of lab. Information regarding the computer assessment exam is available in the Business, Computer Technology and Media Arts Division. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Programming Credits 4 (3 Lecture - 3 Lab Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp The second course of a three term sequence. Introduction to problem solving via algorithm design, data structures, and computer programming using a current computer language. Emphasis is placed on structured programming methods. Surveys common algorithms for data manipulation, searching and sorting. Prerequisite: CS105 or equivalent; or consent of instructor. Co-requisite: CS125PDF. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125 Software Application Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) One-credit-hour courses under this number examine the historical development, basic concepts, features, uses, costs, and benefits of various software packages. Students will get hands-on experience with the specific software package covered in the course. Maximum of 12 hours may be taken for credit, unless otherwise specified in curriculum. No duplication. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125CSF Web Pages and CSS Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/Sp This course explores the concepts and current details of Cascading Style Sheets and the future of formatting HTML documents. Included are discussions of why or why not CSS, selectors, specificity and inheritance, colors and graphics, font specifications, managing interlinked files and directories, and browser variations. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRF Beginning Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course which covers the basics of creating web pages (“writing” HTML) with an HTML editor, and the specifics of the software package Dreamweaver, in a PC environment. Topics include: creating pages with lists, simple tables. in-line graphics, links (absolute and relative), backgrounds and colors, fonts and text sizes. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet, and experience with Windows, required. Experience with HTML strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRS Intermediate Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp The second course which covers the operation and use of the software package, Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages in a PC environment. Topics include frames, forms, layers and simple JavaScript objects (such as ‘mouse-overs’). The Dreamweaver capabilities to create templates, maintain or manage a web site (including FTP) will also be explored. Prerequisite: CS125DRF or the equivalent required. Experience with writing HTML strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DRT Advanced Dreamweaver Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W/Sp The third course which covers the operation and use of the software

CS106 Computing Fundamentals: Structured See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions package Dreamweaver, to create HTML web pages, in a PC environment. Topics include utilizing Dreamweaver as the central point to pull various graphic elements together, augmenting Dreamweaver with Macromedia extensions, and deeper explorations of topics introduced in the beginning and intermediate classes. Prerequisite: CS125DRS or the equivalent required. Experience with writing HTML, CS125FLF and CS125FWF, are strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125DWF Web Pages and Databases Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An in-depth class which investigates the interaction between databases and web sites, for on-line access, often used in Intranets. This course includes examples and discussions of interfacing web sites with various types of databases, an exploration of common problems and solutions, and utilizes a popular database for various exercises. Prerequisite: CS133PF and CS125ACF/S/T, Access, and CS125VBF, and either CSX30GF, Beginning UNIX/Linux Operating System or CSX32WP. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125EPF E-Portfolio Development Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp A course which explores the concepts, basics and techniques of creating and maintaining an electronic portfolio. We will analyze various portfolio sites, develop a personal portfolio site goal and plan for development and implementation. We will also explore software available to assist in this type of project. Prerequisite: CS125DRF, Beginning Dreamweaver, or CS125WEF, Beginning Web Publishing, or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLF Beginning Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course which covers the basics of using Flash (Macromedia) to add special effects to web sites, such as sound effects, MP3 streaming audio, animations, interactive graphic images and innovative interfaces for navigation. Course will cover the basic drawing tools, layers, frames, motion and shape tweening. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet or the equivalent; and experience with Windows, required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLP ActionScripting in Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F A beginning exploratory course in ActionScripting, the programming language that is used within Flash. Students will learn the basic Flash commands that may be “attached” to events or frames, that make Flash user interactive. The concepts of the scripting language and specific commands will be developed. Prerequisite: CS125PDF and CS125FLT. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FLS Intermediate Flash Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W A second course which expands on the basics of Flash (Macromedia.) Course will cover more on shape tweening with ‘hints’, sound, navigational aids, buttons, scenes, and asset management. Prerequisite: CS125FLF, or the equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F The third course on Flash (Macromedia.) Course will cover the basics of action scripting, but real basis for creating user interactive web pages. Prerequisite: CS125FLS, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWF Beginning Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. Topics covered include selection tools/methods, layers and layer manipulation (duplication, delete, merge, creating new), rotating, flipping, resizing, changing canvas size, editing (cut, copy, paste), graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning, zoom), and color selection (foreground, background.) In addition, a discussion of various graphic file types, compression techniques, file sizes, appropriate choices and scanner demonstration/discussions are also included. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows or Macintosh, basic file management is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWS Intermediate Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su/F/W An intermediate class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. More depth on layers, palettes, and other tools from the beginning class, with a concentration on masks, paths, and automation. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks, or equivalent experience is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125FWT Advanced Fireworks Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W An advanced class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image creation, manipulation and editing of bitmapped and vector graphics using Fireworks in a PC Windows environment. More depth on beginning and intermediate topics, with emphasis on live animations, buttons (including rollovers), pop-up menus, and slicing. Prerequisite: CS125FWF, Beginning Fireworks, and CS125FWS, Intermediate Fireworks, or equivalent experience is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125GWF Graphics for the Web Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course introduces tips and techniques for graphics preparation for efficient usage in web environments. Included are discussions of graphic formats (gif, transparent gifs, jpg and png), image touchups, optimizing, creating background tiles, navigational graphics, transparent gifs, and image maps, scanning issues and graphic software. Prerequisite: CS125PSF, Beginning PhotoShop or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTF Beginning HTML

CS125FLT Advanced Flash The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

151


Course Descriptions

152

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course into creating Web pages using HTML. Topics include: What it means to publish on the Web (cyberspace, Web presence, design principles, structure and navigation, audience and announcing your presence), HTML concepts and HTML text styles and formatting, URL’s and links, lists, images, scanned images and backgrounds/textures. Prerequisite: CS125WEF, Beginning Web Publishing and CSX30IN, Beginning Internet; or equivalent knowledge. Some experience with Windows file management is also required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTS Intermediate HTML Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An intermediate course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using HTML. Topics include: an in-depth discussion into the ramifications of publishing on the Web, (cyberspace, Web presence, design principles, structure and navigation, audience and announcing your presence), HTML image maps (sensitive images), creating tables and advanced formatting (including nested tables.) Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125HTT Advanced HTML Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An advanced course on Web Pages, their design & creation, using HTML. Topics include: frames, creating forms (buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, text fields, pull-down menus, etc) which make web pages interactive, an introduction into scripting, discussion of Java and JavaScript, MS Extensions, and future trends in HTML and browser development. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HMTL, or equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125JSF Beginning Javascript Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/Sp Introduces the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents using JavaScript. Topics include: variables & data types, syntax, objects, functions (built-in and user-defined), embedding JavaScript scripts into HTML documents, LiveConnect, and security tips and concerns. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Beginning HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125JSS Intermediate JavaScript Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp Expands on the fundamentals of creating dynamic HTML documents using JavaScript. Topics include: more on forms and data validation, managing frames with JavaScript, advanced windowing, and web page problem solving using JavaScript. Prerequisite: CS125JSF, Beginning JavaScript. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125MCI Overview/Macintosh Application Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F This course is designed to provide students with the basics of the Macintosh computer platform. An overview of functions, tools, and methods will be presented along with an emphasis on the specialized computer-related vocabulary. Participants will learn cross application techniques that will serve them in future Macintosh computer-based courses. Proficiency Needed: Reading.

CS125PDF Beginning Program Design Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and some techniques to design computer programs. One technique will be primarily text-based (i.e. pseudocode) and another a graphical technique (such as flowcharting.) Included will be discussions of the fundamental control structures (sequence, selection and repetition), and the primary steps of problem definition, algorithm development and testing. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows, basic file management and some application program. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PSF Beginning PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp A beginning class which introduces the concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. Topics covered include selection tools/methods, layers and layer manipulation (duplication, delete, merge, creating new), rotating, flipping, resizing, changing canvas size, editing (cut, copy, paste), graphics tools (erase, pen, cloning, zoom), color selection (foreground, background). In addition, a discussion of various graphic file types, compression techniques, file sizes, appropriate choices and scanner demonstration/discussions are also included. Prerequisite: Some experience with Windows or Macintosh, basic file management is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PSS Intermediate PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An intermediate class which continues the exploration into concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More depth on layers, palettes, and other tools from the beginning class, with a concentration on colors, paths, and channels. Prerequisite: CS125PSF, Beginning PhotoShop, or the equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125PST Advanced PhotoShop Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W An Advanced project-oriented class which continues the exploration into advanced concepts and techniques of digital image manipulation and editing using PhotoShop in a PC Windows environment. More depth on techniques and concepts introduced in the beginning and intermediate classes, with an emphasis on tips and ‘tricks’. Prerequisite: CS125PSS, Intermediate Photoshop or equivalent knowledge is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125UDF Beginning UltraDev Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – F/W/Sp A course which explores the basics of Macromedia’s UltraDev software, an ‘addition’ to Dreamweaver, which assists the creation of web pages linked to live databases. This includes the creation of the dynamic web page, remote database connectivity and user authentication, among other features. Prerequisite: CS125DRF, Beginning Dreamweaver, CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver, and CS125ACF, Beginning Access; or equivalent experience. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

See page 126 for explanation of proficiency and other course requirements.


Course Descriptions CS125VBF Beginning VB Script Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – W This course is intended for students who want to create interactive Web content. Topics include: fundamentals of Microsoft Visual Basic Script, creating client-side applications and interfacing with Web browsers like Microsoft Internet Explorer. Prerequisite: CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WBF Web Site Development Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W A course intended to explore the concepts and concerns of developing a web site, including a series of development phases to appropriately address needs of clients (companies) and users. Also includes: file maintenance and management, controlling access by various authors, task management, and web testing. Course work includes team activities. Prerequisite: CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver; and CS125WDF, Web Page Design; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WDF Web Page Design Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp Introduces the fundamentals of creating well-designed, professional web sites and HTML documents. Topics include: examination and analysis of various sites, user interface design, controlling page layout, rendering type, strategies for personal, business and linking sites, structured layout, style sheets and trends. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet Access or equivalent knowledge; CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML or CS125DRS, Intermediate Dreamweaver; and some experience with Windows, the Internet, and a web browser is required. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS125WEF Beginning Web Publishing

Writing, Math.

CS125WSU UNIX Web Servers Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su This course explores the installation, configuration, and administration of popular web server packages for Unix operating systems. Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts, personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30GF Beginning UNIX/ Linux Operating Systems, and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS133PF, Beginning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133JA JAVA - Design & Programming Credits 4 (4 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W JAVA is a new programming language, similar to C++, used for internet applications. This course concentrates on the design of the applications, and the basic programming and debugging techniques. Co-requisite: CS125PDF, Beginning Programming Design, or must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133PF Beginning CGI Programming with PERL Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - W/Sp An introductory course which includes topics on CGI programming including: security, file handling and form data (from HTML documents) handling. Explores common CGI applications such as mail and counter programs. Introductory PERL requirements and specifications for input/output, variables, and various control structures are explored. Prerequisite: CS125HTF, Introduction to HTML, CS125HTS, Intermediate HTML, CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS125PDF, Beginning Program Design; or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - Su/F/W/Sp An introductory course that explores various programs and techniques involved in web publishing, including HTML editors, transfer software (FTP), Save As HTML, and templates. Also included are discussions on selecting an IS, file organization, DHTML, XML and other emerging technologies. Prerequisite: CSX30IN, Beginning Internet, or equivalent knowledge. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133PS Intermediate CGI Programming with PERL

CS125WSN NT Web Servers

CS133SQL Introduction to SQL

Credits 1 (1 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Su This course explores the installation, configuration and administration of popular web server packages for NT operating systems. Included will be discussions and/or exercises on server concepts, personal vs. network servers, security, restricting access, user authentication, log files, product comparisons, redirection, mime types, and CGI issues. Prerequisite: CSX30NA, Beginning Windows NT Workstation or CSX32F, Beginning Windows Operating systems; and CS125HTT, Advanced HTML, and CS133PF, Beginning CGI with PERL; or equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading,

Credits 2 (2 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp An intermediate course which expands on CGI & PERL programming topics introduced in the introductory course. In addition, topics will include more depth on PERL, advanced file handling requirements, discussion/analysis of CGI Library and Server-side Includes, PERL commands for functions and subroutines. Prerequisite: CS133PF or the equivalent. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) – Sp SQL (Structured Query Language) is used to get information to and from a database application. We cover database design, creating it with SQL, Maintaining the data and extracting answers. Prerequisite: Must be reasonably fluent in Windows (any flavor) and have done some programming (any current language.) Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

CS133VB Introduction to MS Visual Basic Programming Credits 3 (3 Lecture Hrs/Wk) - F/W/Sp This course is for programmers and for developers experienced in procedural languages who wish to begin developing applications using Microsoft Visual Basic (VB). Students will learn capabilities of the Visual Basic programming system, capabilities of the development

The letters Su, F, W, and Sp indicate the term the course is usually offered. NOTE: Subject to change; please contact adviser.

153


Course Descriptions

154

environment, and common programming techniques required to create simple, useful applications using VB. At course completion, students will be able to describe the event-driven programming model of VB, perform general programming operations of VB, operate VB, manage multiple projects of VB, and develop a simple application using VB. Prerequisite: Understanding of Microsoft Windows and sound knowledge of procedural programming. Knowledge of fundamental principles of program design is strongly recommended. Proficiency Needed: Reading, Writing, Math.

<